16. l Commands

16.1. l2

l2

Syntax 
[no] l2
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query>type l2)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query type l2
Description 

This command enables matching on Layer 2 tunnels.

The no form of this command disables matching on Layer 2 access points, unless no other tunnel type specifier is configured.

Default 

no l2

l2

Syntax 
[no] l2
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>ue-query>state l2)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw ue-query state l2
Description 

This command enables matching on UEs in a Layer 2 wholesale state.

The no form of this command disables matching on UEs in a Layer 2 wholesale state, unless all state matching is disabled.

Default 

no l2

16.2. l2-access-points

l2-access-points

Syntax 
l2-access-points
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw l2-access-points)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw l2-access-points)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-access-points
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-access-points
Description 

This command enables the context to configure Layer 2 Access Points in WLAN Gateway Group-Interfaces.

16.3. l2-ap

l2-ap

Syntax 
l2-ap sap-id [create]
no l2-ap sap-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>l2-access-points l2-ap)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>l2-access-points l2-ap)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-access-points l2-ap
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-access-points l2-ap
Description 

This command adds a specific SAP where Layer-2 WLAN-GW aggregation is performed. The following SAPs are supported.

  1. Ethernet
  2. LAG
  3. MPLS pseudowire SDPs

This command can be repeated multiple times to create multiple Layer-2 access points.

The no form of this command removes the Layer-2 access point. This is only allowed if the l2-ap SAP is shutdown.

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies SAP to be created.
create—
Keyword used to create the Layer-2 WLAN-GW aggregation instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

16.4. l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt

l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt

Syntax 
l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt {include-ap-tags |sap-only}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt
Description 

This command configures the contents of the auto-generated subscriber ID when the ipoe-sub-id-key command is set to include sap-id and the def-sub-id command is configured with use-auto-id. The VLANs must be configured so that the subscriber ID length is not exceeded.

This command can include either the SAP or the SAP + AP delimiting tags.

The no form of this command reverts to the default configuration.

Default 

l2-ap-auto-sub-id-fmt include-ap-tags

Parameters 
include-ap-tags—
Specifies that the SAP + AP delimiting tags is used.
sap-only—
Specifies that the SAP only is used.

16.5. l2-ap-encap-type

l2-ap-encap-type

Syntax 
l2-ap-encap-type {null |dot1q |qinq}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw l2-ap-encap-type)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw l2-ap-encap-type)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-ap-encap-type
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw l2-ap-encap-type
Description 

This parameter specifies the number of AP identifying VLAN tags for an AP. This is the default value that can be overridden per SAP. This value should at least be equal to the number of VLANs configured in the SAP or enabling a SAP will fail.

A SAP VLAN is explicitly configured, for example l2-ap 1/1/1:25. Other VLANs on the same port can still be used in other contexts.

The number of VLAN tags Epiped to WLAN-GW IOM equal the l2-ap-encap-type minus the encaps of the SAP. Upon receipt of a packet these VLANs is stored as a Layer 2 tunnel identifier, and are only used in context of WLAN-GW.

The no form of this command sets the default value.

Default 

l2-ap-encap-type null

Parameters 
null —
Both the SAP and the AP are not VLAN-tagged.
dot1q —
Either the AP or the SAP uses one VLAN tag.
qinq —
Up to two VLAN tags are used by the AP or SAP.

16.6. l2-aware

l2-aware

Syntax 
l2-aware
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nat>inside l2-aware)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn nat inside l2-aware
Description 

This command enters the context to configure parameters specific to Layer 2-aware NAT.

l2-aware

Syntax 
l2-aware
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>nat>inside l2-aware)
Full Contexts 
configure router nat inside l2-aware
Description 

This command enters the “l2-aware” context for configuration specific to Layer 2-aware NAT.

l2-aware

Syntax 
l2-aware subscriber sub-ident-string ip ip-address protocol {tcp |udp} [port port] [outside-ip ip-address] [outside-port port] [nat-policy policy-name] [member member-id] [port-range-start port]
no l2-aware subscriber sub-ident-string ip ip-address protocol {tcp |udp port port
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>nat>fwd l2-aware)
Full Contexts 
configure service nat port-forwarding l2-aware
Description 

This command creates NAT static port forwards for L2 aware subscribers. The ESM subscriber must be present in the system before this command is executed. The no form of the command deletes NAT static port forwards for L2 aware subscribers.

Default 

none

Parameters 
subscriber sub-ident-string
This mandatory parameter specifies the ESM subscriber for which the SPF is to be created; ESM subscriber must be present in the system before the SPF can be created.
ip ip-address
This mandatory parameter specifies the source IPv4/IPv6 address for which SPF will be created.
protocol {tcp|udp}
This mandatory parameter specifies the protocol to use, either TCP or UDP.
port port
This optional parameter specifies a source port.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

outside-ip ipv4-address
This mandatory parameter specifies the outside IPv4 address. If the outside IPv4 address is specified, then all other optional parameters become mandatory.
outside-port port
This optional parameter specifies the outside port.
nat-policy policy-name
If multiple NAT policies are used inside the routing context, then the NAT policy should be specified in the SPF request so the SPF is created in the correct NAT pool. Otherwise, the default NAT policy from the inside routing context will be used.
member member-id
This optional parameter should not be used by the operator. It is used only if the command is replayed via the exec command or at boot-config. The member ID indicates the identifier of the NAT ISA group member associated with this NAT subscriber.

16.7. l2-aware-ip-address

l2-aware-ip-address

Syntax 
l2-aware-ip-address ip-address
l2-aware-ip-address from-pool
no l2-aware-ip-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp l2-aware-ip-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>dhcp l2-aware-ip-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp l2-aware-ip-address
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range dhcp l2-aware-ip-address
Description 

This command configures the L2-Aware NAT inside IP address to be assigned via DHCP on WLAN-GW ISA.

If the from-pool parameter is specified instead of an IPv4 address, a unique address is allocated to each UE. The pool used is managed by the dhcpv4-nat pool manager, configured under the same subscriber interface. This option is only available when auth-on-dhcp is also configured.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the L2-Aware NAT inside IP address.
from-pool—
Specifies that the L2-Aware IP address is allocated from a pool.

16.8. l2-aware-nat-bypass

l2-aware-nat-bypass

Syntax 
[no] l2-aware-nat-bypass
Context 
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry>action l2-aware-nat-bypass)
Full Contexts 
configure filter ip-filter entry action l2-aware-nat-bypass
Description 

This command enables bypassing NAT for packets pertaining to L2-Aware hosts and matching this entry. This action is only applicable to L2-Aware NAT subscribers and it must be configured together with action forward. Traffic identified in the match condition bypasses L2-Aware NAT. A common use case is to bypass NAT for on-net destinations (within the customer network).

Traffic that is not classified for bypass is automatically diverted to L2-Aware NAT, unless it is explicitly configured in the IP filter to be dropped.

For selective NAT bypass to take effect, in addition to the IP filter configuration, the L2-Aware NAT subscriber must be specifically enabled for selective bypass via the allow-bypass configuration option in the NAT CLI node in the SLA profile.

The no form of this command automatically diverts traffic to L2-Aware NAT, unless it is explicitly configured in the IP filter to be dropped.

16.9. l2-aware-sub

l2-aware-sub

Syntax 
[no] l2-aware-sub sub-ident-string
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-source>nat l2-aware-sub)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-source nat l2-aware-sub
Description 

This command configures a Layer-2-Aware subscriber source.

The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.

Parameters 
sub-ident-string—
Specifies a source name.

16.10. l2-inner-vlan

l2-inner-vlan

Syntax 
l2-inner-vlan q-tag
no l2-inner-vlan
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query l2-inner-vlan)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query l2-inner-vlan
Description 

This command enables matching on a Layer 2 access point with a specified C-VLAN.

The no form of this command disables matching on a C-VLAN.

Default 

no l2-inner-vlan

Parameters 
q-tag—
Specifies the q-tag for the C-VLAN.
Values—
0 to 4095

 

16.11. l2-ip

l2-ip

Syntax 
[no] l2-ip
Context 
[Tree] (config>cflowd>collector>export-filter>family l2-ip)
Full Contexts 
configure cflowd collector export-filter family l2-ip
Description 

This command filters Layer 2 IP flow data from being sent to the associated collector.

The no form of this command removes the filter, allowing Layer 2 IP flow data to be sent to the associated collector.

Default 

no l2-ip

16.12. l2-outer-vlan

l2-outer-vlan

Syntax 
l2-outer-vlan q-tag
no l2-outer-vlan
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query l2-outer-vlan)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query l2-outer-vlan
Description 

This command enables matching on a Layer 2 access point with a specified S-VLAN.

The no form of this command disables matching on an S-VLAN.

Default 

no l2-outer-vlan

Parameters 
q-tag—
Specifies the q-tag for the S-VLAN.
Values—
0 to 4095

 

16.13. l2-outside

l2-outside

Syntax 
l2-outside
no l2-outside
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>nat>nat-policy l2-outside)
[Tree] (config>service>nat>firewall-policy l2-outside)
Full Contexts 
configure service nat firewall-policy l2-outside
configure service nat nat-policy l2-outside
Description 

This command configures a NAT policy to be used with a Layer 2 outside service instead of a Layer 3 outside service. This command and the pool command are mutually exclusive.

Default 

no l2-outside

16.14. l2-sap

l2-sap

Syntax 
l2-sap sap-id
no l2-sap
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query l2-sap)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query l2-sap
Description 

This command enables matching on Layer 2 access points active on the specified SAP.

The no form of this command disables matching on the SAP.

Default 

no l2-sap

Parameters 
sap-id—
Specifies the SAP ID. For details on SAP ID parameter values, refer to section Monitor CLI Commands in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Basic System Configuration Guide.

16.15. l2-service

l2-service

Syntax 
l2-service service-id
no l2-service
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range l2-service)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range l2-service)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range l2-service
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range l2-service
Description 

This command specifies the VPLS service used for L2 wholesale. When such a service is configured no other configuration is allowed under the vlan-range.

The no form of this command removes the L2 wholesale service, this is only allowed if the l2-service node is shut down.

Parameters 
service-id—
Specifies the VPLS service ID to use for Layer 2 wholesale.

16.16. l2pt-termination

l2pt-termination

Syntax 
l2pt-termination [cdp] [dtp] [pagp] [stp] [udld] [vtp]
no l2pt-termination
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap l2pt-termination)
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template l2pt-termination)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp l2pt-termination)
Full Contexts 
configure service template vpls-sap-template l2pt-termination
configure service vpls sap l2pt-termination
configure service vpls spoke-sdp l2pt-termination
Description 

This command enables Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT) termination on a specified SAP or spoke-SDP. L2PT termination is supported only for STP BPDUs. PDUs of other protocols are discarded.

This feature can be enabled only if STP is disabled in the context of the specified VPLS service.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no l2pt-termination

Parameters 
cdp—
Specifies the Cisco discovery protocol
dtp—
Specifies the dynamic trunking protocol
pagp—
Specifies the port aggregation protocol
stp—
Specifies all spanning tree protocols: stp, rstp, mstp, pvst (default)
udld—
Specifies unidirectional link detection
vtp—
Specifies the virtual trunk protocol

l2pt-termination

Syntax 
l2pt-termination [cdp] [dtp] [pagp] [stp] [udld] [vtp]
no l2pt-termination
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template l2pt-termination)
Full Contexts 
configure service pw-template l2pt-termination
Description 

This command enables Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT) termination on a given SAP or spoke SDP. L2PT termination will be supported only for STP BPDUs. PDUs of other protocols will be discarded.

This feature can be enabled only if STP is disabled in the context of the given VPLS service.

Default 

no l2pt-termination

Parameters 
cdp—
Specifies the Cisco discovery protocol.
dtp—
Specifies the dynamic trunking protocol.
pagp—
Specifies the port aggregation protocol.
stp—
Specifies all spanning tree protocols: stp, rstp, mstp, pvst (default).
udld—
Specifies unidirectional link detection.
vtp—
Specifies the virtual trunk protocol.

16.17. l2tp

l2tp

Syntax 
l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ppp>host l2tp)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ppp host l2tp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure L2TP parameters for the host.

l2tp

Syntax 
l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router l2tp)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure L2TP parameters. L2TP extends the PPP model by allowing Layer 2 and PPP endpoints to reside on different devices interconnected by a packet-switched network.

l2tp

Syntax 
[no] l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router l2tp)
[Tree] (debug>router>l2tp>assignment-id>packet l2tp)
[Tree] (debug>router>l2tp>group>packet l2tp)
[Tree] (debug>router>l2tp>packet l2tp)
[Tree] (debug>router>l2tp>peer>packet l2tp)
Full Contexts 
debug router l2tp
debug router l2tp assignment-id packet l2tp
debug router l2tp group packet l2tp
debug router l2tp packet l2tp
debug router l2tp peer packet l2tp
Description 

This command sets debugging for L2TP packets.

The no form of this command removes the settings of debugging for L2TP packet.

l2tp

Syntax 
[no] l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>sync l2tp)
Full Contexts 
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer sync l2tp
Description 

This command enables L2TP.

The no form of this command disables L2TP.

l2tp

Syntax 
l2tp [terminate-only]
no l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (debug>service>id>ppp>event l2tp)
Full Contexts 
debug service id ppp event l2tp
Description 

This command enables PPP L2TP event debug.

Parameters 
terminate-only—
Enables debug for local terminated PPP session.

l2tp

Syntax 
[no] l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query>type l2tp)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query type l2tp
Description 

This command enables matching on L2TP tunnels.

The no form of this command disables matching on L2TP tunnels, unless no other tunnel type specifier is configured.

Default 

no l2tp

l2tp

Syntax 
[no] l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn l2tp)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn l2tp
Description 

This command enters the context to configure L2TP parameters. L2TP extends the PPP model by allowing Layer 2 and PPP endpoints to reside on different devices interconnected by a packet-switched network.

l2tp

Syntax 
l2tp
Context 
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header l2tp)
[Tree] (debug>oam>build-packet>packet>field-override>header l2tp)
Full Contexts 
configure test-oam build-packet header l2tp
debug oam build-packet packet field-override header l2tp
Description 

This command causes the associated header to be defined as an L2TP header template and enables the context to define the L2TP parameters.

16.18. l2tp-accounting-policy

l2tp-accounting-policy

Syntax 
l2tp-accounting-policy policy-name [create]
no l2tp-accounting-policy policy-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>aaa l2tp-accounting-policy)
Full Contexts 
configure aaa l2tp-accounting-policy
Description 

This command configures an L2TP accounting policy.

The no form of this command removes the policy-name from the configuration.

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies a policy name.
create—
This keyword is required when first creating the configuration context. Once the context is created, it is possible to navigate into the context without the create keyword.

16.19. l2tp-lns

l2tp-lns

Syntax 
l2tp-lns max-nr-of-sessions
no l2tp-lns
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>session-limits l2tp-lns)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>session-limits l2tp-lns)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile session-limits l2tp-lns
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile session-limits l2tp-lns
Description 

This command configures the maximum number of L2TP LNS sessions per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.

The no form of this command removes the maximum number of L2TP LNS sessions limit.

Parameters 
max-nr-of-sessions—
Specifies the maximum number of L2TP LNS sessions.
Values—
0 to 131071

 

16.20. l2tp-load-balancing

l2tp-load-balancing

Syntax 
[no] l2tp-load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>load-balancing l2tp-load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure system load-balancing l2tp-load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the inclusion of the L2TPv2 session ID into the load-balancing hash algorithm to induce more variation and better load distribution over available links and next-hops.

The no form of this command disables the inclusion of the session-id.

16.21. l2tp-lts

l2tp-lts

Syntax 
l2tp-lts max-nr-of-sessions
no l2tp-lts
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>session-limits l2tp-lts)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>session-limits l2tp-lts)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile session-limits l2tp-lts
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile session-limits l2tp-lts
Description 

This command configures the maximum number of L2TP LTS sessions per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.

The no form of this command removes the maximum number of L2TP LTS sessions limit.

Parameters 
max-nr-of-sessions—
Specifies the maximum number of L2TP LTS sessions.
Values—
0 to 131071

 

16.22. l2tp-overall

l2tp-overall

Syntax 
l2tp-overall max-nr-of-sessions
no l2tp-overall
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>session-limits l2tp-overall)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>session-limits l2tp-overall)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile session-limits l2tp-overall
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile session-limits l2tp-overall
Description 

This command configures the maximum number of L2TP sessions per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.

The no form of this command removes the maximum number of L2TP sessions limit.

Parameters 
max-nr-of-sessions—
Specifies the maximum number of L2TP sessions.
Values—
0 to 131071

 

16.23. l2tp-tunnel-id-range

l2tp-tunnel-id-range

Syntax 
l2tp-tunnel-id-range start l2tp-tunnel-id end l2tp-tunnel-id
no l2tp-tunnel-id-range
Context 
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>sync>track-srrp-instances>track-srrp l2tp-tunnel-id-range)
Full Contexts 
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer sync track-srrp-instances track-srrp l2tp-tunnel-id-range
Description 

This command sets the tunnel-id range that is used to allocate a new tunnel-id for a tunnel for which multi-chassis redundancy is configured to this MCS peer.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
start l2tp-tunnel-id
Specifies the start of the range of L2TP tunnel identifiers that can be allocated by L2TP on this system, to be synchronized with Multi Chassis Redundancy Synchronization (MCS).
Values—
1 to 16383

 

end l2tp-tunnel-id
Specifies the end of the range of L2TP tunnel identifiers that can be allocated by L2TP on this system, to be synchronized with Multi Chassis Redundancy Synchronization (MCS).
Values—
1 to 16383

 

16.24. l2tpv3

l2tpv3

Syntax 
l2tpv3
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel l2tpv3)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group l2tpv3
configure router l2tp group tunnel l2tpv3
configure router l2tp l2tpv3
configure service vprn l2tp group l2tpv3
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel l2tpv3
configure service vprn l2tp l2tpv3
Description 

This command enables the context to configure L2TPv3 parameters.

l2tpv3

Syntax 
l2tpv3
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>egress l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>ingress l2tpv3)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe spoke-sdp egress l2tpv3
configure service epipe spoke-sdp ingress l2tpv3
Description 

This command enables the context to configure L2TPv3 spoke SDPs for Epipe services.

l2tpv3

Syntax 
l2tpv3
Context 
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>spoke-sdp>egress l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>spoke-sdp>ingress l2tpv3)
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>remote-src>spoke-sdp>ingress l2tpv3)
Full Contexts 
configure mirror mirror-dest remote-source spoke-sdp ingress l2tpv3
configure mirror mirror-dest spoke-sdp egress l2tpv3
configure mirror mirror-dest spoke-sdp ingress l2tpv3
Description 

This command enables the context to configure an RX/TX cookie for L2TPv3 egress spoke SDP or for the remote-source ingress spoke SDP.

16.25. l2tpv3-session

l2tpv3-session

Syntax 
l2tpv3-session [create]
no l2tpv3-session
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap l2tpv3-session)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap l2tpv3-session)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe sap l2tpv3-session
configure service vpls sap l2tpv3-session
Description 

This command creates the configuration context to define the L2TPv3 tunnel parameters.

The no form of this command deletes the L2TPv3 configuration context.

Parameters 
create—
This keyword is mandatory while creating a L2TPv3 session.

16.26. l2w

l2w

Syntax 
[no] l2w
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query>ue-state l2w)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query ue-state l2w
Description 

This command enables matching on tunnels with L2W UEs.

The no form of this command disables matching on L2W UEs, unless UE state matching is disabled altogether.

Default 

no l2w

16.27. l3-ring

l3-ring

Syntax 
l3-ring name [create]
no l3-ring name
Context 
[Tree] (config>redundancy>mc>peer>mcr l3-ring)
Full Contexts 
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer mc-ring l3-ring
Description 

This command configures a Layer 3 multi-chassis ring.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

16.28. l4-load-balancing

l4-load-balancing

Syntax 
[no] l4-load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>load-balancing l4-load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure system load-balancing l4-load-balancing
Description 

This command configures system-wide Layer 4 load balancing. The configuration at the system level can enable or disable load balancing based on Layer 4 fields. If enabled, the Layer 4 source and destination port fields will be included in hashing calculation for TCP/UDP packets.

The hashing algorithm addresses finer spraying granularity where many hosts are connected to the network.

To address more efficient traffic distribution between network links (forming a LAG group), a hashing algorithm extension takes into account L4 information (that is, src/dst L4-protocol port).

The hashing index can be calculated according to the following algorithm:

Example:
If [(TCP or UDP traffic) & enabled]
hash (TCP/UDP ports, IP addresses)
else if (IP traffic)
hash (IP addresses)
else
hash (MAC addresses)
endif

This algorithm will be used in all cases where IP information in per-packet hashing is included (refer to "Traffic Load Balancing Options" in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Interface Configuration Guide). However, the Layer 4 information (TCP/UDP ports) will not be used for fragmented packets.

Default 

no l4-load-balancing

16.29. label

label

Syntax 
label [detail]
no label
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>ldp>peer>packet label)
Full Contexts 
debug router ldp peer packet label
Description 

This command enables debugging for LDP Label packets.

The no form of the command disables the debugging output.

Parameters 
detail
Displays detailed information.

label

Syntax 
label label
no label
Context 
[Tree] (config>test-oam>build-packet>header>mpls label)
[Tree] (debug>oam>build-packet>packet>field-override>header>mpls label)
Full Contexts 
configure test-oam build-packet header mpls label
debug oam build-packet packet field-override header mpls label
Description 

This command defines the MPLS value to be used in the MPLS header.

The no form of this command removes the label value.

Default 

label 0

Parameters 
label—
Specifies the MPLS label to be used in the MPLS header.
Values—
0 to 1048575

 

label

Syntax 
[no] label label
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>rib-api label)
Full Contexts 
debug router rib-api label
Description 

This command enables debugging for the specified RIB-API label.

Parameters 
label—
Specifies the label of the specified RIB-API entry.
Values—
32 to 1048575

 

label

Syntax 
label label preference preference client-tag client-tag egress-stats [interval seconds] [repeat repeat] [{absolute |rate}]
Context 
[Tree] (monitor>router>rib-api label)
Full Contexts 
monitor router rib-api label
Description 

This command monitors the egress statistics of the specified RIB-API label.

Parameters 
label—
Specifies the label of the specified RIB-API entry.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

preference—
Specifies the preference of the specified RIB-API entry.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

client-tag—
Specifies the client tag of the specified RIB-API entry.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

egress-stats—
Specifies to monitor the egress statistics of the specified RIB-API label.
seconds—
Configures the interval for each display in seconds.
Values—
3 to 60

 

repeat—
Configures how many times the command is repeated.
Values—
1 to 999

 

absolute—
Displays the absolute statistics of the specified RIB-API label.
rate—
Displays the rate-per-second statistics of the specified RIB-API label.

16.30. label-allocation

label-allocation

Syntax 
label-allocation
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp label-allocation)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp label-allocation
Description 

This commands enables the context to configure the allocation of MPLS labels to specific BGP routes.

16.31. label-ipv4

label-ipv4

Syntax 
label-ipv4 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict {same-neighbor-as |exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no label-ipv4
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>multi-path label-ipv4)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp multi-path label-ipv4
Description 

This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the label IPv4 unicast address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.

When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).

To qualify as a multipath, a non-best route must meet the following criteria (some criteria are controlled by this command):

  1. The multi-path route must be the same type of route as the best path (same AFI/SAFI and, in some cases, same next-hop resolution method).
  2. The multi-path route must be tied with the best path for all criteria of greater significance than next-hop cost, except for criteria that are configured to be ignored.
  3. If the best path selection reaches the next-hop cost comparison, the multi-path route must have the same next-hop cost as the best route unless the unequal-cost option is configured.
  4. The multi-path route must not have the same BGP next-hop as the best path or any other multi-path route.
  5. The multi-path route must not cause the ECMP limit of the routing instance to be exceeded (configured using the ecmp command with a value in the range 1 to 64).
  6. The multi-path route must not cause the applicable max-paths limit to be exceeded. If the best path is an EBGP learned route and the ebgp option is used, the ebgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. If the best path is an IBGP-learned route and the ibgp option is used, the ibgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. All path limits are configurable up to a maximum of 64. Multi-path is effectively disabled if a value is set to 1.
  7. The multi-path route must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path if the restrict same-neighbor-as option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of neighbor AS) is eligible for multi-path.
  8. The route must have the same AS path as the best path if the restrict exact-as-path option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of the actual AS numbers) is eligible for multi-path.

The no form of this command removes label-IPv4-specific overrides.

Default 

no label-ipv4

Parameters 
max-paths—
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
Values—
1 to 64

 

egp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

ibgp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

restrict same-neighbor-as—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
restrict exact-as-path-as—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
unequal-cost—
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.

label-ipv4

Syntax 
label-ipv4 send send-limit
label-ipv4 send send-limit receive [none]
no label-ipv4
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>add-paths label-ipv4)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>add-paths label-ipv4)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor>add-paths label-ipv4)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp add-paths label-ipv4
configure router bgp group add-paths label-ipv4
configure router bgp group neighbor add-paths label-ipv4
Description 

This command configures the add-paths capability for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes. By default, add-paths is not enabled for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes.

The maximum number of labeled-unicast paths per IPv4 prefix to send is the configured send-limit, which is a mandatory parameter. The capability to receive multiple labeled-unicast paths per prefix from a peer is configurable using the receive keyword, which is optional. If the receive keyword is not included in the command, receive capability is enabled by default.

The no form of this command disables add-paths support for labeled-unicast IPv4 routes, causing sessions established using add-paths for labeled-unicast IPv4 to go down and come back up without the add-paths capability.

Default 

no label-ipv4

Parameters 
send-limit—
Specifies the maximum number of paths per labeled-unicast IPv4 prefix that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers. (The actual number of advertised routes may be less.) If the value is none, the router does not negotiate the send capability with respect to label-IPv4 AFI/SAFI. If the value is multipaths, then BGP advertises all the used BGP multipaths for each IPv4 NLRI if the peer has signaled support to receive multiple add paths.
Values—
1 to 16, none, multipaths

 

receive —
Specifies the router negotiates to receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix.
none—
Specifies that the router does not negotiate to receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv4 prefix.

label-ipv4

Syntax 
label-ipv4 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict {same-neighbor-as |exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no label-ipv4
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>multi-path label-ipv4)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp multi-path label-ipv4
Description 

This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the label IPv4 unicast address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.

When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).

The no form of this command removes label-IPv4-specific overrides.

Default 

no label-ipv4

Parameters 
max-paths—
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
Values—
1 to 64

 

ebgp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

ibgp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

restrict same-neighbor-as—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
restrict exact-as-path—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
unequal-cost—
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.

16.32. label-ipv6

label-ipv6

Syntax 
label-ipv6 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict {same-neighbor-as |exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no label-ipv6
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>multi-path label-ipv6)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp multi-path label-ipv6
Description 

This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the label unicast IPv6 address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.

When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).

To qualify as a multipath, a non-best route must meet the following criteria (some criteria are controlled by this command):

  1. The multi-path route must be the same type of route as the best path (same AFI/SAFI and, in some cases, same next-hop resolution method).
  2. The multi-path route must be tied with the best path for all criteria of greater significance than next-hop cost, except for criteria that are configured to be ignored.
  3. If the best path selection reaches the next-hop cost comparison, the multi-path route must have the same next-hop cost as the best route unless the unequal-cost option is configured.
  4. The multi-path route must not have the same BGP next-hop as the best path or any other multi-path route.
  5. The multi-path route must not cause the ECMP limit of the routing instance to be exceeded (configured using the ecmp command with a value in the range 1 to 64)
  6. The multi-path route must not cause the applicable max-paths limit to be exceeded. If the best path is an EBGP learned route and the ebgp option is used, the ebgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. If the best path is an IBGP-learned route and the ibgp option is used, the ibgp-max-paths limit overrides the max-paths limit. All path limits are configurable up to a maximum of 64. Multi-path is effectively disabled if a value is set to 1.
  7. The multi-path route must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path if the restrict same-neighbor-as option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of neighbor AS) is eligible for multi-path.
  8. The route must have the same AS path as the best path if the restrict exact-as-path option is configured. By default, any path with the same AS path length as the best path (regardless of the actual AS numbers) is eligible for multi-path.

The no form of this command removes label-IPv6-specific overrides.

Default 

no label-ipv6

Parameters 
max-paths—
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
Values—
1 to 64

 

egp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

ibgp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

restrict same-neighbor-as—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
restrict exact-as-path-as—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
unequal-cost—
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.

label-ipv6

Syntax 
label-ipv6 send send-limit
label-ipv6 send send-limit receive [none]
no label-ipv6
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>add-paths label-ipv6)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>add-paths label-ipv6)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor>add-paths label-ipv6)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp add-paths label-ipv6
configure router bgp group add-paths label-ipv6
configure router bgp group neighbor add-paths label-ipv6
Description 

This command configures the add-paths capability for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes. By default, add-paths is not enabled for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes.

The maximum number of labeled-unicast paths per IPv6 prefix to send is the configured send-limit, which is a mandatory parameter. The capability to receive multiple labeled-unicast paths per prefix from a peer is configurable using the receive keyword, which is optional. If the receive keyword is not included in the command, receive capability is enabled by default.

The no form of this command disables add-paths support for labeled-unicast IPv6 routes, causing sessions established using add-paths for labeled-unicast IPv6 to go down and come back up without the add-paths capability.

Default 

no label-ipv6

Parameters 
send-limit—
Specifies the maximum number of paths per labeled-unicast IPv6 prefix that are allowed to be advertised to add-paths peers. (The actual number of advertised routes may be less.) If the value is none, the router does not negotiate the send capability with respect to label-IPv6 AFI/SAFI. If the value is multipaths, then BGP advertises all the used BGP multipaths for each IPv6 NLRI if the peer has signaled support to receive multiple add paths.
Values—
1 to 16, none, multipaths

 

receive —
Specifies that the router negotiates to receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix.
none—
Specifies that the router does not negotiate to receive multiple labeled-unicast routes per IPv6 prefix.

label-ipv6

Syntax 
label-ipv6 max-paths [ebgp ebgp-max-paths] [ibgp ibgp-max-paths] [restrict {same-neighbor-as |exact-as-path}] [unequal-cost]
no label-ipv6
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>multi-path label-ipv6)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp multi-path label-ipv6
Description 

This command sets ECMP multipath parameters that apply only to the label unicast IPv6 address family. These settings override the values set by the maximum-paths command.

When multipath is enabled, traffic to the destination is load-shared across a set of paths (BGP routes) that the BGP decision process considers equal to the best path. The actual distribution of traffic over the multiple paths may be equal or unequal (that is, based on weights derived from the Link Bandwidth Extended Community).

The no form of this command removes label-IPv6-specific overrides.

Default 

no label-ipv6

Parameters 
max-paths—
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix/NLRI if ebgp-max-paths or ibgp-max-paths does not apply.
Values—
1 to 64

 

ebgp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an EBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

ibgp-max-paths
Specifies the maximum number of multipaths per prefix or NLRI when the best path is an IBGP learned route.
Values—
1 to 64

 

restrict same-neighbor-as—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same neighbor AS in its AS path as the best path.
restrict exact-as-path—
Specifies that the non-best path must have the same AS path as the best path.
unequal-cost—
Instructs BGP to ignore differences in the next-hop cost only when determining eligible multipaths.

label-ipv6

Syntax 
label-ipv6
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>label-allocation label-ipv6)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp label-allocation label-ipv6
Description 

This command enables the context to configure advertised label IPv6 programming rules.

16.33. label-map

label-map

Syntax 
[no] label-map in-label
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>interface label-map)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls interface label-map
Description 

This command is used on transit routers when a static LSP is defined. The static LSP on the ingress router is initiated using the config router mpls static-lsp lsp-name command. An in-label can be associated with either a pop or a swap action, but not both. If both actions are specified, the last action specified takes effect.

The no form of this command deletes the static LSP configuration associated with the in-label.

Parameters 
in-label—
Specifies the incoming MPLS label on which to match.
Values—
32 to 1023

 

16.34. label-mode

label-mode

Syntax 
label-mode {vrf |next-hop}
no label-mode
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn label-mode)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn label-mode
Description 

This command controls the method by which service labels are allocated to routes exported by the VPRN as BGP-VPN routes. The vrf option selects service label per VRF mode while the next-hop option selects service label per next-hop mode.

The no form of this command sets the mode to the default mode of service label per VRF.

Default 

no label-mode

Parameters 
vrf—
Selects service label per VRF mode.
next-hop—
Selects service label per next-hop mode.

16.35. label-preference

label-preference

Syntax 
label-preference value
no label-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp label-preference)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group label-preference)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor label-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group label-preference
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor label-preference
configure service vprn bgp label-preference
Description 

This command configures the route preference for routes learned from labeled-unicast peers.

This command can be configured at three levels:

  1. Global level — applies to all peers
  2. Group level — applies to all peers in the peer-group
  3. Neighbor level — applies only to the specified peer

The most specific value is used.

The lower the preference, the higher the chance of the route being the active route.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value of 170.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no label-preference

Parameters 
value—
Specifies the route preference value.
Values—
1 to 255

 

label-preference

Syntax 
label-preference value
no label-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp label-preference)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group label-preference)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor label-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group label-preference
configure router bgp group neighbor label-preference
configure router bgp label-preference
Description 

This command configures the route preference for routes learned from labeled-unicast peers.

This command can be configured at three levels:

  1. Global level — applies to all peers
  2. Group level — applies to all peers in the peer-group
  3. Neighbor level — applies only to the specified peer

The most specific value is used.

The lower the preference, the higher the chance of the route being the active route.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to the default value of 170.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no label-preference

Parameters 
value—
Specifies the route preference value.
Values—
1 to 255

 

16.36. label-route-local

label-route-local

Syntax 
label-route-local [{none |all}]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ttl-propagate label-route-local)
Full Contexts 
configure router ttl-propagate label-route-local
Description 

This command configures the TTL propagation for locally generated packets which are forwarded over a BGP label route in the Global Routing Table (GRT) context.

For IPv4 and IPv6 packets forwarded using a RFC 3107 label route in the global routing instance, including 6PE, the all value of the command enables TTL propagation from the IP header into all labels in the transport label stack. The none value reverts to the default mode which disables TTL propagation from the IP header to the labels in the transport label stack. This command does not have a no version.

The TTL of the IP packet is always propagated into the RFC 3107 label itself, and this command only controls the propagation into the transport labels, for example, labels of the RSVP or LDP LSP to which the BGP label route resolves and which are pushed on top of the BGP label.

If the BGP peer advertised the implicit-null label value for the BGP label route, the TTL propagation will not follow the configuration described, but will follow the configuration to which the BGP label route resolves:

RSVP LSP shortcut:

  1. configure router mpls shortcut-local-ttl-propagate

LDP LSP shortcut:

  1. configure router ldp shortcut-local-ttl-propagate

This feature does not impact packets forwarded over BGP shortcuts. The ingress LER operates in uniform mode by default and can be changed into pipe mode using the configuration of TTL propagation for RSVP or LDP LSP shortcut listed.

Default 

label-route-local none

Parameters 
none—
Specifies that the TTL of the IP packet is not propagated into the transport label stack.
all—
Specifies that the TTL of the IP packet is propagated into all labels of the transport label stack.

16.37. label-route-transit

label-route-transit

Syntax 
label-route-transit [{none |all}]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ttl-propagate label-route-transit)
Full Contexts 
configure router ttl-propagate label-route-transit
Description 

This command configures the TTL propagation for transit packets which are forwarded over a BGP label route in the Global Routing Table (GRT) context.

For IPv4 and IPv6 packets forwarded using a RFC 3107 label route in the global routing instance, including 6PE, the all value of the command enables TTL propagation from the IP header into all labels in the transport label stack. The none value reverts to the default mode which disables TTL propagation from the IP header to the labels in the transport label stack. This command does not have a no version.

The TTL of the IP packet is always propagated into the RFC 3107 label itself, and this command only controls the propagation into the transport labels, for example, labels of the RSVP or LDP LSP to which the BGP label route resolves and which are pushed on top of the BGP label.

If the BGP peer advertised the implicit-null label value for the BGP label route, the TTL propagation will not follow the configuration described, but will follow the configuration to which the BGP label route resolves.

RSVP LSP shortcut:

  1. configure router mpls shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate

LDP LSP shortcut:

  1. configure router ldp shortcut-transit-ttl-propagate

This feature does not impact packets forwarded over BGP shortcuts. The ingress LER operates in uniform mode by default and can be changed into pipe mode using the configuration of TTL propagation for the listed RSVP or LDP LSP shortcut.

Default 

label-route-transit none

Parameters 
none—
Specifies that the TTL of the IP packet is not propagated into the transport label stack.
all—
Specifies that the TTL of the IP packet is propagated into all labels of the transport label stack.

16.38. label-stack-reduction

label-stack-reduction

Syntax 
[no] label-stack-reduction
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp label-stack-reduction)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template label-stack-reduction)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp label-stack-reduction
configure router mpls lsp-template label-stack-reduction
Description 

This command enables the label stack size reduction for a SR-TE LSP or SR-TE LSP template.

At a high level, the label stack reduction algorithm attempts to replace a segment of a computed SR-TE LSP path with the farthest node SID on that path that results in using ECMP paths with links which still comply to the TE constraints of the LSP path.

The no form of this command returns the command to its default value.

Default 

no label-stack-reduction

16.39. label-stack-statistics-count

label-stack-statistics-count

Syntax 
label-stack-statistics-count label-stack-statistics-count
no label-stack-statistics-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>ip>mpls label-stack-statistics-count)
Full Contexts 
configure system ip mpls label-stack-statistics-count
Description 

This command enables the system to collect traffic statistics on the specified number of labels of the MPLS label stack.

The no form of this command disables the collecting of traffic statistics.

Default 

label-stack-statistics-count 1

Parameters 
label-stack-statistics-count —
Specifies the number of labels on which the system can collect statistics.
Values—
1, 2

 

16.40. label-withdrawal-delay

label-withdrawal-delay

Syntax 
label-withdrawal-delay seconds
no label-withdrawal-delay
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp label-withdrawal-delay)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp label-withdrawal-delay
Description 

This command specifies configures the time interval (in s), LDP will delay for the withdrawal of FEC-label binding it distributed to its neighbors when FEC is de-activated. When the timer expires, LDP then sends a label withdrawal for the FEC to all its neighbors. This is applicable only to LDP IPv4 prefix FECs and is not applicable to pseudowires (service FECs).

When there is an upper layer (user of LDP) which depends of LDP control plane for failover detection then label withdrawal delay and tunnel-down-damp-time options must be set to 0.

An example is PW redundancy where the primary PW doesn’t have its own fast failover detection mechanism and the node depends on LDP tunnel down event to activate the standby PW.

Default 

no label-withdrawal-delay

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time that LDP delays the withdrawal of FEC-label binding it distributed to its neighbors when FEC is de-activated.
Values—
3 to 120

 

16.41. labeled-routes

labeled-routes

Syntax 
labeled-routes
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>next-hop-res labeled-routes)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes
Description 

This command enables the context to configure labeled route options for next-hop resolution.

16.42. lac-overall

lac-overall

Syntax 
lac-overall max-nr-of-hosts
no lac-overall
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>host-limits lac-overall)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>host-limits lac-overall)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile host-limits lac-overall
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile host-limits lac-overall
Description 

This command configures the maximum number of L2TP LAC hosts per SLA profile instance or per subscriber.

The no form of this command removes the maximum number of L2TP LAC hosts limit.

Parameters 
max-nr-of-hosts—
Specifies the maximum number of L2TP LAC hosts.
Note:

The operational maximum value may be smaller due to equipped hardware dependencies.

Values—
0 to 131071

 

16.43. lacp

lacp

Syntax 
lacp [mode] [administrative-key admin-key] [system-id system-id] [system-priority priority]
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag lacp)
Full Contexts 
configure lag lacp
Description 

This command specifies the LACP mode for aggregated Ethernet interfaces only. This command enables the LACP protocol. Per the IEEE 802.1ax standard, the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) provides a standardized means for exchanging information between Partner Systems on a link to allow their Link Aggregation Control instances to reach agreement on the identity of the Link Aggregation Group to which the link belongs, move the link to that Link Aggregation Group, and enable its transmission and reception functions in an orderly manner.

Note that if any of the parameters are omitted, the existing configuration is preserved. The default parameter values are used if a parameter is never explicitly configured.

Default 

no lacp

Parameters 
mode—
Specifies the mode in which LACP will operate.
Values—
passive — Starts transmitting LACP packets only after receiving packets. active — Initiates the transmission of LACP packets.

 

admin-key
Specifies an administrative key value to identify the channel group on each port configured to use LACP. A random key is assigned by default if a value is not specified when using classic CLI only.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

system-id
Specifies the 48-bit system ID in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

Default—
32768
priority
Specifies the system priority.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

Default—
32768

16.44. lacp-mux-control

lacp-mux-control

Syntax 
lacp-mux-control {coupled |independent}
no lacp-mux-control
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag lacp-mux-control)
Full Contexts 
configure lag lacp-mux-control
Description 

This command configures the type of multiplexing machine control to be used in a LAG with LACP in active/passive modes.

The no form of this command disables multiplexing machine control.

Default 

lacp-mux-control coupled

Parameters 
coupled—
TX and RX activate together.
independent—
RX activates independent of TX.

16.45. lacp-system-priority

lacp-system-priority

Syntax 
lacp-system-priority lacp-system-priority
no lacp-system-priority
Context 
[Tree] (config>system lacp-system-priority)
Full Contexts 
configure system lacp-system-priority
Description 

This command configures the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) system priority on aggregated Ethernet interfaces. LACP allows the operator to aggregate multiple physical interfaces to form one logical interface.

Default 

lacp-system-priority 32768

Parameters 
lacp-system-priority—
Specifies the LACP system priority.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

16.46. lacp-tunnel

lacp-tunnel

Syntax 
[no] lacp-tunnel
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet lacp-tunnel)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet lacp-tunnel
Description 

This command enables LACP packet tunneling for the Ethernet port. When tunneling is enabled, the port will not process any LACP packets but will tunnel them instead. The port cannot be added as a member to a LAG group.

In this context, the lacp-tunnel command is supported for Epipe and VPLS services only.

The no form of this command disables LACP packet tunneling for the Ethernet port.

Default 

no lacp-tunnel

16.47. lacp-xmit-interval

lacp-xmit-interval

Syntax 
lacp-xmit-interval {slow |fast}
no lacp-xmit-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag lacp-xmit-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure lag lacp-xmit-interval
Description 

This command specifies the interval signaled to the peer and tells the peer at which rate it should transmit.

Default 

lacp-xmit-interval fast

Parameters 
slow—
Transmits packets every 30 seconds.
fast—
Transmits packets every second.

16.48. lacp-xmit-stdby

lacp-xmit-stdby

Syntax 
[no] lacp-xmit-stdby
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag lacp-xmit-stdby)
Full Contexts 
configure lag lacp-xmit-stdby
Description 

This command enables LACP message transmission on standby links.

The no form of this command disables LACP message transmission. This command should be disabled for compatibility when using active/standby groups. This forces a timeout of the standby links by the peer. Use the no form if the peer does not implement the correct behavior regarding the lacp sync bit.

Default 

lacp-xmit-stdby

16.49. lag

lag

Syntax 
lag lag-id lacp-key admin-key system-id system-id [remote-lag remote-lag-id] system-priority system-priority source-bmac-lsb use-lacp-key
lag lag-id lacp-key admin-key system-id system-id [remote-lag remote-lag-id] system-priority system-priority source-bmac-lsb MAC-Lsb
lag lag-id lacp-key admin-key system-id system-id [remote-lag remote-lag-id] system-priority system-priority
lag lag-id [remote-lag remote-lag-id]
no lag lag-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>mc-lag lag)
Full Contexts 
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer mc-lag lag
Description 

This command defines a LAG which is forming a redundant-pair for MC-LAG with a LAG configured on the given peer. The same LAG group can be defined only in the scope of 1 peer. In order MC-LAG to become operational, all parameters (lacp-key, system-id, system-priority) must be configured the same on both nodes of the same redundant pair.

The partner system (the system connected to all links forming MC-LAG) will consider all ports using the same lacp-key, system-id, system-priority as the part of the same LAG. In order to achieve this in MC operation, both redundant-pair nodes have to be configured with the same values. In case of the mismatch, MC-LAG is kept in oper-down status.

Note that the correct CLI command to enable MC LAG for a LAG in standby-signaling power-off mode is lag lag-id [remote-lag remote-lag-id]. In the CLI help output, the first three forms are used to enable MC LAG for a LAG in LACP mode. MC LAG is disabled (regardless of the mode) for a given LAG with no lag lag-id.

Parameters 
lag-id—
The LAG identifier, expressed as an integer. Specifying the lag-id allows the mismatch between lag-id on redundant-pair. If no lag-id is specified it is assumed that neighbor system uses the same lag-id as a part of the given MC-LAG. If no matching MC-LAG group can be found between neighbor systems, the individual LAGs will operate as usual (no MC-LAG operation is established).
Values—
1 to 800

 

admin-key
Specifies a 16 bit key that needs to be configured in the same manner on both sides of the MC-LAG in order for the MC-LAG to come up.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

system-id
Specifies a 6 byte value expressed in the same notation as MAC address.
Values—
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx - xx [00 to FF]

 

remote-lag-id
Specifies the LAG ID on the remote system.
Values—
1 to 800

 

system-priority
Specifies the system priority to be used in the context of the MC-LAG. The partner system will consider all ports using the same lacp-key, system-id, and system-priority as part of the same LAG.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

MAC-Lsb
Configures the last 16 bit of the MAC address to be used for all traffic ingressing the MC-LAG link(s) or if use-lacp-key option is used, it will only copy the value of lacp-key (redundancy multi-chassis mc-lag lag lacp-key admin-key). The command will fail if the value is the same with any of the following configured attributes:
  1. Source-bmac-lsb assigned to other MC-LAG ports.
  2. lsb 16 bits value for the source-bmac configured at chassis or BVPLS level
    The first 32 bits will be copied from the source B-MAC of the BVPLS associated with the IVPLS for a specific IVPLS SAP mapped to the MC-LAG. The BVPLS source B-MAC can be provisioned for each BVPLS or can be inherited from the chassis PBB configuration.
Values—
1 to 65535 or xx-xx or xx:xx

 

lag

Syntax 
[no] lag lag-id
Context 
[Tree] (config lag)
Full Contexts 
configure lag
Description 

This command creates the context for configuring Link Aggregation Group (LAG) attributes.

A LAG can be used to group multiple ports into one logical link. The aggregation of multiple physical links allows for load sharing and offers seamless redundancy. If one of the links fails, traffic will be redistributed over the remaining links.

Note that all ports in a LAG group must have autonegotiation set to Limited or Disabled.

There are three possible settings for autonegotiation:

  1. “on” or enabled with full port capabilities advertised
  2. “off” or disabled where there is no autonegotiation advertisements
  3. “limited” where a single speed/duplex is advertised.

When autonegotiation is enabled on a port, the link attempts to automatically negotiate the link speed and duplex parameters. If autonegotiation is enabled, the configured duplex and speed parameters are ignored.

When auto-negotiation is disabled on a port, the port does not attempt to autonegotiate and will only operate at the speed and duplex settings configured for the port. Note that disabling auto-negotiation on gigabit ports is not allowed as the IEEE 802.3 specification for gigabit Ethernet requires gigabyte be enabled for far end fault indication.

If the config>port>ethernet autonegotiate limited keyword option is specified the port will autonegotiate but will only advertise a specific speed and duplex. The speed and duplex advertised are the speed and duplex settings configured for the port. One use for limited mode is for multi-speed gigabit ports to force gigabit operation while keeping auto-negotiation is enabled for compliance with IEEE 801.3.

The system requires that auto-negotiation be disabled or limited for ports in a LAG to guarantee a specific port speed.

LAG ID, ranging from 1 to 64, support up to 64 LAG members, and LAG ID above 64, support 32 LAG members.

The no form of this command deletes the LAG from the configuration. Deleting a LAG can only be performed while the LAG is administratively shut down. Any dependencies such as IP-Interfaces configurations must be removed from the configuration before issuing the no lag command.

Parameters 
lag-id—
The LAG identifier, expressed as an integer.
Values—
1 to 800

 

lag

Syntax 
lag [lag-id lag-id [port port-id]] [all]
lag [lag-id lag-id [port port-id]] [sm] [pkt] [cfg] [red] [iom-upd] [port-state] [timers] [sel-logic] [mc] [mc-pkt]
no lag [lag-id lag-id]
Context 
[Tree] (debug lag)
Full Contexts 
debug lag
Description 

This command enables debugging for LAG.

Parameters 
lag-id—
Specifies the link aggregation group ID.
Values—
1 to 800

 

port-id—
Specifies the physical port ID.
Values—
slot/mda/port

 

all—
Specifies to display all LAG information.
sm—
Specifies to display trace LACP state machine.
pkt—
Specifies to display trace LACP packets.
cfg—
Specifies to display trace LAG configuration.
red—
Specifies to display trace LAG high availability.
iom-upd—
Specifies to display trace LAG IOM updates.
port-state—
Specifies to display trace LAG port state transitions.
timers—
Specifies to display trace LAG timers.
sel-logic—
Specifies to display trace LACP selection logic.
mc—
Specifies to display multi-chassis parameters.
mc-packet—
Specifies to display the MC-LAG control packets with valid authentication were received on this system.

lag

Syntax 
lag lag-id
no lag
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>system>bgp-evpn>ethernet-segment lag)
Full Contexts 
configure service system bgp-evpn ethernet-segment lag
Description 

This command configures a lag-id associated to the Ethernet-Segment. When the Ethernet-Segment is configured as all-active, then only a lag or PW port can be associated to the Ethernet-Segment. When the Ethernet-Segment is configured as single-active, then a lag, port or sdp can be associated to the Ethernet-Segment. In either case, only one of the four objects can be configured in the Ethernet-Segment. A specified lag can be part of only one Ethernet-Segment.

Default 

no lag

Parameters 
lag-id—
Specifies the lag-id associated with the Ethernet-Segment.
Values—
1 to 800

 

lag

Syntax 
lag lag-id[:encap-val]
no lag
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nw-if lag)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn network-interface lag
Description 

This command binds the interface to a Link Aggregation Group (LAG)

The no form of this command removes the LAG id from the configuration.

Parameters 
lag-id[:encap-val]—
Specifies the LAG ID.
Values—

lag-id

1 to 800

encap-val

0 (for null)

0 to 4094 (for dot1q)

 

lag

Syntax 
lag lag-id [lag-id] [bytes |packets |errors |utilization] [interval seconds] [repeat repeat] [absolute |rate]
Context 
[Tree] (monitor lag)
Full Contexts 
monitor lag
Description 

This command monitors traffic statistics for Link Aggregation Group (LAG) ports. Statistical information for the specified LAG ID(s) displays at the configured interval until the configured count is reached.

The first screen displays the current statistics related to the specified LAG ID. The subsequent statistical information listed for each interval is displayed as a delta to the previous display. When the keyword rate is specified, the rate-per-second for each statistic is displayed instead of the delta.

Monitor commands are similar to show commands but only statistical information displays. Monitor commands display the selected statistics according to the configured number of times at the interval specified.

Parameters 
lag-id—
Specifies the number of the LAG, with a maximum of five LAG numbers specified in a single statement.
Values—
1 to 200

 

bytes—
Displays the statistics in bytes only.
packets—
Displays the statistics in packets only.
errors—
Displays the statistics for errors only.
utilization—
Displays the statistics in percentage utilization only.
seconds
Configures the interval for each display in seconds.
Values—
3 to 60

 

Default—
10 seconds
repeat
Configures how many times the command is repeated.
Values—
1 to 999

 

Default—
10
absolute—
Specifies raw statistics, without processing. No calculations are performed on the delta or rate statistics.
rate—
Displays rate-per-second for each statistic instead of the delta.
Output 

The following output is an example of monitor lag command information.

Sample Output
A:Dut-B# monitor lag 1 interval 3 repeat 1
===============================================================================
Monitor statistics for LAG ID 1
===============================================================================
Port-id      Input packets                    Output packets
             Input bytes                      Output bytes
             Input errors [Input util %]      Output errors [Output util %]
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 0 sec (Base Statistics)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/1        24                               25
             2224                             2294
             0                                0
1/2/2        25                               8
             2170                             776
             0                                0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals       49                               33
             4394                             3070
             0                                0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 3 sec (Mode: Delta)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/1        3                                3
             306                              306
             0                                0
1/2/2        0                                0
             0                                0
             0                                0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals       3                                3
             306                              306
             0                                0
===============================================================================
 
 
A:Dut-B# monitor lag 1 interval 3 repeat 1 bytes
===============================================================================
Monitor statistics for LAG ID 1
===============================================================================
Port-id      Input bytes                      Output bytes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 0 sec (Base Statistics)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/1        6100                             6170
1/2/2        2514                             1120
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals       8614                             7290
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 3 sec (Mode: Delta)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/2/1        306                              306
1/2/2        0                                0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Totals       306                              306
===============================================================================

16.50. lag-emulation

lag-emulation

Syntax 
lag-emulation
Context 
[Tree] (config>eth-tunnel lag-emulation)
Full Contexts 
configure eth-tunnel lag-emulation
Description 

This command enables the context to configure eth-tunnel loadsharing parameters.

16.51. lag-link-map-profile

lag-link-map-profile

Syntax 
lag-link-map-profile link-map-profile-id
no lag-link-map-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy lag-link-map-profile)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap lag-link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap lag-link-map-profile
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy lag-link-map-profile
Description 

This command assigns a pre-configured lag link map profile to a SAP or network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. Once assigned or de-assigned, the SAP or network interface egress traffic is re-hashed over LAG as required by the new configuration.

The no form of this command reverts the SAP/network interface to use per-flow, service or link hash as configured for the service/LAG.

Parameters 
link-map-profile-id—
Defines a unique LAG link map profile on which the LAG the SAP/network interface exist.
Default—
1 to 64

lag-link-map-profile

Syntax 
lag-link-map-profile link-map-profile-id
no lag-link-map-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap lag-link-map-profile)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap lag-link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe sap lag-link-map-profile
configure service ipipe sap lag-link-map-profile
Description 

This command assigns a pre-configured lag link map profile to a SAP/network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. Once assigned/de-assigned, the SAP’s/network interface’s egress traffic will be re-hashed over LAG as required by the new configuration.

The no form of this command reverts the SAP/network interface to use per-flow, service or link hash as configured for the service/LAG.

Default 

no lag-link-map-profile

Parameters 
link-map-profile-id—
An integer from 1 to 64 that defines a unique lag link map profile on the LAG the SAP/network interface exists on.

lag-link-map-profile

Syntax 
lag-link-map-profile link-map-profile-id
no lag-link-map-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap lag-link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls sap lag-link-map-profile
Description 

This command assigns a pre-configured lag link map profile to a SAP/network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. Once assigned/unassigned, the SAP/network interface egress traffic will be re-hashed over LAG as required by the new configuration.

The no form of this command reverts the SAP/network interface to use per-flow, service or link hash as configured for the service/LAG.

Default 

no lag-link-map-profile

Parameters 
link-map-profile-id—
An integer from 1 to 64 that defines a unique lag link map profile on which the LAG the SAP/network interface exist.

lag-link-map-profile

Syntax 
lag-link-map-profile lag-link-map-profile-id
no lag-link-map-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap lag-link-map-profile)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap lag-link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap lag-link-map-profile
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap lag-link-map-profile
Description 

This command assigns a pre-configured lag link map profile to a SAP/network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. Once assigned/de-assigned, the SAP/network interface egress traffic will be re-hashed over LAG as required by the new configuration.

The no form of this command reverts the SAP/network interface to use per-flow, service or link hash as configured for the service/LAG.

Default 

no lag-link-map-profile

Parameters 
lag-link-map-profile-id—
An integer from 1 to 64 that defines a unique lag link map profile on which the LAG the SAP/network interface exist.

lag-link-map-profile

Syntax 
lag-link-map-profile link-map-profile-id
no lag-link-map-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap lag-link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface sap lag-link-map-profile
Description 

This command assigns a pre-configured LAG link map profile to a SAP or network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. Once assigned, the SAP or network interface egress traffic will be re-hashed over LAG as required by the new configuration.

The no form of this command reverts the SAP or network interface to use per-flow, service or link hash as configured for the service or LAG.

Default 

no lag-link-map-profile

Parameters 
link-map-profile-id—
An integer from 1 to 64 that defines a unique LAG link map profile on which the LAG the SAP or network interface exist.

lag-link-map-profile

Syntax 
lag-link-map-profile link-map-profile-id
no lag-link-map-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if lag-link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface lag-link-map-profile
Description 

This command assigns a preconfigured lag link map profile to a SAP/network interface configured on a LAG or a PW port that exists on a LAG. Once assigned/unassigned, the SAP/network interface egress traffic will be re-hashed over LAG as required by the new configuration.

The no form of this command reverts the SAP/network interface to use per-flow, service or link hash as configured for the service/LAG.

Default 

no lag-link-map-profile

Parameters 
link-map-profile-id—
An integer from 1 to 32 that defines a unique lag link map profile on which the LAG the SAP/network interface exist.

16.52. lag-per-link-hash

lag-per-link-hash

Syntax 
lag-per-link-hash class {class} weight weight
no lag-per-link-hash
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>egress lag-per-link-hash)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile egress lag-per-link-hash
Description 

This command configures weight and class to be used on LAG egress when the LAG uses weighted per-link-hash by subscribers with the profile assigned. Subscribers using profile with lag-per-link-hash default configuration, inherit weight and class from the SAP configuration (1 and 1 respectively if none configured under SAP).

The no form of this command restores default configuration.

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the class to be used to select a LAG link.
Values—
1, 2, 3

 

Default—
1
weight—
Specifies the weight to be associated with this SAP when selecting a LAG link.
Values—
1 to 1024

 

Default—
1

lag-per-link-hash

Syntax 
lag-per-link-hash class {1 |2 |3} weight [weight]
no lag-per-link-hash
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap lag-per-link-hash)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap lag-per-link-hash)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap lag-per-link-hash)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe sap lag-per-link-hash
configure service ipipe sap lag-per-link-hash
configure service vpls sap lag-per-link-hash
Description 

This command configures weight and class to this SAP to be used on LAG egress when the LAG uses weighted per-link-hash.

The no form of this command restores default configuration.

Default 

no lag-per-link-hash (equivalent to weight 1 class 1)

lag-per-link-hash

Syntax 
lag-per-link-hash class {1 |2 |3} weight weight
no lag-per-link-hash
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap lag-per-link-hash)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap lag-per-link-hash)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap lag-per-link-hash
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap lag-per-link-hash
Description 

This command configures weight and class to this SAP to be used on LAG egress when the LAG uses weighted per-link-hash.

The no form of this command restores default configuration.

Default 

no lag-per-link-hash (equivalent to weight 1 class 1)

Parameters 
class
Specifies the class.
Values—
1, 2, 3

 

weight—
Specifies the weight.
Values—
1 to 1024

 

lag-per-link-hash

Syntax 
lag-per-link-hash class {1 |2 |3} weight [1 to 1024]
no per-link-hash
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nw-if lag-per-link-hash)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap lag-per-link-hash)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface sap lag-per-link-hash
configure service vprn network-interface lag-per-link-hash
Description 

This command configures weight and class to this SAP to be used on LAG egress when the LAG uses weighted per-link-hash.

The no form of this command restores the default configuration.

Default 

no lag-per-link-hash (equivalent to weight 1 class 1)

lag-per-link-hash

Syntax 
lag-per-link-hash class class weight [weight]
no lag-per-link-hash
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if lag-per-link-hash)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface lag-per-link-hash
Description 

This command configures weight and class to this interface to be used on LAG egress when the LAG uses weighted per-link-hash.

The no form of this command restores the default configuration (weight 1 class 1).

Default 

no lag-per-link-hash

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the class.
Values—
1, 2, 3

 

weight—
Specifies the weight.
Values—
1 to 1024

 

16.53. lag-port-down

lag-port-down

Syntax 
lag-port-down lag-id number-down number-lag-port-down level level-id
no lag-port-down lag-id number-down number-lag-port-down
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mcac>policy>bundle>mc-constraints lag-port-down)
Full Contexts 
configure router mcac policy bundle mc-constraints lag-port-down
Description 

This command configures the bandwidth available both at the interface and bundle level when a specific number of ports in a LAG group fail.

The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.

Parameters 
lag-id—
Specifies the LAG ID. When the number of ports available in the LAG link is reduced by the number of ports configured in this context then the level-id specified here must be applied.
number-lag-port-down
If the number of ports available in the LAG is reduced by the number of ports configured in this command here then bandwidth allowed for bundle and/or interface will be as per the levels configured in this context.
Values—
1 to 64 (for 64-link LAG) 1 to 32 (for other LAGs)

 

level-id
Specifies the amount of bandwidth available within a given bundle for MC traffic for a specified level.
Values—
1 to 8

 

lag-port-down

Syntax 
[no] lag-port-down lag-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>vrrp>policy>priority-event lag-port-down)
Full Contexts 
configure vrrp policy priority-event lag-port-down
Description 

This command creates the context to configure Link Aggregation Group (LAG) priority control events that monitor the operational state of the links in the LAG.

The lag-port-down command configures a priority control event. The event monitors the operational state of each port in the specified LAG. When one or more of the ports enter the operational down state, the event is considered to be set. When all the ports enter the operational up state, the event is considered to be clear. As ports enter the operational up state, any previous set threshold that represents more down ports is considered cleared, while the event is considered to be set.

Multiple unique lag-port-down event nodes can be configured within the priority-event node up to the maximum of 32 events.

The lag-port-down command can reference an arbitrary LAG. The lag-id does have to already exist within the system. The operational state of the lag-port-down event will indicate:

  1. Set – non-existent
  2. Set – one port down
  3. Set – two ports down
  4. Set – three ports down
  5. Set – four ports down
  6. Set – five ports down
  7. Set – six ports down
  8. Set – seven ports down
  9. Set – eight ports down
  10. Cleared – all ports up

When the lag-id is created, or a port in lag-id becomes operationally up or down, the event operational state must be updated appropriately.

When one or more of the LAG composite ports enters the operationally down state or the lag-id is deleted or does not exist, the event is considered to be set. When an event transitions from clear to set, the set is processed immediately and must be reflected in the associated virtual router instances in-use priority value. As the event transitions from clear to set, a hold-set timer is loaded with the value configured by the events hold-set command. This timer prevents the event from clearing until it expires, damping the effect of event flapping. If the event clears and becomes set again before the hold-set timer expires, the timer is reset to the hold-set value, extending the time before another clear can take effect.

The lag-port-down event is considered to have a tiered event set state. While the priority impact per number of ports down is totally configurable, as more ports go down, the effect on the associated virtual router instances in-use priority is expected to increase (lowering the priority). When each configured threshold is crossed, any higher thresholds are considered further event sets and are processed immediately with the hold-set timer reset to the configured value of the hold-set command. As the thresholds are crossed in the opposite direction (fewer ports down then previously), the priority effect of the event is not processed until the hold-set timer expires. If the number of ports down threshold again increases before the hold-set timer expires, the timer is only reset to the hold-set value if the number of ports down is equal to or greater than the threshold that set the timer.

The event contains number-down nodes that define the priority delta or explicit value to be used based on the number of LAG composite ports that are in the operationally down state. These nodes represent the event set thresholds. Not all port down thresholds must be configured. As the number of down ports increase, the number-down ports-down node that expresses a value equal to or less than the number of down ports describes the delta or explicit priority value to be applied.

The no form of the command deletes the specific LAG monitoring event. The event can be removed at anytime. When the event is removed, the in-use priority of all associated virtual router instances must be reevaluated. The events hold-set timer has no effect on the removal procedure.

Default 

no lag-port-down — No LAG priority control events are created.

Parameters 
lag-id—
The LAG ID that the specific event is to monitor expressed as a decimal integer. The lag-id can only be monitored by a single event in this policy. The LAG may be monitored by multiple VRRP priority control policies. A port within the LAG and the LAG ID itself are considered to be separate entities. A composite port may be monitored with the port-down event while the lag-id the port is in is monitored by a lag-port-down event in the same policy.
Values—
1 to 800 (apply to the 7750 SR and 7950 XRS)
1 to 200 (apply to the 7450 ESS)

 

16.54. lag-usage-optimization

lag-usage-optimization

Syntax 
[no] lag-usage-optimization
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>pim lag-usage-optimization)
Full Contexts 
configure router pim lag-usage-optimization
Description 

This command enables the router’s usage of the LAG so traffic for a given multicast stream destined to an IP interface using the LAG is sent only to the forwarding complex that owns the LAG link on which it will actually be forwarded.

Changing the value causes the PIM protocol to be restarted.

If this optimization is disabled, the traffic is sent to all forwarding complexes that own at least one link in the LAG.

The no form of this command causes the traffic to be sent to all the forwarding complexes that own at least one link in the LAG.

Note:

Changes made for multicast hashing cause Layer 4 multicast traffic to not be hashed. This is independent of if lag-usage-optimization is enabled or disabled.

Using this command and the mc-ecmp-hashing-enabled command on mixed port speed LAGs is not recommended, because some groups may be forwarded incorrectly.

Default 

no lag-usage-optimization

16.55. lanext

lanext

Syntax 
[no] lanext
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>vrgw lanext)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw>ranges>range>vrgw lanext)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range vrgw lanext
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw vlan-tag-ranges range vrgw lanext
Description 

This command enables the context to configure HLE parameters.

The no form of this command disables the vRGW parameters enabled in this context.

lanext

Syntax 
[no] lanext
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>vrgw lanext)
Full Contexts 
configure router vrgw lanext
Description 

This command enables the context to configure HLE parameters.

The no form of this command disables the context.

lanext

Syntax 
[no] lanext
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>vrgw lanext)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt vrgw lanext
Description 

This command enables the context to configure subscriber management vRGW home HLE parameters.

The no form of this command disables the context.

16.56. lanext-bridge-id

lanext-bridge-id

Syntax 
[no] lanext-bridge-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include lanext-bridge-id)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute lanext-bridge-id
Description 

This command enables the system to include the HLE service’s bridge ID (Alc-Bridge-Id) in RADIUS accounting packets.

The no form of this command excludes the HLE service’s bridge ID (Alc-Bridge-Id) from RADIUS accounting packets.

16.57. lanext-device-type

lanext-device-type

Syntax 
[no] lanext-device-type
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include lanext-device-type)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute lanext-device-type
Description 

This command enables the system to include the HLE host’s device type (Alc-HLE-Device-Type) in RADIUS accounting packets.

The no form of this command excludes the HLE host’s device type (Alc-HLE-Device-Type) from RADIUS accounting packets.

16.58. lanext-route-distinguisher

lanext-route-distinguisher

Syntax 
[no] lanext-route-distinguisher
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include lanext-route-distinguisher)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute lanext-route-distinguisher
Description 

This command enables the system to include the HLE service’s EVPN route distinguisher (Alc-RD) in RADIUS accounting packets.

The no form of this command excludes the HLE service’s EVPN route distinguisher (Alc-RD) from RADIUS accounting packets.

16.59. lanext-route-target

lanext-route-target

Syntax 
[no] lanext-route-target
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include lanext-route-target)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute lanext-route-target
Description 

This command enables the system to include the HLE service’s EVPN route target (Alc-RT) in RADIUS accounting packets.

The no form of this command excludes the HLE service’s EVPN route target (Alc-RT) from RADIUS accounting packets.

16.60. lanext-vni

lanext-vni

Syntax 
[no] lanext-vni
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>include lanext-vni)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy include-radius-attribute lanext-vni
Description 

This command enables the system to include the HLE service’s EVPN VXLAN VNI (Alc-Vxlan-VNI) in RADIUS accounting packets.

The no form of this command excludes the HLE service’s EVPN VXLAN VNI (Alc-Vxlan-VNI) from RADIUS accounting packets.

16.61. last-member-query-interval

last-member-query-interval

Syntax 
last-member-query-interval tenths-of-seconds
no last-member-query-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping last-member-query-interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mld-snooping last-member-query-interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mld-snooping last-member-query-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls mesh-sdp igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval
configure service vpls mesh-sdp mld-snooping last-member-query-interval
configure service vpls sap igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval
configure service vpls sap mld-snooping last-member-query-interval
configure service vpls spoke-sdp igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval
configure service vpls spoke-sdp mld-snooping last-member-query-interval
Description 

This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries sent in response to 'leave' messages, and is also the amount of time between two consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group.

The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast leave is enabled on the SAP or SDP.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

last-member-query-interval 10

Parameters 
tenths-of-seconds —
Specifies the frequency, in tenths of a second, at which query messages are sent.
Values—
1 to 50

 

last-member-query-interval

Syntax 
last-member-query-interval tenths-of-seconds
no last-member-query-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>igmp-snp last-member-query-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only-sap-parameters igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval
Description 

This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries sent in response to leave messages, and is also the amount of time between two consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group.

The configured interval is ignored when fast-leave is enabled on the SAP or SDP.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

last-member-query-interval 10

Parameters 
seconds —
Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query messages are sent.
Values—
1 to 50

 

last-member-query-interval

Syntax 
last-member-query-interval interval
no last-member-query-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service pw-template igmp-snooping last-member-query-interval
Description 

This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries sent in response to ‘leave’ messages, and is also the amount of time between 2 consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group.

The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast-leave is enabled on the SAP or SDP.

Default 

last-member-query-interval 10

Parameters 
interval—
Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query messages are sent.
Values—
1 to 50

 

16.62. latency-event

latency-event

Syntax 
latency-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
no latency-event
Context 
[Tree] (config>saa>test latency-event)
Full Contexts 
configure saa test latency-event
Description 

Specifies that at the termination of an SAA test probe, the calculated latency event value is evaluated against the configured rising and falling latency event thresholds. SAA threshold events are generated as required.

Once the threshold (rising/falling) is crossed, it is disabled from generating additional events until the opposite threshold is crossed. If a falling-threshold is not supplied, the rising- threshold is re-enabled when it falls below the threshold after the initial crossing that generated the event.

The configuration of latency event thresholds is optional.

The no form of this command disables the latency event.

Parameters 
rising-threshold threshold
Specifies a rising threshold latency value, in milliseconds. When the test run is completed, the calculated latency value is compared to the configured latency rising threshold. If the test run latency value is greater than the configured rising threshold value then an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483

 

Default—
0
falling-threshold threshold
Specifies a falling threshold latency value, in milliseconds. When the test run is completed, the calculated latency value is compared to the configured latency falling threshold. If the test run latency value is greater than the configured falling threshold value then an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483

 

Default—
0
direction—
Specifies the direction for OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
Values—
inbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the inbound, one-way, OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
outbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the outbound, one-way, OAM ping requests sent for an OAM ping test run.
roundtrip — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the round trip, two-way, OAM ping requests and replies for an OAM ping test run.

 

Default—
roundtrip

16.63. layer-3

layer-3

Syntax 
layer-3
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>shcv-policy layer-3)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt shcv-policy layer-3
Description 

This command enables the context to configure SHCV behavior parameters for IES and VPRN services.

16.64. layer-3-encap

layer-3-encap

Syntax 
layer-3-encap [{ip-udp-shim |ip-gre |ip-udp-shim-sampled}] [create]
no layer-3-encap
Context 
[Tree] (config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap layer-3-encap)
Full Contexts 
configure mirror mirror-dest encap layer-3-encap
Description 

This command specifies the format of the routable encapsulation to add to each copied packet. Layer 3 encapsulation takes precedence over Ethernet encapsulation configuration in an LI source. No changes are allowed to the Layer 3 encapsulation once a gateway is configured.

The no form of this command removes the routable encapsulation.

Default 

no layer-3-encap

Parameters 
ip-udp-shim—
Specifies that the type of Layer 3 encapsulation is an IPv4 header, UDP header, and LI shim header added to the mirrored packets.
ip-gre—
Specifies that the type of Layer 3 encapsulation is an IPv4 header and GRE header added to the mirrored packets. This encapsulation type is only supported with mirror-type ip-only.
ip-udp-shim-sampled—
Specifies that the type of Layer 3 encapsulation is an IPv4 header, UDP header, and a mirror shim header added to the mirrored packets providing direction, mirror type, filter action, interface type, and interface value.

layer-3-encap

Syntax 
layer-3-encap [ip-udp-shim |ip-gre]
no layer-3-encap
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>mirror-dest-template layer-3-encap)
Full Contexts 
configure li mirror-dest-template layer-3-encap
Description 

This command specifies the format of the routable encapsulation to add to each copied packet. Layer 3 encapsulation takes precedence over Ethernet encapsulation configuration in an LI source. No changes are allowed to the Layer 3 encapsulation after a gateway is configured.

The no form of this command disables Layer 3 encapsulation.

Parameters 
ip-udp-shim —
Specifies that the type of Layer 3 encapsulation is an IPv4 header, UDP header, and LI-Shim.
ip-gre—
Specifies that the type of Layer 3 encapsulation is an IPv4 GRE.

16.65. lbm-svc-act-responder

lbm-svc-act-responder

Syntax 
[no] lbm-svc-act-responder
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>eth-cfm>mep lbm-svc-act-responder)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep lbm-svc-act-responder)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe sap eth-cfm mep lbm-svc-act-responder
configure service epipe spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep lbm-svc-act-responder
Description 

This command enables the MEP to process service activation streams encapsulated in ETH-CFM LBM frames that are directed to the MEP. The MEP will be allocated additional resources to rapidly respond to a high-speed stream of LBM messages. A MEP created with this option will not validate any TLVs, will not validate the ETH-LBM MAC Address, and will not increment or compute any loopback statistics. Statistical computation and reporting is the responsibility of the test head-end. The ETH-CFM level of the high speed ETH-LBM stream must match the level of a MEP configured with this command. It must not target any lower ETH-CFM level the MEP will terminate. When the service activation test is complete, the MEP may be returned to standard processing by removing this command. If there is available bandwidth, the MEP will respond to other ETH-CFM PDUs, such as ETH-DMM marker packets, using standard processing.

The interaction between this command and the tools perform service id service-id loopback eth command must be carefully considered. It is recommended that either the lbm-svc-act-responder or the tools perform service id service-id loopback eth command be used at any given time within a service. If both commands must be configured, and the target reflection point is the MAC Swap Loopback function, the inbound stream of data must not include ETH-CFM traffic that is equal to or lower than the domain level of any configured MEP which would otherwise extract and process the ETH-CFM message. If the reflection target is a MEP configured with the lbm-svc-act-responder option, the mode (ingress or egress) of the SAP or SDP specified with this tools command and the MEP direction (up or down) must match when the functions are enabled on the same reflection point, and the domain level of the inbound ETH-LBM must be the same as that of the MEP configured with the lbm-svc-act-responder option. At no time should the two functions be conflicting with each other along the path of the stream. This conflict would lead to unpredictable and possibly destabilizing situations.

The no form of this command reverts to MEP LBM standard processing.

Default 

no lbm-svc-act-responder

lbm-svc-act-responder

Syntax 
[no] lbm-svc-act-responder
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep lbm-svc-act-responder)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep lbm-svc-act-responder)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep lbm-svc-act-responder)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls mesh-sdp eth-cfm mep lbm-svc-act-responder
configure service vpls sap eth-cfm mep lbm-svc-act-responder
configure service vpls spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep lbm-svc-act-responder
Description 

This command enables the MEP to process service activation streams encapsulated in ETH-CFM LBM frames that are directed to the MEP. The MEP will be allocated additional resources to rapidly respond to a high-speed stream of LBM messages. A MEP created with this option will not validate any TLVs, will not validate the ETH-LBM MAC Address, and will not increment or compute any loopback statistics. Statistical computation and reporting is the responsibility of the test head-end. The ETH-CFM level of the high speed ETH-LBM stream must match the level of a MEP configured with this command. It must not target any lower ETH-CFM level the MEP will terminate. When the service activation test is complete, the MEP may be returned to standard processing by removing this command. If there is available bandwidth, the MEP will respond to other ETH-CFM PDUs, such as ETH-DMM marker packets, using standard processing.

The interaction between this command and the tools perform service id service-id loopback eth command must be carefully considered. It is recommended that either the lbm-svc-act-responder or the tools perform service id service-id loopback eth command be used at any given time within a service. If both commands must be configured, and the target reflection point is the MAC Swap Loopback function, the inbound stream of data must not include ETH-CFM traffic that is equal to or lower than the domain level of any configured MEP which would otherwise extract and process the ETH-CFM message. If the reflection target is a MEP configured with the lbm-svc-act-responder option, the mode (ingress or egress) of the SAP or SDP specified with this tools command and the MEP direction (up or down) must match when the functions are enabled on the same reflection point, and the domain level of the inbound ETH-LBM must be the same as that of the MEP configured with the lbm-svc-act-responder option. At no time should the two functions be conflicting with each other along the path of the stream. This conflict would lead to unpredictable and possibly destabilizing situations.

The no form of this command reverts to MEP LBM standard processing.

Default 

no lbm-svc-act-responder

lbm-svc-act-responder

Syntax 
[no] lbm-svc-act-responder
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>eth-cfm>mep lbm-svc-act-responder)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface eth-cfm mep lbm-svc-act-responder
Description 

This command enables the MEP to process service activation streams encapsulated in ETH-CFM LBM frames that are directed to the MEP. The MEP will be allocated additional resources to rapidly respond to a high-speed stream of LBM messages. A MEP created with this option will not validate any TLVs, will not validate the ETH-LBM MAC Address, and will not increment or compute any loopback statistics. Statistical computation and reporting is the responsibility of the test head-end. The ETH-CFM level of the high speed ETH-LBM stream must match the level of a MEP configured with this command. It must not target any lower ETH-CFM level the MEP will terminate. When the service activation test is complete, the MEP may be returned to standard processing by removing this command. If there is available bandwidth, the MEP will respond to other ETH-CFM PDUs, such as ETH-DMM marker packets, using standard processing.

The interaction between this command and the tools perform service id service-id loopback eth command must be carefully considered. It is recommended that either the lbm-svc-act-responder or the tools perform service id service-id loopback eth command be used at any given time within a service. If both commands must be configured, and the target reflection point is the MAC Swap Loopback function, the inbound stream of data must not include ETH-CFM traffic that is equal to or lower than the domain level of any configured MEP which would otherwise extract and process the ETH-CFM message. If the reflection target is a MEP configured with the lbm-svc-act-responder option, the mode (ingress or egress) of the SAP or SDP specified with this tools command and the MEP direction (up or down) must match when the functions are enabled on the same reflection point, and the domain level of the inbound ETH-LBM must be the same as that of the MEP configured with the lbm-svc-act-responder option. At no time should the two functions be conflicting with each other along the path of the stream. This conflict would lead to unpredictable and possibly destabilizing situations.

The no form of this command reverts to MEP LBM standard processing.

Default 

no lbm-svc-act-responder

16.66. lbo

lbo

Syntax 
lbo [0dB |-7.5dB |-15.0dB |-22.5dB]
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>tdm lbo)
Full Contexts 
configure port tdm lbo
Description 

This command applies only to a DS-1 port configured with a 'long' buildout (see the buildout command). Specify the number of decibels the transmission signal decreases over the line.

For 'short' buildout the following values are valid:

lboNotApplicable — Not applicable

For 'long' buildout the following values are valid:

lbo0dB

For 0 dB

lboNeg7p5dB

For -7.5 dB

lboNeg15p0dB

For -15.0 dB

lboNeg22p5dB

For -22.5 dB

The default for 'short' build out is 'NotApplicable' while the default for 'long' buildout is 'lbo0dB'.

16.67. lcp-force-ack-accm

lcp-force-ack-accm

Syntax 
lcp-force-ack-accm {always |never}
no lcp-force-ack-accm
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>ppp lcp-force-ack-accm)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel>ppp lcp-force-ack-accm)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>ppp lcp-force-ack-accm)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel>ppp lcp-force-ack-accm)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group ppp lcp-force-ack-accm
configure router l2tp group tunnel ppp lcp-force-ack-accm
configure service vprn l2tp group ppp lcp-force-ack-accm
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel ppp lcp-force-ack-accm
Description 

This command enables the LCP Asynchronous Control Character Map (ACCM) configuration option. When enabled, the LCP ACCM configuration option is acknowledged during LCP negotiation between the LNS and the PPP client. The option is then ignored and no ACCM mapping is done.

By default, an L2TP tunnel inherits the configuration from the L2TP group CLI context.

The no form of this command disables the LCP ACCM configuration option.

Parameters 
always—
Specifies to acknowledge the LCP ACCM configuration option, but not to perform ACCM mapping. This command overrides the group level configuration.
never—
Specifies to reject the LCP ACCM configuration option. This command overrides the group level configuration.

16.68. lcp-ignore-magic-numbers

lcp-ignore-magic-numbers

Syntax 
lcp-ignore-magic-numbers {always |never}
no lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel>ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel>ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
configure router l2tp group tunnel ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
configure service vprn l2tp group ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel ppp lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
Description 

This command configures checking the magic number field in LCP Echo-Request and LCP Echo-Reply messages.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no lcp-ignore-magic-numbers

lcp-ignore-magic-numbers

Syntax 
[no] lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>ppp-policy lcp-ignore-magic-numbers)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt ppp-policy lcp-ignore-magic-numbers
Description 

This command enables the PPP session to stay established when an LCP peer magic number mismatch is detected.

By default, the PPP session is terminated when an LCP peer magic number mismatch is detected.

16.69. ldap

ldap

Syntax 
[no] ldap
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>security ldap)
Full Contexts 
configure system security ldap
Description 

This command configures LDAP authentication parameters for the system.

The no form of this command de-configures the LDAP client from the SR OS.

16.70. ldap-server

ldap-server

Syntax 
ldap-server server-name
no ldap-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>security>ldap>server ldap-server)
Full Contexts 
configure system security ldap server ldap-server
Description 

This command configures the LDAP server name or description.

The no version of this command removes the LDAP server name.

Parameters 
server-name—
Specifies the name of the server, up to 32 characters.

16.71. ldp

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>bgp-evpn>mpls>auto-bind-tunnel>resolution-filter ldp)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>bgp-evpn>mpls>auto-bind-tunnel>resolution-filter ldp)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp-evpn>mpls>auto-bind-tunnel>resolution-filter ldp)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe bgp-evpn mpls auto-bind-tunnel resolution-filter ldp
configure service vpls bgp-evpn mpls auto-bind-tunnel resolution-filter ldp
configure service vprn bgp-evpn mpls auto-bind-tunnel resolution-filter ldp
Description 

This command selects the LDP tunnel type.

This command instructs BGP to search for an LDP LSP with a FEC prefix corresponding to the address of the BGP next hop.

The no form of this command removes the configuration.

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>auto-bind-tunnel>resolution-filter ldp)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn auto-bind-tunnel resolution-filter ldp
Description 

This command enables setting the LDP type for the auto bind tunnel.

The ldp value instructs BGP to search for an LDP LSP with a FEC prefix corresponding to the address of the BGP next hop.

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router ldp)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp
Description 

This command creates the context to configure an LDP parameters. LDP is not enabled by default and must be explicitly enabled (no shutdown).

To suspend the LDP protocol, use the shutdown command. Configuration parameters are not affected.

The no form of the command deletes the LDP protocol instance, removing all associated configuration parameters. The LDP instance must first be disabled with the shutdown command before being deleted.

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router ldp)
Full Contexts 
debug router ldp
Description 

Use this command to configure LDP debugging.

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>indirect>tunnel-next-hop>resolution-filter ldp)
Full Contexts 
configure router static-route-entry indirect tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter ldp
Description 

This command enables the use of LDP sourced tunnel entries in the TTM to resolve the associated static route next-hop.

Default 

no ldp

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>sdp ldp)
Full Contexts 
configure service sdp ldp
Description 

This command enables LDP-signaled LSPs on MPLS-encapsulated SDPs.

In MPLS SDP configurations either one or more LSP names can be specified or LDP can be enabled. The SDP ldp and lsp commands are mutually exclusive except if the mixed-lsp-mode option is also enabled. If an LSP is specified on an MPLS SDP, then LDP cannot be enabled on the SDP. To enable LDP on the SDP when an LSP is already specified, the LSP must be removed from the configuration using the no lsp lsp-name command or the mixed-lsp-mode option is also enabled.

Alternatively, if LDP is already enabled on an MPLS SDP, then an LSP cannot be specified on the SDP. To specify an LSP on the SDP, the LDP must be disabled. The LSP must have already been created in the config>router>mpls context with a valid far-end IP address. The above rules are relaxed when the mixed-lsp option is enabled on the SDP.

Default 

no ldp (disabled)

ldp

Syntax 
ldp
Context 
[Tree] (monitor>router ldp)
Full Contexts 
monitor router ldp
Description 

This command monitors commands for the LDP instance.

ldp

Syntax 
[no] ldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>next-hop-resolution>shortcut-tunn>family>resolution-filter ldp)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>next-hop-resolution>labeled-routes>transport-tunnel>family>resolution-filter ldp)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp next-hop-resolution labeled-routes transport-tunnel family resolution-filter ldp
configure router bgp next-hop-resolution shortcut-tunnel family resolution-filter ldp
Description 

This command selects LDP tunneling for next-hop resolution and specifies the LDP tunnels in the tunnel table corresponding to /32 IPv4 FECs and /128 IPv6 FECs.

16.72. ldp-over-rsvp

ldp-over-rsvp

Syntax 
ldp-over-rsvp [include |exclude]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp ldp-over-rsvp)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template ldp-over-rsvp)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp ldp-over-rsvp
configure router mpls lsp-template ldp-over-rsvp
Description 

This command configures an LSP so that it can be used by the IGP to calculate its SPF tree.

When the ldp-over-rsvp option is also enabled in ISIS or OSPF, the IGP provides LDP with all ECMP IP next-hops and tunnel endpoints that it considers to be the lowest cost path to its destination.

IGP provides only the endpoints which are the closest to the destination in terms of IGP cost for each IP next-hop of a prefix. If this results in more endpoints than the ECMP value configured on the router, it will further prune the endpoints based on the lowest router-id and for the same router-id, it will select lowest interface-index first.

LDP then looks up the tunnel table to select the actual tunnels to the endpoint provided by IGP and further limits the endpoint selection to the ones which are the closest to destination across all the IP next-hops provided by IGP for a prefix. For each remaining endpoint, LDP selects a tunnel in a round-robin fashion until the router ECMP value is reached. For each endpoint, only tunnels with the same lowest metric are candidates. If more than one tunnel qualifies, the selection begins with the lowest tunnel-id.

Default 

ldp-over-rsvp include

ldp-over-rsvp

Syntax 
[no] ldp-over-rsvp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis ldp-over-rsvp)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis ldp-over-rsvp
Description 

This command allows LDP over RSVP processing in IS-IS.

The no form of this command disables LDP over RSVP processing.

Default 

no ldp-over-rsvp

ldp-over-rsvp

Syntax 
[no] ldp-over-rsvp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf ldp-over-rsvp)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf ldp-over-rsvp
Description 

This command allows LDP-over-RSVP processing in this OSPF instance.

Default 

no ldp-over-rsvp

16.73. ldp-shortcut

ldp-shortcut

Syntax 
[no] ldp-shortcut
Context 
[Tree] (config>router ldp-shortcut)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp-shortcut
Description 

This command enables the resolution of IGP routes using LDP LSP across all network interfaces participating in the IS-IS and OSPF routing protocol in the system.

When LDP shortcut is enabled, LDP populates the routing table with next-hop entries corresponding to all prefixes for which it activated an LDP FEC. For a given prefix, two route entries are populated in the system routing table. One corresponds to the LDP shortcut next-hop and has an owner of LDP. The other one is the regular IP next-hop. The LDP shortcut next-hop always has preference over the regular IP next-hop for forwarding user packets and specified control packets over a given outgoing interface to the route next-hop.

All user and specified control packets for which the longest prefix match in RTM yields the FEC prefix will be forwarded over the LDP LSP.

When an IPv4 packet is received on an ingress network interface, a subscriber IES interface, or a regular IES interface, the lookup of the packet by the ingress forwarding engine will result in the packet being sent labeled with the label stack corresponding to the NHLFE of the LDP LSP when the preferred RTM entry corresponds to an LDP shortcut.

If the preferred RTM entry corresponds to an IP next-hop, the IPv4 packet is forwarded without a label.

When ECMP is enabled and multiple equal-cost next-hops exit for the IGP route, the ingress forwarding engine will spray the packets for this route based on hashing routine currently supported for IPv4 packets. When the preferred RTM entry corresponds to an LDP shortcut route, spraying will be performed across the multiple next-hops for the LDP FEC. The FEC next-hops can either be direct link LDP neighbors or T-LDP neighbors reachable over RSVP LSPs in the case of LDP-over-RSVP but not both.

When the preferred RTM entry corresponds to a regular IP route, spraying will be performed across regular IP next-hops for the prefix.

The no form of this command disables the resolution of IGP routes using LDP shortcuts.

Default 

no ldp-shortcut

16.74. ldp-sync

ldp-sync

Syntax 
[no] ldp-sync
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry>indirect ldp-sync)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn static-route-entry indirect ldp-sync
Description 

This command extends the LDP synchronization feature to a static route. When an interface comes back up, it is possible that a preferred static route using the interface as next-hop for a given prefix is enabled before the LDP adjacency to the peer LSR comes up on this interface. In this case, traffic on an SDP that uses the static route for the far-end address would be black-holed until the LDP session comes up and the FECs exchanged.

This option when enabled delays the activation of the static route until the LDP session comes up over the interface and the ldp-sync-timer configured on that interface has expired

Default 

no ldp-sync

ldp-sync

Syntax 
[no] ldp-sync
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>next-hop ldp-sync)
Full Contexts 
configure router static-route-entry next-hop ldp-sync
Description 

This command extends the LDP synchronization feature to a static route. When an interface comes back up, it is possible that a preferred static route using the interface as next-hop for a given prefix is enabled before the LDP adjacency to the peer LSR comes up on this interface. In this case, traffic on an SDP that uses the static route for the far-end address would be black-holed until the LDP session comes up and the FECs exchanged.

This option when enabled delays the activation of the static route until the LDP session comes up over the interface and the ldp-sync-timer configured on that interface has expired

Default 

no ldp-sync

16.75. ldp-sync-timer

ldp-sync-timer

Syntax 
ldp-sync-timer seconds [end-of-lib]
no ldp-sync-timer
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if ldp-sync-timer)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ldp-sync-timer
Description 

This command enables synchronization of an IGP and LDP. When a link is restored after a failure, the IGP sets the link cost to infinity and advertises it. The actual value advertised in OSPF is 0xFFFF (65535). The actual value advertised in IS-IS regular metric is 0x3F (63) and in IS-IS wide-metric is 0xFFFFFE (16777214). This feature is not supported on RIP interfaces.

If an interface belongs to both IS-IS and OSPF, a physical failure will cause both IGPs to advertise an infinite metric and to follow the IGP-LDP synchronization procedures. If only one IGP bounces on this interface or on the system, then only the affected IGP advertises the infinite metric and follows the IGP-LDP synchronization procedures.

Next, an LDP Hello adjacency is brought up with the neighbor. The LDP synchronization timer is started by the IGP when the LDP session to the neighbor is up over the interface. This is to allow time for the label-FEC bindings to be exchanged.

When the LDP synchronization timer expires, the link cost is restored and is readvertised. The IGP will announce a new best next hop and LDP will use it if the label binding for the neighbor’s FEC is available.

If the user changes the cost of an interface, the new value is advertised at the next flooding of link attributes by the IGP. However, if the LDP synchronization timer is still running, the new cost value will only be advertised after the timer expires. The new cost value will also be advertised after the user executes any of the following commands:

  1. tools>perform>router>isis>ldp-sync-exit
  2. tools>perform>router>ospf>ldp-sync-exit
  3. config>router>if>no ldp-sync-timer
  4. config>router>ospf>disable-ldp-sync
  5. router>isis>disable-ldp-sync

If the user changes the value of the LDP synchronization timer parameter, the new value will take effect at the next synchronization event. If the timer is still running, it will continue to use the previous value.

If parallel links exist to the same neighbor, then the bindings and services should remain up as long as there is one interface that is up. However, the user-configured LDP synchronization timer still applies on the interface that failed and was restored. In this case, the router will only consider this interface for forwarding after the IGP re-advertises its actual cost value.

The LDP Sync Timer State is not always synchronized across to the standby CPM. Therefore, after an activity switch, the timer state might not be same as it was on the previously active CPM.

If the end-of-lib option is configured, then the system will start the LDP synchronization timer as usual. If the LDP End of LIB Typed Wildcard FEC messages are received for every FEC type negotiated for a given session to an LDP peer for that IGP interface, the ldp-sync-timer is terminated early and the IGP link cost is restored. If the ldp-sync-timer expires before the LDP End of LIB messages are received for every negotiated FEC type, then the system will restore the IGP link cost. The end-of-lib option is disabled by default.

The no form of this command disables IGP-LDP synchronization and deletes the configuration.

Default 

no ldp-sync-timer

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time interval for the IGP-LDP synchronization timer.
Values—
1 to 1800

 

end-of-lib—
Specifies that the system should terminate the ldp-sync-timer early if the LDP End of LIB Typed Wildcard FEC messages are received for every FEC type negotiated for a given session to an LDP peer for that IGP interface.

16.76. ldp-treetrace

ldp-treetrace

Syntax 
ldp-treetrace {prefix ip-prefix/mask} [downstream-map-tlv {dsmap |ddmap}] [fc fc-name [profile {in |out}]] [max-path max-paths] [max-ttl ttl-value] [retry-count retry-count] [timeout timeout]
Context 
[Tree] (oam ldp-treetrace)
Full Contexts 
oam ldp-treetrace
Description 

This command allows the user to perform a single run of the LDP ECMP OAM tree trace to discover all ECMP paths of an LDP FEC.

Parameters 
ip-prefix/mask—
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target BGP IPv4 label route.
Values—
ip-prefix: a.b.c.dmask, the value must be 32

 

downstream-map-tlv {dsmap |ddmap}—
Specifies which format of the downstream mapping TLV to use in the LSP trace packet. The DSMAP TLV is the original format in RFC 4379 (obsoleted by RFC 8029). The DDMAP is the new enhanced format specified in RFC 6424 and RFC 8029.
Default—
Inherited from global configuration of downstream mapping TLV in option mpls-echo-request-downstream-map {dsmap | ddmap}.
fc-name—
Specifies the FC and profile parameters are used to indicate the forwarding class and profile of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified FC and profile parameter values. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, The FC and profile parameter values are dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the FC and profile parameter values determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface. The ToS byte is not modified. Table 75 summarizes this behavior.

Table 75:  ldp-treetrace Request Packet and Behavior

CPM (sender node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos=1, fc1, profile1}
  2. fc1 and profile1 are as entered by user in OAM command or default values
  3. tos1 as per mapping of {fc1, profile1} to IP precedence in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Outgoing interface (sender node)

Echo request packet:

  1. pkt queued as {fc1, profile1}
  2. ToS field=tos1 not remarked
  3. EXP=exp1, as per mapping of {fc1, profile1} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (responder node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp1}
  2. exp1 mapped to {fc2, profile2} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

CPM (responder node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos=1, fc2, profile2}

Outgoing interface (responder node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. pkt queued as {fc2, profile2}
  2. ToS filed= tos1 not remarked (reply inband or out-of-band)
  3. EXP=exp2, if reply is inband, remarked as per mapping of {fc2, profile2} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (sender node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp2}
  2. exp2 mapped to {fc1, profile1} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
profile {in |out}—
Specifies the profile state of the MPLS echo request packet.
Values—
in, out

 

Default—
out
max-paths—
Specifies the maximum number of paths for a ldp-treetrace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
128
ttl-value—
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LSP trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
30
retry-count—
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive MPLS echo requests, expressed as a decimal integer that do not receive a reply before the trace operation fails for a given TTL.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5
timeout—
Specifies the time, in seconds, used to override the default time out value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of the message time out, the requesting router assumes that the message response is not received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
Output 

The following is an example of treetrace prefix information.

Sample Output
*A:Dut-A# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.6/32:
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 2
Total number of failed traces: 0

ldp-treetrace

Syntax 
[no] ldp-treetrace
Context 
[Tree] (config>test-oam ldp-treetrace)
Full Contexts 
configure test-oam ldp-treetrace
Description 

This command creates the context to configure the LDP ECMP OAM tree trace which consists of an LDP ECMP path discovery and an LDP ECMP path probing features.

The no form of this command deletes the configuration for the LDP ECMP OAM tree discovery and path probing under this context.

Output 

The following is an example LDP treetrace information.

Sample Output Over a Numbered IP Interface
*A:Dut-B# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.5/32 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.5/32:
 
       10.10.131.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.1.0.253 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.1.0.2
 
       10.10.132.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.1.0.2
 
       10.10.131.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.2.0.2
 
       10.10.132.2, ttl =   2 dst =      127.2.0.253 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:          11.2.0.2
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 4
Total number of failed traces: 0
Sample Output Over an Unnumbered IP Interface
*A:Dut-A# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-tlv dsmap 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.6/32:
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 2
Total number of failed traces: 0

ldp-treetrace

Syntax 
[no] ldp-treetrace
Context 
[Tree] (debug>oam ldp-treetrace)
Full Contexts 
debug oam ldp-treetrace
Description 

This command enables debugging for OAM LDP treetrace.

The no form of this command disables the debugging.

16.77. leak

leak

Syntax 
leak [ip-address]
no leak
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>isis leak)
Full Contexts 
debug router isis leak
Description 

This command enables debugging for IS-IS leaks.

The no form of the command disables debugging.

Parameters 
ip-address—
When specified, only the specified address is debugged for IS-IS leaks.
Values—
ipv4-address:
  1. a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
ipv6-address:
  1. x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
  2. x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
  3. x: [0 to FFFF]H
  4. d: [0 to 255]D

 

leak

Syntax 
leak [ip-address]
no leak
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>ospf leak)
[Tree] (debug>router>ospf3 leak)
Full Contexts 
debug router ospf leak
debug router ospf3 leak
Description 

This command enables debugging for OSPF leaks.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address to debug OSPF leaks.
Values—
ipv4-address:
  1. a.b.c.d
ipv6-address:
  1. x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
  2. x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
  3. x: [0 to FFFF]H
  4. d: [0 to 255]D

 

16.78. leak-export

leak-export

Syntax 
leak-export plcy-or-long-expr [plcy-or-expr [plcy-or-expr]]
no leak-export
Context 
[Tree] (config>router leak-export)
Full Contexts 
configure router leak-export
Description 

This command associates up to four policies to control the leaking of GRT routes into the associated VPRN.

If a route is being evaluated and the action is accepted, then that route is subject leaking into an associated VPRN instance assuming the route is fully resolved and active.

This process creates the pool of routes that can be leaked. Within each VPRN a corresponding import-grt policy must be configured to import select routes into that specific VPRN instance.

The no form of this command removes all route leaking policy associations and effectively disables the leaking of GRT routes into associated VPRNs.

Parameters 
plcy-or-long-expr—
Specifies the route policy name, up to 64 characters or a policy logical expression, up to 255 characters.
Values—
plcy-or-long-expr: policy-name | long-expr
policy-name: up to 64 characters
long-expr: up to 255 characters

 

plcy-or-expr—
Specifies the route policy name, up to 64 characters or a policy logical expression, up to 64 characters long. A maximum of four policy names or policy logical expressions can be specified in a single statement.
Values—
plcy-or-expr: policy-name | expr
policy-name: up to 64 characters
expr: up to 64 characters

 

16.79. leak-export-limit

leak-export-limit

Syntax 
[no] leak-export-limit [value]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router leak-export-limit)
Full Contexts 
configure router leak-export-limit
Description 

This command sets a maximum limit on the number of GRT routes that can be leaked into VPRNs.

The no form of this command resets the leak-export-limit to its default value of 5.

Default 

leak-export-limit 5

Parameters 
value—
Specifies the maximum number of GRT routes that are eligible to be leaked into VPRN instances.
Values—
1 to 10000

 

16.80. leak-import

leak-import

Syntax 
leak-import plcy-or-long-expr [plcy-or-expr]
no leak-import
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>rib-management>ipv4 leak-import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>rib-management>label-ipv4 leak-import)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>rib-management>ipv6 leak-import)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp rib-management ipv4 leak-import
configure service vprn bgp rib-management ipv6 leak-import
configure service vprn bgp rib-management label-ipv4 leak-import
Description 

This command is used to specify route policies that control the importation of leak-eligible routes from the BGP RIB of another routing instance into the unlabeled-IPv4, unlabeled-IPv6, or labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. To leak a route from one routing instance to another, the origin and destination RIB types must be the same; for example, it is not possible to leak a route from an unlabeled-IPv4 RIB of a VPRN into the labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router.

The leak-import command can reference up to 15 objects, where each object is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine final action to accept or reject the route.

Only one of the 15 objects referenced by the leak-import command is allowed to be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). The first of the 15 objects has a maximum length of 255 characters while the remaining 14 objects have a maximum length of 64 characters each.

When multiple leak-import commands are issued, the last command entered overrides the previous command.

When a leak-import policy is not specified, no BGP routes from other routing instances are leaked into the VPRN BGP RIB.

The no form of this command removes the policy association.

Parameters 
plcy-or-long-expr—
Specifies the route policy name (up to 64 characters) or a policy logical expression (up to 255 characters). Allowed values are any string up to 255 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
plcy-or-expr—
Specifies the route policy name (up to 64 characters) or a policy logical expression (up to 255 characters). Allowed values are any string up to 64 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

leak-import

Syntax 
leak-import plcy-or-long-expr [plcy-or-expr]
no leak-import
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>rib-management>ipv4 leak-import)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>rib-management>label-ipv4 leak-import)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>rib-management>ipv6 leak-import)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp rib-management ipv4 leak-import
configure router bgp rib-management ipv6 leak-import
configure router bgp rib-management label-ipv4 leak-import
Description 

This command is used to specify route policies that control the importation of leak-eligible routes from the BGP RIB of another routing instance into the unlabeled-IPv4, unlabeled-IPv6, or labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router. To leak a route from one routing instance to another, the origin and destination RIB types must be the same; for example, it is not possible to leak a route from an unlabeled-IPv4 RIB of a VPRN into the labeled-IPv4 RIB of the base router.

The leak-import command can reference up to 15 objects, where each object is either a policy logical expression or the name of a single policy. The objects are evaluated in the specified order to determine final action to accept or reject the route.

Only one of the 15 objects referenced by the leak-import command is allowed to be a policy logical expression consisting of policy names (enclosed in square brackets) and logical operators (AND, OR, NOT). The first of the 15 objects has a maximum length of 255 characters while the remaining 14 objects have a maximum length of 64 characters each.

When multiple leak-import commands are issued, the last command entered overrides the previous command.

When a leak-import policy is not specified, no BGP routes from other routing instances are leaked into the base router BGP RIB.

The no form of this command removes the policy association.

Default 

no leak-import

Parameters 
plcy-or-long-expr—
Specifies up to 14 route policy names (up to 64 characters long) or a policy logical expression (up to 255 characters long). Allowed values are any string up to 255 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
plcy-or-expr—
The route policy name (up to 64 characters long) or a policy logical expression (up to 64 characters long). Allowed values are any string up to 64 characters long composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

16.81. learn-ap-mac

learn-ap-mac

Syntax 
learn-ap-mac [delay-auth]
no learn-ap-mac
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw learn-ap-mac)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw learn-ap-mac)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw learn-ap-mac
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw learn-ap-mac
Description 

This command enables the sending of ARP or ND packets on the WLAN-GW GRE tunnel for certain events. The target IP address in the ARP/ND packet is the endpoint IP address of the AP. The ARP/ND response from the AP should contain the AP MAC, which subsequently can be reported in a called-station-id message. When enabled, a message will be sent for following events:

  1. CPM: Mobility to an AP for which the AP-MAC is not yet known
  1. CPM: RS-triggered authentication on an AP for which the AP-MAC is not yet known
  1. ISA: Any mobility event
  1. ISA: Any authentication where the AP-MAC is not yet known (for example, from a RADIUS proxy cache or a DHCP circuit-id). If the optional keyword delay-auth is configured, then the authentication will be delayed until the ARP/ND is answered or timed out, after which the AP-MAC can be included in the authentication.

This configuration is ignored for L2-AP and L2TPv3 access.

Parameters 
delay-auth—
Specifies that authentication will be delayed until the ARP/ND is answered or timed out, after which the AP-MAC can be included in the authentication.

16.82. learn-dynamic

learn-dynamic

Syntax 
[no] learn-dynamic
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>vpls>evpn>arp learn-dynamic)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>vpls>evpn>arp learn-dynamic)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>vpls>evpn>nd learn-dynamic)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface vpls evpn arp learn-dynamic
configure service vprn interface vpls evpn arp learn-dynamic
configure service vprn interface vpls evpn nd learn-dynamic
Description 

This command controls whether the ARP or ND frames received on EVPN binds are used to learn dynamic ARP and ND entries in the ARP/ND table.

The no form of the command reverts to the default.

Default 

learn-dynamic

16.83. learn-l2tp-cookie

learn-l2tp-cookie

Syntax 
learn-l2tp-cookie {if-match |never |always} [cookie hex string]
no learn-l2tp-cookie
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw learn-l2tp-cookie)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wlan-gw learn-l2tp-cookie)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw learn-l2tp-cookie
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wlan-gw learn-l2tp-cookie
Description 

This command specifies when this system will learn the cookie from L2TP tunnels terminating on this interface. Learning the cookie means that the value of the octets 3-8 of the cookie is interpreted as an access point’s MAC address, and used as such, for example in the Called-Station-Id attribute of RADIUS Interim-Update messages.

Parameters 
if-match —
Specifies that the cookie is interpreted only if the value of the first two octets of the cookie is equal to the value of the object tmnxWlanGwSoftGreIfL2tpCookie.
cookie hex string
Specifies the value used to compare the first two bytes of the cookie. This parameter is only valid if if-match is configured.
Values—
0x0000 to 0xFFFF...(4 hex nibbles)

 

never —
Specifies that the cookie value will always be ignored.
always—
Always learn the AP-MAC from the cookie, regardless of the value of the first two bytes.

16.84. lease-hold-time

lease-hold-time

Syntax 
lease-hold-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-hold-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server lease-hold-time)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server lease-hold-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server lease-hold-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server lease-hold-time)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time
Description 

This command configures the time to remember this lease and is applicable for unsolicited release conditions such as lease timeout if the lease-hold-time-for command is set to the default value no solicited-release and is additionally applicable for normal solicited releases from DHCP clients if the lease-hold-time-for command is set to solicited-release.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

lease-hold-time sec 0

Parameters 
lease-hold-time—
Specifies the amount of time to remember the lease.
Values—

days

0 to 7305

hours

0 to 23

minutes

0 to 59

seconds

0 to 59

 

16.85. lease-hold-time-for

lease-hold-time-for

Syntax 
[no] lease-hold-time-for
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server lease-hold-time-for)
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6>server lease-hold-time-for)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server lease-hold-time-for)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp6>server lease-hold-time-for)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for
configure service vprn dhcp6 local-dhcp-server lease-hold-time-for
Description 

This command enables the context to configure lease-hold-time-for parameters which define additional types of lease or triggers that cause system to hold up leases.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

16.86. lease-populate

lease-populate

Syntax 
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] l2-header [mac ieee-address]
no lease-populate
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp lease-populate)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>dhcp lease-populate)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp lease-populate)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>dhcp lease-populate)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp lease-populate)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>dhcp lease-populate)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>dhcp lease-populate)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface dhcp lease-populate
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface dhcp lease-populate
configure service vpls sap dhcp lease-populate
configure service vprn interface dhcp lease-populate
configure service vprn subscriber-interface dhcp lease-populate
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface dhcp lease-populate
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only-sap-parameters dhcp lease-populate
Description 

This command enables the context to configure IPoE host parameters.

For VPLS, DHCP snooping must be explicitly enabled (using the snoop command) at all points where DHCP messages requiring snooping enter the VPLS instance (both from the DHCP server and from the subscribers). Lease state information is extracted from snooped DHCP ACK messages to populate lease state table entries for the SAP.

The optional number-of-leases parameter defines the number lease state table entries allowed.

  1. for this SAP in case of a VPLS service
  2. for this interface in case of an IES or VPRN interface
  3. for each SAP in case of an IES or VPRN group-interface
  4. for this interface in case of an IES or VPRN retail subscriber-interface

If the number-of-leases parameter is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP ACK messages are discarded.

The retained lease state information representing dynamic hosts may be used to:

  1. Populate a SAP based anti-spoof filter table to provide dynamic anti-spoof filtering. If the system is unable to populate the dynamic host information in the anti-spoof filter table on the SAP, the DHCP ACK message must be discarded without adding new lease state entry or updating an existing lease state entry.
  2. Populate the system’s ARP cache based on the arp-populate configuration. Applicable to IES and VPRN interfaces or group-interfaces.
  3. Populate managed entries into a VPLS forwarding database. VPLS forwarding database population is an implicit feature that automatically places the dynamic host’s MAC address into the VPLS FDB. When a dynamic host’s MAC address is placed in the lease state table, it will automatically be populated into the VPLS forwarding database associated with the SAP on which the host is learned. The dynamic host MAC address will override any static MAC entries using the same MAC and prevent dynamic learning of the MAC on another interface. Existing static MAC entries with the same MAC address as the dynamic host are marked as inactive but not deleted. If all entries in the lease state table associated with the MAC address are removed, the static MAC may be populated. New static MAC definitions for the VPLS instance may be created while a dynamic host exists associated with the static MAC address.
  4. Generate dynamic ARP replies if arp-reply-agent is enabled. Applicable to VPLS service SAPs

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
nbr-of-leases—
Specifies the number of DHCPv4 leases allowed.
l2-header—
Indicates a mode of operation where anti-spoof entry associated with the given DHCP state is created based on the src-mac address from the Layer 2 header of the DHCP request message. The Layer 2 header flag is not set by default. This parameter is only applicable for group interfaces.
mac —
Specifies that the provisioned ieee-address is used in the anti-spoofing entries for this SAP. The parameter may be changed mid-session. Existing sessions will not be re-programmed unless a tools>perform>subscriber-mgmt>remap-lease-state command is issued for the lease. This parameter is only applicable for group interfaces.

lease-populate

Syntax 
lease-populate [nmb-of-entries]
no lease-populate
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp lease-populate)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls sap dhcp lease-populate
Description 

This command enables and disables dynamic host lease state management for VPLS SAPs. For VPLS, DHCP snooping must be explicitly enabled (using the snoop command) at all points where DHCP messages requiring snooping enter the VPLS instance (both from the DHCP server and from the subscribers). Lease state information is extracted from snooped DHCP ACK messages to populate lease state table entries for the SAP.

The optional number-of-entries parameter is used to define the number of lease state table entries allowed for this SAP or IP interface. If number-of-entries is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCP ACK messages are discarded.

The retained lease state information representing dynamic hosts may be used to:

  1. populate a SAP based anti-spoof filter table to provide dynamic anti-spoof filtering. If the system is unable to populate the dynamic host information in the anti-spoof filter table on the SAP, the DHCP ACK message must be discarded without adding a new lease state entry or updating an existing lease state entry.
  2. generate dynamic ARP replies if arp-reply-agent is enabled.
Default 

no lease-populate

Parameters 
nbr-of-entries—
Specifies the number of DHCP leases allowed
Values—
1 to 8000

 

lease-populate

Syntax 
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] na [ta]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate pd [na] [ta] [exclude]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] [na] ta
no lease-populate
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay lease-populate)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface ipv6 dhcp6-relay lease-populate
Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of DHCPv6 lease states allocated by the DHCPv6 relay function, allowed on this interface.

Optionally, by specifying route-populate parameter, system could:

  1. Create routes based on the IA_PD/IA_NA/IA_TA prefix option in relay-reply message.
  2. Create black hole routes based on OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE in IA_PD in relay-reply message.

These routes could be redistributed into IGP/BGP by using route-policy, following protocol types that could be used in “from protocol”:

  1. dhcpv6-pd
  2. dhcpv6-na
  3. dhcpv6-ta
  4. dhcpv6-pd-excl
Parameters 
nbr-of-leases—
Defines the number lease state table entries allowed for this interface. If this parameter is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCPv6 REPLY messages are discarded.
Values—
1 to 8000

 

route-populate—
Specifies the route populate parameter.
Values—
pd/na/ta — Create route based on specified option.

 

                    exclude — Create blackhole route based on OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE.

lease-populate

Syntax 
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] na [ta]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate pd [na] [ta] [exclude]
lease-populate [nbr-of-leases] route-populate [pd] [na] ta
no lease-populate
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp-relay lease-populate)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface ipv6 dhcp-relay lease-populate
Description 

This command specifies the maximum number of DHCPv6 lease states allocated by the DHCPv6 relay function, allowed on this interface.

Optionally, by specifying “route-populate” parameter, system could:

  1. Create routes based on the IA_PD/IA_NA/IA_TA prefix option in relay-reply message.
  2. Create black hole routes based on OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE in IA_PD in relay-reply message.

These routes could be redistributed into IGP/BGP by using route-policy, following protocol types that could be used in “from protocol”:

  1. dhcpv6-pd
  2. dhcpv6-na
  3. dhcpv6-ta
  4. dhcpv6-pd-excl
Parameters 
nbr-of-entries—
Defines the number lease state table entries allowed for this interface. If this parameter is omitted, only a single entry is allowed. Once the maximum number of entries has been reached, subsequent lease state entries are not allowed and subsequent DHCPv6 ACK messages are discarded.
Values—
1 to 8000

 

route-populate—
Specifies the route populate parameter.
Values—
pd/na/ta — Create route based on specified option.

 

                    exclude — Create blackhole route based on OPTION_PD_EXCLUDE.

16.87. lease-query

lease-query

Syntax 
lease-query [max-retry Max nbr of retries]
no lease-query
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client lease-query)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client lease-query)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client lease-query
configure service vprn subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client lease-query
Description 

This command enables lease-query. If this is specified the dhcp6-client will retrieve any existing addresses when becoming active. The lease-query is performed for all of the configured servers

The no form of this command disables lease-query.

Parameters 
Max nbr of retries—
Specifies the maximum number of retries before the lease query assumes no existing subnets were allocated.
Values—
0 to 10

 

16.88. lease-rebind-time

lease-rebind-time

Syntax 
lease-rebind-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-rebind-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server>pool>options lease-rebind-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options lease-rebind-time)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options lease-rebind-time)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server pool options lease-rebind-time
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server pool options lease-rebind-time
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host options lease-rebind-time
Description 

This command configures the time the client transitions to a rebinding state for a DHCP client.

The no form of this command removes the time from the configuration.

Parameters 
lease-rebind-time—
Specifies the lease rebind time.
Values—

days:

0 to 3650

hours:

0 to 23

minutes:

0 to 59

seconds

0 to 59

 

16.89. lease-renew-time

lease-renew-time

Syntax 
lease-renew-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-renew-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server>pool>options lease-renew-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options lease-renew-time)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options lease-renew-time)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server pool options lease-renew-time
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server pool options lease-renew-time
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host options lease-renew-time
Description 

This command configures the time the client transitions to a renew state for a DHCP client.

The no form of this command removes the time from the configuration.

Parameters 
lease-renew-time—
Specifies the lease renew time.
Values—

days:

0 to 3650

hours:

0 to 23

minutes:

0 to 59

seconds

0 to 59

 

16.90. lease-time

lease-time

Syntax 
lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds]
no lease-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp>server>pool>options lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp>server>pool>options lease-time)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host>options lease-time)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server pool options lease-time
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server pool options lease-time
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host options lease-time
Description 

This command configures the amount of time that the DHCP server grants to the DHCP client permission to use a specific IP address.

The no form of this command removes the lease time parameters from the configuration.

Parameters 
lease-time—
Specifies the lease time.
Values—

days:

0 to 3650

hours:

0 to 23

minutes:

0 to 59

seconds

0 to 59

 

lease-time

Syntax 
lease-time [days days] [hrs hours] [min minutes] [sec seconds] [override]
no lease-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>proxy-server lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>dhcp>proxy-server lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp>proxy-server lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>proxy lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>dhcp>proxy-server lease-time)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>dhcp>option>proxy-server lease-time)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface dhcp proxy-server lease-time
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface dhcp proxy-server lease-time
configure service vpls sap dhcp proxy-server lease-time
configure service vprn interface dhcp proxy-server lease-time
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface dhcp proxy-server lease-time
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only dhcp option proxy-server lease-time
Description 

This command defines the length of lease-time that is provided to DHCP clients. By default, the local-proxy-server always makes use of the lease time information provide by either a RADIUS or DHCP server.

The no form of this command disables the use of the lease-time command. The local-proxy-server will use the lease-time offered by either a RADIUS or DHCP server.

Default 

lease-time days 7

Parameters 
override—
Specifies that the local-proxy-server will use the configured lease-time information to provide DHCP clients
days—
Specifies the number of days that the given IP address is valid.
Values—
0 to 3650

 

hours—
Specifies the number of hours that the given IP address is valid.
Values—
0 to 23

 

minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes that the given IP address is valid.
Values—
0 to 59

 

seconds—
Specifies the number of seconds that the given IP address is valid.
Values—
0 to 59

 

lease-time

Syntax 
lease-time [lease-time]
no lease-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>wpp lease-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>wpp lease-time)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface wpp lease-time
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface wpp lease-time
Description 

This command configures the amount of time that the DHCP server grants to the DHCP client permission to use a particular IP address.

The no form of this command removes the lease time parameters from the configuration.

Parameters 
lease-time—
Specifies the lease time.
Values—

days days

0 to 3650

hrs hours

0 to 23

min minutes

0 to 59

sec seconds

0 to 59

 

lease-time

Syntax 
lease-time seconds
lease-time [days <days>] [hrs <hrs>] [min <min>] [sec <sec>]
no lease-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>vrgw>brg>brg-profile>dhcp-pool lease-time)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt vrgw brg brg-profile dhcp-pool lease-time
Description 

This command configures the lease time, in seconds, to be used when allocating addresses from the pool. This time value should always be longer than the renew/rebind time.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

lease-time hrs 6

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the lease time in seconds.
Values—
300 to 315446399

 

days—
Specifies the lease time in days.
Values—
1 to 3650

 

hrs—
Specifies the lease time in hours.
Values—
1 to 23

 

min—
Specifies the lease time in minutes.
Values—
1 to 59

 

sec—
Specifies the lease time in seconds.
Values—
1 to 59

 

16.91. least-fill

least-fill

Syntax 
[no] least-fill
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp least-fill)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template least-fill)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp least-fill
configure router mpls lsp-template least-fill
Description 

This command enables the use of the least-fill path selection method for the computation of the path of this LSP.

When MPLS requests the computation of a path for this LSP, CSPF will find all equal cost shortest paths which satisfy the constraints of this path. Then, CSPF identifies the single link in each of these paths which has the least available bandwidth as a percentage of its maximum reservable bandwidth. It then selects the path which has the largest value of this percentage least available bandwidth figure. CSPF identifies the least available bandwidth link in each equal cost path after it has accounted for the bandwidth of the new requested path of this LSP.

CSPF applies the least-fill path selection method to all requests for a path, primary and secondary, of an LSP for which this option is enabled. The bandwidth of the path can be any value, including zero.

CSPF applies the least-fill criterion separately to each preemption priority in the base TE. A higher setup priority path can preemptively lower holding priority paths.

CSPF also applies the least-fill criterion separately to each Diff-Serv TE class if Diff-Serv TE is enabled on this node. A higher setup priority path can preemptively lower holding priority paths within a Class Type.

MPLS will re-signal and move the LSP to the new path in the following cases:

  1. Initial LSP path signaling.
  2. Re-try of an LSP path after failure.
  3. Make-before-break (MBB) due to pending soft preemption of the LSP path.
  4. MBB due to LSP path configuration change, that is, a user change to bandwidth parameter of primary or secondary path, or a user enabling of fast-reroute option for the LSP.
  5. MBB of secondary path due to an update to primary path SRLG.
  6. MBB due to FRR Global Revertive procedures on the primary path.
  7. Manual re-signaling of an LSP path or of all LSP paths by the user.

During a manual re-signaling of an LSP path, MPLS will always re-signal the path regardless of whether the new path is exactly the same or different than the current path and regardless of whether the metric of the new path is different or not from that of the current path.

During a timer-based re-signaling of an LSP path which has the least-fill option enabled, MPLS will only re-signal the path if the metric of the new path is different than the one of the current path.

The no form of this command deletes a specific node entry in this database.

Default 

no least-fill. The path of an LSP is randomly chosen among a set of equal cost paths.

16.92. least-fill-min-thd

least-fill-min-thd

Syntax 
least-fill-min-thd percent
no least-fill-min-thd
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls least-fill-min-thd)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls least-fill-min-thd
Description 

This parameter is used in the least-fill path selection process. When comparing the percentage of least available link bandwidth across the sorted paths, whenever two percentages differ by less than the value configured as the least-fill-min-thresh, CSPF will consider them equal and will apply a random number generator to select the path among these paths

The no form of this command resets this parameter to its default value.

Default 

least-fill-min-thd 5

Parameters 
percentage—
Specifies the least fill minimum threshold value as a percentage.
Values—
1 to 100%

 

16.93. least-fill-reoptim-thd

least-fill-reoptim-thd

Syntax 
least-fill-reoptim-thd percent
no least-fill-reoptim-thd
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls least-fill-reoptim-thd)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls least-fill-reoptim-thd
Description 

This parameter is used in the least-fill path selection method. During a timer-based re-signaling of an LSP path which has the least-fill option enabled, CSPF will first update the least-available bandwidth figure for the current path of this LSP. It then applies the least-fill path selection method to select a new path for this LSP. If the new computed path has the same cost as the current path, it will compare the least-available bandwidth figures of the two paths and if the difference exceeds the user configured optimization threshold, MPLS will generate a trap to indicate that a better least-fill path is available for this LSP. This trap can be used by an external SNMP based device to trigger a manual re-signaling of the LSP path since the timer-based re-signaling will not re-signal the path in this case. MPLS will generate a path update trap at the first MBB event which results in the re-signaling of the LSP path. This should clear the eligibility status of the path at the SNMP device.

The no form of this command resets this parameter to its default value.

Default 

least-fill-reoptim-thd 10

Parameters 
percentage—
Specifies the least fill reoptimization threshold value as a percentage.
Values—
1 to 100%

 

16.94. leave-all-sm

leave-all-sm

Syntax 
[no] leave-all-sm
Context 
[Tree] (debug>service>id>mrp leave-all-sm)
Full Contexts 
debug service id mrp leave-all-sm
Description 

This command enables debugging of the leave all state machine.

The no form of this command disables debugging of the leave all state machine.

16.95. leave-all-time

leave-all-time

Syntax 
leave-all-time value
no leave-all-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>mrp leave-all-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mrp leave-all-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mrp leave-all-time)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls mesh-sdp mrp leave-all-time
configure service vpls sap mrp leave-all-time
configure service vpls spoke-sdp mrp leave-all-time
Description 

This command controls the frequency with which the LeaveAll state machine generates LeaveAll PDUs. The timer is required on a per-Port, per-MRP Participant basis. The Leave All Period Timer is set to a random value, T, in the range LeaveAllTime<T<1.5*leave-all-time when it is started. Refer to IEEE 802.1ak-2007 section 10.7.4.3.

Default 

leave-all-time 100

Parameters 
value—
The frequency with which the LeaveAll state machine generates LeaveAll PDUs, in tenths of a second.
Values—
60 to 300

 

16.96. leave-time

leave-time

Syntax 
leave-time value
no leave-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>mrp leave-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>mrp leave-time)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mrp leave-time)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls mesh-sdp mrp leave-time
configure service vpls sap mrp leave-time
configure service vpls spoke-sdp mrp leave-time
Description 

This command controls the period of time that the Registrar state machine will wait in the leave state before transitioning to the MT state when it is removed. An instance of the timer is required for each state machine that is in the leave state. The Leave Period Timer is set to the value leave-time when it is started.

A registration is normally in an “in” state where there is an MFIB entry and traffic is being forwarded. When a “leave all” is performed (periodically around every 10-15 seconds per SAP/SDP binding - see leave-all-time-below), a node sends a message to its peer indicating a leave all is occurring and puts all of its registrations in leave state.

The peer refreshes its registrations based on the leave all PDU it receives and sends a PDU back to the originating node with the state of all its declarations.

Refer to IEEE 802.1ak-2007 section 10.7.4.2.

Default 

leave-time 30

Parameters 
value—
The period of time that the Registrar state machine waits in the leave state before transitioning to the MT state, in tenths of a second.
Values—
30 to 60

 

16.97. legacy

legacy

Syntax 
[no] legacy
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>traffic-engineering-options>application-link-attributes legacy)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis traffic-engineering-options application-link-attributes legacy
Description 

This command enables legacy mode of advertising TE attributes.

The no form of this command disables legacy mode, but enables the per-application TE attribute advertisement for RSVP-TE.

Default 

legacy

16.98. legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop

legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop

Syntax 
[no] legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp legacy-ipv4-lsr-interop
Description 

This command provides for a global LDP knob to allow interoperability with legacy IPv4 LSR implementations which do not comply with the processing of Hello TLVs with the U-bit set. Specifically, this feature disables the following Hello TLVs:

  1. The Nokia proprietary Interface Info TLV (0x3E05) in the Hello message sent to the peer. This also results in the non-generation of the Nokia proprietary Hello Adjacency Status TLV (0x3E06) since the Interface Info TLV is not sent.
    This is performed in SR OS releases 12 and higher.
  2. The RFC 7552 standard dual-stack capability TLV (0x701) and the Nokia proprietary Adjacency capability TLV (0x3E07) in SR OS releases 13 and higher.

16.99. length

length

Syntax 
length {133 |266 |399 |533 |655}
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>tdm length)
Full Contexts 
configure port tdm length
Description 

This command applies only to a DS-1 port configured with a 'short' buildout. The length command configures the length of the line (in feet). For line lengths longer than 655 feet, configure the DS-1 port buildout as 'long'.

For 'long' buildout the following values are valid:

NotApplicable — Not applicable

For 'short' buildout the following values are valid:

  1. 0 to 133 For line length from 0 to 133 feet
  2. 134 to 266 For line length from 134 to 266 feet
  3. 267 to 399 For line length from 267 to 399 feet
  4. 400 to 533 For line length from 400 to 533 feet
  5. 534 to 655 For line length from 534 to 655 feet

The default for 'long' buildout is 'NotApplicable' while the default for 'short' buildout is '0 to 133'.

length

Syntax 
length lines
Context 
[Tree] (environment>terminal length)
Full Contexts 
environment terminal length
Description 

This command sets the number of lines on a screen.

Parameters 
lines—
Specifies the number of lines for the terminal screen length, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 512

 

Default—
24 — terminal dimensions are set to 24 lines long by 80 characters wide

length

Syntax 
length lines
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>management-interface>cli>md-cli>environment>console length)
Full Contexts 
configure system management-interface cli md-cli environment console length
Description 

This command configures the set number of lines displayed on screen.

Default 

length 24

Parameters 
lines—
Specifies the number of lines displayed in the console window.
Values—
24 to 512

 

16.100. ler-use-dscp

ler-use-dscp

Syntax 
[no] ler-use-dscp
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>network>ingress ler-use-dscp)
Full Contexts 
configure qos network ingress ler-use-dscp
Description 

This command is used to enable tunnel QoS mapping on all ingress network IP interfaces that the network-qos-policy-id is associated with. The command may be defined at any time after the network QoS policy has been created. Any network IP interfaces currently associated with the policy will immediately start to use the internal IP ToS field of any tunnel terminated IP routed packet received on the interface, ignoring any QoS markings in the tunnel portion of the packet.

This attribute provides the ability to ignore the network ingress QoS mapping of a terminated tunnel containing an IP packet that is to be routed to a base router or VPRN destination. This is advantageous when the mapping for the tunnel QoS marking does not accurately or completely reflect the required QoS handling for the IP routed packet. When the mechanism is enabled on an ingress network IP interface, the IP interface will ignore the tunnel’s QoS mapping and derive the internal forwarding class and profile based on the precedence or DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) values within the routed IP header ToS field compared to the Network QoS policy defined on the IP interface.

The default state is not to enforce tunnel termination IP routed QoS override within the network QoS policy.

The no form of this command removes tunnel termination IP routed QoS override from the network QoS policy and all ingress network IP interfaces associated with the policy.

Default 

no ler-use-dscp

16.101. less-specific

less-specific

Syntax 
less-specific [allow-default]
no less-specific
Context 
[Tree] (config>vrrp>policy>priority-event>route-unknown less-specific)
Full Contexts 
configure vrrp policy priority-event route-unknown less-specific
Description 

This command allows a CIDR shortest match hit on a route prefix that contains the IP route prefix associated with the route unknown priority event.

The less-specific command modifies the search parameters for the IP route prefix specified in the route-unknown priority event. Specifying less-specific allows a CIDR shortest match hit on a route prefix that contains the IP route prefix.

The less-specific command eases the RTM lookup criteria when searching for the prefix/mask-length. When the route-unknown priority event sends the prefix to the RTM (as if it was a destination lookup), the result route table prefix (if a result is found) is checked to see if it is an exact match or a less specific match. The less-specific command enables a less specific route table prefix to match the configured prefix. When less-specific is not specified, a less specific route table prefix fails to match the configured prefix. The allow-default optional parameter extends the less-specific match to include the default route (0.0.0.0).

The no form of the command prevents RTM lookup results that are less specific than the route prefix from matching.

Default 

no less-specific — The route unknown priority events requires an exact prefix/mask match.

Parameters 
allow-default—
When the allow-default parameter is specified with the less-specific command, an RTM return of 0.0.0.0 matches the IP prefix. If less-specific is entered without the allow-default parameter, a return of 0.0.0.0 will not match the IP prefix. To disable allow-default, but continue to allow less-specific match operation, only enter the less-specific command (without the allow-default parameter).

16.102. level

level

Syntax 
level level-id bw bandwidth
no level level-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>msap-policy>vpls-only>igmp-snp>mcac level)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt msap-policy vpls-only igmp-snp mcac level
Description 

This command configures levels and their associated bandwidth for multicast CAC policy on an interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
level-id—
Specifies has an entry for each multicast CAC policy constraint level configured on a system.
Values—
1 to 8

 

bandwidth —
Specifies the bandwidth in kilobits per second (kb/s) for the level.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

level

Syntax 
level priority-level rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate]
level priority-level percent-rate pir-percent [percent-cir cir-percent]
no level priority-level
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>egr-scheduler-override level)
[Tree] (config>port>sonet-sdh>path>egr-scheduler-override level)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1>channel-group>egr-scheduler-override level)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds3>egr-scheduler-override level)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1>egr-scheduler-override level)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e3>egr-scheduler-override level)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet egress-scheduler-override level
configure port sonet-sdh path egress-scheduler-override level
configure port tdm ds1 channel-group egress-scheduler-override level
configure port tdm ds3 egress-scheduler-override level
configure port tdm e1 egress-scheduler-override level
configure port tdm e3 egress-scheduler-override level
Description 

This command overrides the maximum and CIR rate parameters for a specific priority level on the port or channel’s port scheduler instance. When the level command is executed for a priority level, the corresponding priority level command in the port-scheduler-policy associated with the port is ignored.

The override level command supports the keyword max for the rate and cir parameter. When executing the level override command, at least the rate or cir keywords and associated parameters must be specified for the command to succeed.

The no form of this command removes the local port priority level rate overrides. Once removed, the port priority level will use the port scheduler policies level command for that priority level.

Parameters 
priority-level—
Identifies which of the eight port priority levels are being overridden.
Values—
1 to 8

 

pir-rate
Overrides the port scheduler policy’s maximum level rate and requires either the max keyword or a rate defined in kilobits per second to follow.
Values—
For Ethernet: 1 to 6400000000, max
For SONET-SDH and TDM: 1 to 3200000000, max

 

cir-rate
Overrides the port scheduler policy’s within-cir level rate and requires either the max keyword or a rate defined in kilobits per second to follow.
Values—
For Ethernet: 1 to 6400000000, max
For SONET-SDH and TDM: 1 to 3200000000, max

 

pir-percent—
Specifies the PIR as a percentage.
Values—
0.01 to 100.00

 

cir-percent—
Specifies the CIR as a percentage.
Values—
0.00 to 100.00

 

max—
removes any existing rate limit imposed by the port scheduler policy for the priority level allowing it to use as much total bandwidth as possible.

level

Syntax 
level level-number
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb level)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb level
Description 

This command creates the context to configure SPB Level 1 or Level 2 area attributes. This is IS-IS levels. Only Level 1 can be configured.

A Level 1 adjacency can be established only with other Level 1 B-VPLS. A Level 2 adjacency can be established only with other Level 2 B-VPLS. Currently there is no support for level 1 and level 2 in the same instance of SPB.

Default 

level 1

Parameters 
level-number—
The SPB level number.
Values—
1, 2

 

level

Syntax 
level [1 to 1]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb level)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>spb level)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>spb level)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls sap spb level
configure service vpls spb level
configure service vpls spoke-sdp spb level
Description 

This command enters the context to configure SPB level information.

level

Syntax 
level level-id bw bandwidth
no level level-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>mcac>mc-constraints level)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>mld-snooping>mcac>mc-constraints level)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls sap igmp-snooping mcac mc-constraints level
configure service vpls sap mld-snooping mcac mc-constraints level
Description 

This command configures levels and their associated bandwidth for multicast CAC policy on this interface.

Parameters 
level-id—
Specifies has an entry for each multicast CAC policy constraint level configured on this system
Values—
1 to 8

 

bandwidth —
Specifies the bandwidth in kilobits per second (kb/s) for the level.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

level

Syntax 
level level-id bw bandwidth
no level level-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>igmp>if>mcac>mc-constraints level)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mld>if>mcac>mc-constraints level)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>pim>if>mcac>mc-constraints level)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn igmp interface mcac mc-constraints level
configure service vprn mld interface mcac mc-constraints level
configure service vprn pim interface mcac mc-constraints level
Description 

This command configures interface levels and associated bandwidth for multicast CAC policy.

The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.

Parameters 
level-id—
Specifies an entry for the multicast CAC policy constraint level configured on this system.
Values—
1 to 8

 

bandwidth —
Specifies the bandwidth in kb/s for the level.
Values—
1 to 2147483647

 

level

Syntax 
level level-number
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis level)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if level)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>link-group level)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis interface level
configure service vprn isis level
configure service vprn isis link-group level
Description 

This command creates the context to configure IS-IS Level 1 or Level 2 area attributes.

A router can be configured as a Level 1, Level 2, or Level 1-2 system. A Level 1 adjacency can be established if there is at least one area address shared by this router and a neighbor. A Level 2 adjacency cannot be established over this interface.

Level 1/2 adjacency is created if the neighbor is also configured as Level 1/2 router and has at least one area address in common. A Level 2 adjacency is established if there are no common area IDs.

A Level 2 adjacency is established if another router is configured as Level 2 or a Level 1/2 router with interfaces configured as Level 1/2 or Level 2. Level 1 adjacencies are not established over this interface.

To reset global and/or interface level parameters to the default, the following commands must be entered independently:

level> no hello-authentication-key level> no hello-authentication-type level> no hello-interval level> no hello-multiplier level> no metric level> no passive level> no priority

Default 

level 1 or level 2

Special Cases 
Global IS-IS Level—
The config>router>isis context configures default global parameters for both Level 1 and Level 2 interfaces.
IS-IS Interface Level—
The config>router>isis>if context configures IS-IS operational characteristics of the interface at Level 1 and/or Level 2. A logical interface can be configured on one Level 1 and one Level 2. In this case, each level can be configured independently and parameters must be removed independently.

By default an interface operates in both Level 1 and Level 2 modes.

Parameters 
level-number—
The IS-IS level number.
Values—
1, 2

 

level

Syntax 
level syslog-level
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>log>syslog level)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn log syslog level
Description 

This command configures the syslog message severity level threshold. All messages with severity level equal to or higher than the threshold are sent to the syslog target host.

Only a single threshold level can be specified. If multiple levels are entered, the last level entered will overwrite the previously entered commands.

Default 

level info

Parameters 
syslog-—
The threshold severity level name.
Values—
emergency, alert, critical, error, warning, notice, info, debug

Router severity level

Numerical Severity (highest to lowest)

Configured Severity

Definition

0

emergency

system is unusable

3

1

alert

action must be taken immediately

4

2

critical

critical condition

5

3

error

error condition

6

4

warning

warning condition

5

notice

normal but significant condition

1 cleared 2 indeterminate

6

info

informational messages

7

debug

debug-level messages

 

level

Syntax 
level level bw bandwidth
no level level
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>igmp>interface>mcac>mc-constraints level)
[Tree] (config>router>mcac>policy>bundle>mc-constraints level)
[Tree] (config>router>mld>interface>mcac>mc-constraints level)
[Tree] (config>router>pim>interface>mcac>mc-constraints level)
Full Contexts 
configure router igmp interface mcac mc-constraints level
configure router mcac policy bundle mc-constraints level
configure router mld interface mcac mc-constraints level
configure router pim interface mcac mc-constraints level
Description 

This command configures the amount of bandwidth available within a given bundle for MC traffic for a specified level. The amount of allowable BW for the specified level is expressed in kb/s and this can be defined for up to eight different levels.

If no bandwidth is defined for a given level then no limit is applied.

The no form of this command removes the level from the configuration.

Parameters 
level—
Specifies the bandwidth for a given level. Level 1 has the highest priority. Level 8 has the lowest priority.
Values—
1 to 8

 

bw bandwidth
Specifies the bandwidth, in kb/s, for the level.
Values—
1 to 2147483647 kb/s

 

Default—
1

level

Syntax 
level priority-level rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate] group name [weight weight] [monitor-threshold percent]
level priority-level percent-rate pir-percent [percent-cir cir-percent] group name [weight weight] [monitor-threshold percent]
level priority-level rate pir-rate [cir cir-rate] [monitor-threshold percent]
level priority-level percent-rate pir-percent [percent-cir cir-percent] [monitor-threshold percent]
no level priority-level
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>port-scheduler-policy level)
Full Contexts 
configure qos port-scheduler-policy level
Description 

This command configures an explicit within-CIR bandwidth limit and a total bandwidth limit for each port scheduler’s priority level. To understand how to set the level rate and CIR parameters, a basic understanding of the port-level scheduler bandwidth allocation mechanism is required. The port scheduler takes all available bandwidth for the port or channel (after the max-rate and any port egress-rate limits have been accounted for) and offers it to each of the eight priority levels twice.

The first pass is called the within-CIR pass and consists of providing the available port bandwidth to each of the 8 priority levels, starting with level 8 and moving down to level 1. Each level takes the offered load and distributes it to all child members that have a port-parent cir-level equal to the current priority level. (Any child with a cir-weight equal to 0 is skipped in this pass.) Each child may consume bandwidth up to the child’s frame-based within-CIR offered load. The remaining available port bandwidth is then offered to the next lower priority level until level 1 is reached.

The second pass is called the above-CIR pass and consists of providing the remaining available port bandwidth to each of the eight priority levels a second time. Again, each level takes the offered load and distributes it to all child members that have a port-parent level equal to the current priority level. Each child may consume bandwidth up to the remainder of the child’s frame-based offered load (some of the offered load may have been serviced during the within-CIR pass). The remaining available port bandwidth is then offered to the next priority level until level 1 is again reached.

If the port scheduling policy is using the default orphan behavior (orphan-override has not been configured on the policy), the system then takes any remaining port bandwidth and allocates it to the orphan queues and scheduler on priority level 1. In a non-override orphan state, all orphans are attached to priority level 1 using a weight of 0. The zero weight value causes the system to allocate bandwidth equally to all orphans based on each orphan queue or scheduler’s ability to use the bandwidth. If the policy has an orphan-override configured, the orphans are handled based on the override commands parameters in a similar fashion to properly parented queues and schedulers.

The port scheduler priority level command rate keyword is used to optionally limit the total amount of bandwidth that is allocated to a priority level (total for the within-CIR and above-CIR passes). The cir keyword optionally limits the first pass bandwidth allocated to the priority level during the within-CIR pass.

When executing the level command, at least one of the optional keywords, rate or cir, must be specified. If neither keyword is included, the command will fail.

If a previous explicit value for rate or cir exists when the level command is executed, and either rate or cir is omitted, the previous value for the parameter is overwritten by the default value and the previous value is lost.

The configured priority level rate limits may be overridden at the egress port or channel using the egress-scheduler-override level priority-level command. When a scheduler instance has an override defined for a priority level, both the rate and cir values are overridden even when one of them is not explicitly expressed in the override command. For instance, if the cir kilobits per second portion of the override is not expressed, the scheduler instance defaults to not having a CIR rate limit for the priority level even when the port scheduler policy has an explicit CIR limit defined.

The no form of this command returns the level to its default value.

Default 

no level priority-level

Parameters 
priority-level —
Specifies to which priority level the level command pertains. Each of the eight levels is represented by an integer value of 1 to 8, with 8 being the highest priority level.
Values—
1 to 8 (8 is the highest priority)

 

pir-rate —
Specifies the total bandwidth limits allocated to priority-level, in kilobits per second.
Values—
1 to 6400000000, max

 

pir-percent—
Specifies the percent bandwidth limits allocated to priority-level.
Values—
0.01 to 100.00

 

cir-rate—
The cir specified limits the total bandwidth allocated in the within-CIR distribution pass to priority-level. When cir is not specified, all the available port or channel bandwidth may be allocated to the specified priority level during the within-CIR pass.
Values—
0 to 6400000000, max

 

The value given for kilobits per second is expressed in kilobits per second on a base 10 scale as is usual for line rate calculations. If a value of 1 is given, the result is 1000 bits per second (as opposed to a base 2 interpretation that would be 1024 bits per second).
cir-percent—
Specifies the percent bandwidth limits allocated to priority-level.
Values—
0.00 to 100.00

 

group name
specifies the existing group that the weighted scheduler group this level maps to, up to 32 characters.
weight—
Specifies the weight of the level within this weighted scheduler group.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
monitor-threshold percent
Specifies the percent of the configured rate. If the offered rate exceeds the configured threshold, a counter monitoring the threshold will be increased.
Values—
0 to 100

 

level

Syntax 
level syslog-level
no level
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>syslog level)
Full Contexts 
configure log syslog level
Description 

This command configures the syslog message severity level threshold. All messages with severity level equal to or higher than the threshold are sent to the syslog target host.

Only a single threshold level can be specified. If multiple levels are entered, the last level entered will overwrite the previously entered commands.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

level info

Parameters 
value—
Specifies the threshold severity level name.
Values—
emergency, alert, critical, error, warning, notice, info, debug

 

Table 76:  Level Parameter Value Descriptions

Router severity level

Numerical Severity (highest to lowest)

Configured Severity

Definition

0

emergency

system is unusable

3

1

alert

action must be taken immediately

4

2

critical

critical condition

5

3

error

error condition

6

4

warning

warning condition

5

notice

normal but significant condition

1 cleared 2 indeterminate

6

info

informational messages

7

debug

debug-level messages

level

Syntax 
level {1 |2}
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis level)
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface level)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface level
configure router isis level
Description 

This command creates the context to configure IS-IS Level 1 or Level 2 area attributes.

A router can be configured as a Level 1, Level 2, or Level 1-2 system. A Level 1 adjacency can be established if there is at least one area address shared by this router and a neighbor. A Level 2 adjacency cannot be established over this interface.

Level 1/2 adjacency is created if the neighbor is also configured as Level 1/2 router and has at least one area address in common. A Level 2 adjacency is established if there are no common area IDs.

A Level 2 adjacency is established if another router is configured as Level 2 or a Level 1/2 router with interfaces configured as Level 1/2 or Level 2. Level 1 adjacencies will not be established over this interface.

To reset global and/or interface level parameters to the default, the following commands must be entered independently:

CLI Syntax:
level>no hello-authentication-key
level>no hello-authentication-type
level>no hello-interval
level>no hello-multiplier
level>no metric
level>no passive
level>no priority
Default 

level 1 or level 2

Special Cases 
Global IS-IS Level—
The config>router>isis context configures default global parameters for both Level 1 and Level 2 interfaces.
IS-IS Interface Level—
The config>router>isis>interface context configures IS-IS operational characteristics of the interface at Level 1 and/or Level 2. A logical interface can be configured on one Level 1 and one Level 2. In this case, each level can be configured independently and parameters must be removed independently.

By default, an interface operates in both Level 1 and Level 2 modes.

Parameters 
1
Specifies the IS-IS operational characteristics of the interface at level 1.
2
Specifies the IS-IS operational characteristics of the interface at level 2.

level

Syntax 
level {1 |2}
no level
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>from level)
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>to level)
Full Contexts 
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry from level
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry to level
Description 

This command specifies the ISIS route level as a match criterion for the entry.

Default 

no level

Parameters 
1 |2—
Matches the IS-IS route learned from level 1 or level 2.

16.103. level-capability

level-capability

Syntax 
level-capability {level-1 |level-2 |level-1/2}
no level-capability
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis level-capability)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if level-capability)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis interface level-capability
configure service vprn isis level-capability
Description 

This command configures the routing level for an instance of the IS-IS routing process.

An IS-IS router and an IS-IS interface can operate at Level 1, Level 2 or both Level 1 and 2.

Table 77 displays configuration combinations and the potential adjacencies that can be formed.

Table 77:  Potential Adjacency Capabilities

Global Level

Interface Level

Potential Adjacency

L 1/2

L 1/2

Level 1 and/or Level 2

L 1/2

L 1

Level 1 only

L 1/2

L 2

Level 2 only

L 2

L 1/2

Level 2 only

L 2

L 2

Level 2 only

L 2

L 1

none

L 1

L 1/2

Level 1 only

L 1

L 2

none

L 1

L 1

Level 1 only

The no form of this command removes the level capability from the configuration.

Default 

level-capability level-1/2

Special Cases 
IS-IS Router—
In the config>router>isis context, changing the level-capability performs a restart on the IS-IS protocol instance.
IS-IS Interface—
In the config>router>isis>if context, changing the level-capability performs a restart of IS-IS on the interface.
Parameters 
level-1—
Specifies the router/interface can operate at Level 1 only.
level-2—
Specifies the router/interface can operate at Level 2 only.
level-1/2—
Specifies the router/interface can operate at both Level 1 and Level 2.

level-capability

Syntax 
level-capability {level-1 |level-2 |level-1/2}
no level-capability
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis level-capability)
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface level-capability)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface level-capability
configure router isis level-capability
Description 

This command configures the routing level for an instance of the IS-IS routing process.

An IS-IS router and an IS-IS interface can operate at Level 1, Level 2 or both Level 1 and 2.

Table 78 displays configuration combinations and the potential adjacencies that can be formed.

Table 78:  Potential Adjacency

Global Level

Interface Level

Potential Adjacency

L 1/2

L 1/2

Level 1 and/or Level 2

L 1/2

L 1

Level 1 only

L 1/2

L 2

Level 2 only

L 2

L 1/2

Level 2 only

L 2

L 2

Level 2 only

L 2

L 1

L 1

L 1/2

Level 1 only

L 1

L 2

L 1

L 1

Level 1 only

The no form of this command removes the level capability from the configuration.

Default 

level-capability level-1/2

Special Cases 
IS-IS Router—
In the config>router>isis context, changing the level-capability performs a restart on the IS-IS protocol instance.
IS-IS Interface—
In the config>router>isis>interface context, changing the level-capability performs a restart of IS-IS on the interface.
Parameters 
level-1—
Specifies the router/interface can operate at Level 1only.
level-2—
Specifies the router/interface can operate at Level 2 only.
level-1/2—
Specifies the router/interface can operate at both Level 1 and Level 2.

16.104. lfa-policy-map

lfa-policy-map

Syntax 
lfa-policy-map route-nh-template template-name
no lfa-policy-map
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if lfa-policy-map)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis interface lfa-policy-map
Description 

This command applies a route next-hop policy template to the IS-IS interface for the VPRN instance.

When a route next-hop policy template is applied to an interface in IS-IS, it is applied in both level 1 and level 2. When a route next-hop policy template is applied to an interface in OSPF, it is applied in all areas. However, the command in an OSPF interface context can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and then applied in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command fails.

If the user excluded the interface from LFA using the command loopfree-alternate-exclude, the LFA policy, if applied to the interface, has no effect.

Finally, if the user applied a route next-hop policy template to a loopback interface or to the system interface, the command will not be rejected, but it will result in no action being taken.

The no form deletes the mapping of a route next-hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies the name of the template, up to 32 characters.

lfa-policy-map

Syntax 
lfa-policy-map route-nh-template template-name
no lfa-policy-map
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>if lfa-policy-map)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area>if lfa-policy-map)
[Tree] (config>router>isis>if lfa-policy-map)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if lfa-policy-map)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area>if lfa-policy-map)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface lfa-policy-map
configure router ospf area interface lfa-policy-map
configure router ospf3 area interface lfa-policy-map
configure service vprn ospf area interface lfa-policy-map
configure service vprn ospf3 area interface lfa-policy-map
Description 

This command applies a route next-hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

When a route next-hop policy template is applied to an interface in IS-IS, it is applied in both level 1 and level 2. When a route next-hop policy template is applied to an interface in OSPF, it is applied in all areas. However, the command in an OSPF interface context can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and then applied in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command fails.

If the user excluded the interface from LFA using the command loopfree-alternate-exclude, the LFA policy, if applied to the interface, has no effect.

Finally, if the user applied a route next-hop policy template to a loopback interface or to the system interface, the command will not be rejected, but it results in no action being taken.

The no form deletes the mapping of a route next-hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies the name of the template, up to 32 characters.

lfa-policy-map

Syntax 
lfa-policy-map route-nh-template template-name
no lfa-policy-map
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface lfa-policy-map)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface lfa-policy-map
Description 

This command applies a route next-hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

When a route next-hop policy template is applied to an interface in IS-IS, it is applied in both level 1 and level 2. When a route next-hop policy template is applied to an interface in OSPF, it is applied in all areas. However, the command in an OSPF interface context can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and then applied in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command will fail.

If the user excluded the interface from LFA using the command loopfree-alternate-exclude, the LFA policy, if applied to the interface, has no effect.

Finally, if the user applied a route next-hop policy template to a loopback interface or to the system interface, the command will not be rejected, but it will result in no action being taken.

The no form of this command deletes the mapping of a route next-hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

Default 

no lfa-policy-map

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies the name of the template, up to 32 characters.

lfa-policy-map

Syntax 
lfa-policy-map route-nh-template template-name
no lfa-policy-map
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>interface lfa-policy-map)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf area interface lfa-policy-map
Description 

This command specifies the next hop template to be applied to those prefixes which primary next-hops use.

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies a template name, up to 32 characters.

lfa-policy-map

Syntax 
lfa-policy-map route-nh-template template-name
no lfa-policy-map
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>interface lfa-policy-map)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area>interface lfa-policy-map)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf area interface lfa-policy-map
configure router ospf3 area interface lfa-policy-map
Description 

This command applies a route next hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

When a route next hop policy template is applied to an interface in IS-IS, it is applied in both level 1 and level 2. When a route next hop policy template is applied to an interface in OSPF, it is applied in all areas. However, the command in an OSPF interface context can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and then applied in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command will fail.

If the user excluded the interface from LFA using the command loopfree-alternate-exclude, the LFA policy, if applied to the interface, has no effect.

Finally, if the user applied a route next hop policy template to a loopback interface or to the system interface, the command will not be rejected, but it will result in no action being taken.

The no form of this command deletes the mapping of a route next hop policy template to an OSPF or IS-IS interface.

Default 

no lfa-policy-map

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies the name of the template, up to 32 characters.

16.105. li

li

Syntax 
li
Context 
[Tree] (config li)
Full Contexts 
configure li
Description 

This command configures the context to configure lawful intercept (LI) parameters.

li

Syntax 
[no] li
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>security>profile li)
Full Contexts 
configure system security profile li
Description 

This command enables the Lawful Intercept (LI) profile identifier.

The no form of this command disables the LI profile identifier.

16.106. li-filter

li-filter

Syntax 
li-filter
Context 
[Tree] (config>li li-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter
Description 

This command enters the li-filter branch in order to create LI filter lists and entries.

16.107. li-filter-associations

li-filter-associations

Syntax 
li-filter-associations
Context 
[Tree] (config>li li-filter-associations)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-associations
Description 

This command enters the li-filter-associations branch in order to define which LI filter entries get inserted into which normal filters.

16.108. li-filter-block-reservation

li-filter-block-reservation

Syntax 
li-filter-block-reservation
Context 
[Tree] (config>li li-filter-block-reservation)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-block-reservation
Description 

This command enters the li-filter-block-reservation branch in order to create lawful intercept filter reservations.

16.109. li-filter-lock-state

li-filter-lock-state

Syntax 
li-filter-lock-state {locked |unlocked-for-li-users |unlocked-for-all-users}
no li-filter-lock-state
Context 
[Tree] (config>li li-filter-lock-state)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-lock-state
Description 

This command configures the lock state of the filters used by LI. With the configurable filter lock for LI feature an LI user can control the behavior of filters when they are used for LI.

Prior to Release 12.0.R1, when a filter entry was used as a Lawful Intercept (LI) mirror source criteria, all subsequent attempts to modify the filter were then blocked to avoid having the LI session impacted by a non-LI user.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

li-filter-lock-state locked

Parameters 
locked—
When an li-source criteria is configured that references any entry of filter Y, then filter Y can no longer be changed (until there are no longer any li-source references to entries of filter Y).
unlocked-for-li-users—
Filters can continue to be edited by LI users only even when an li-source references an entry in that filter.
unlocked-for-all-users—
Filters can continue to be edited by all users even when an li-source references an entry in that filter.

16.110. li-group

li-group

Syntax 
li-group isa-group-id
no li-group
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>x-interfaces>x3 li-group)
Full Contexts 
configure li x-interfaces x3 li-group
Description 

This command configures the ISA group used for the X3 interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
isa-group-id—
Specifies the ISA group ID.
Values—
1 to 4

 

16.111. li-ip-filter

li-ip-filter

Syntax 
li-ip-filter li-filter-name [create]
no li-ip-filter li-filter-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter li-ip-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter li-ip-filter
Description 

This command creates a Lawful Interception (LI) IPv4 filter list, or enters the CLI context for a LI IPv4 filter list. LI IPv4 filters are used as a manner to create confidential IPv4 filter based li-source entries. The LI IPv4 filter entries are inserted/merged into normal IPv4 filters as configured with the li-filter-associations and li-filter-block-reservation commands, but the LI IPv4 filter entries are not visible to users without LI permissions.

The no form of this command removes the LI IPv4 filter name from the configuration.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the IPv4 address filter. Filter names cannot start with an underscore character (for example, “_my-filter”) and cannot use the name “default”.

li-ip-filter

Syntax 
[no] li-ip-filter li-filter-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-assoc li-ip-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-associations li-ip-filter
Description 

Specifies the li-ip-filter that will have its entries inserted into a list of normal IP filters.

The no form of this command removes the LI filter name from the configuration.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies an existing li-ip-filter, up to 32 characters.

li-ip-filter

Syntax 
li-ip-filter li-filter-name entry li-entry-id [li-entry-id] [intercept-id intercept-id [intercept-id]] [session-id session-id [session-id]]
no li-ip-filter li-filter-name [entry li-entry-id [li-entry-id]]
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-source li-ip-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-source li-ip-filter
Description 

This command enables lawful interception (LI) of packets that match specific entries in an existing LI IP filter that has been associated with a normal IP filter. The specification of an li-ip-filter entry as an li-source means that packets matching the li-ip-filter entry will be intercepted on all interfaces/saps/and so on where the associated normal ip-filter(s) are applied.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the li-ip-filter, up to 32 characters.
li-entry-id
Specifies the entry ID in the li-ip-filter that is to be used as an li-source criteria.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

intercept-id
Specifies the intercept-id that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This intercept ID can be used (for example by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, an intercept-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no intercept-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When the mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no intercept ID is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
session-id
Specifies the session-id that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This session-id can be used (for example by a downstream LI Gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. The session-id is only valid and used for mirror services that are configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap (config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap>ip-udp-shim). For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, or subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, a session-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no session-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When a mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no session-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.

16.112. li-ipv6-filter

li-ipv6-filter

Syntax 
li-ipv6-filter li-filter-name [create]
no li-ipv6-filter li-filter-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter li-ipv6-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter li-ipv6-filter
Description 

This command creates a Lawful Interception (LI) IPv6 filter list, or enters the CLI context for a LI IPv6 filter list. LI IPv6 filters are used as a manner to create confidential IPv6 filter based li-source entries. The LI IPv6 filter entries are inserted or merged into normal IPv6 filters as configured with the li-filter-associations and li-filter-block-reservation commands, but the LI IPv6 filter entries are not visible to users without LI permissions.

The no form of this command removes the LI IPv6 filter name from the configuration.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the IPv6 address filter. Filter names cannot start with an underscore character (for example, “_my-filter”) and cannot use the name “default”.

li-ipv6-filter

Syntax 
[no] li-ipv6-filter li-filter-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-assoc li-ipv6-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-associations li-ipv6-filter
Description 

This command specifies the li-ipv6-filter that will have its entries inserted into a list of normal IPv6 filters.

The no form of this command removes the filter name from the configuration.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies an existing li-ipv6-filter up to 32 characters.

li-ipv6-filter

Syntax 
li-ipv6-filter li-filter-name entry li-entry-id [li-entry-id] [intercept-id intercept-id [intercept-id]] [session-id session-id [session-id)]]
no li-ipv6-filter li-filter-name [entry li-entry-id [li-entry-id]]
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-source li-ipv6-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-source li-ipv6-filter
Description 

This command enables lawful interception (LI) of packets that match specific entries in an existing LI IPv6 filter that has been associated with a normal IPv6 filter. The specification of an li-ipv6-filter entry as an li-source means that packets matching the li-ipv6-filter entry will be intercepted on all interfaces/saps/and so on, where the associated normal ip-filter(s) are applied.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the li-ipv6-filter up to 32 characters.
li-entry-id
Specifies the entry ID in the li-ipv6-filter that is to be used as an LI source criteria.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

intercept-id
Specifies the intercept ID that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This intercept-id can be used (for example by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, or subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, an intercept-id field (as part of the routable encapsulation) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no intercept-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When the mirror service is configured with IP GRE routable encap, no intercept ID is inserted and none should be specified against the LI source entries.
session-id
Specifies the session ID that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This session-id can be used (for example, by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. The session-id is only valid and used for mirror services that are configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap (config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap>ip-udp-shim). For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, a session-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no session ID configured for an li-source entry, then the default value is inserted. When a mirror service is configured with IP GRE routable encap, no session ID is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.

16.113. li-local-save

li-local-save

Syntax 
[no] li-local-save
Context 
[Tree] (bof li-local-save)
Full Contexts 
bof li-local-save
Description 

This command specifies whether or not lawful intercept (LI) configuration is allowed to be saved to a local file. Modifying this command will not take effect until the system is rebooted.

Default 

li-local-save

16.114. li-mac-filter

li-mac-filter

Syntax 
li-mac-filter li-filter-name [create]
no li-mac-filter li-filter-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter li-mac-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter li-mac-filter
Description 

This command creates a Lawful Interception (LI) MAC filter list, or enters the CLI context for a LI MAC filter list. LI MAC filters are used as a manner to create confidential MAC filter based li-source entries. The LI MAC filter entries are inserted/merged into normal MAC filters as configured via the li-filter-associations and li-filter-block-reservation commands, but the LI MAC filter entries are not visible to users without LI permissions.

The no form of this command removes the MAC LI filter name from the configuration.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the MAC filter. Filter names cannot start with an underscore character (for example, “_my-filter”) and cannot use the name “default”.

li-mac-filter

Syntax 
[no] li-mac-filter li-filter-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-assoc li-mac-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-associations li-mac-filter
Description 

Specifies the li-mac-filter that will have its entries inserted into a list of normal mac filters.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the LI MAC filter, up to 32 characters. Filter names cannot start with an underscore character (for example, “_my-filter”) and cannot use the name “default”.

li-mac-filter

Syntax 
li-mac-filter li-filter-name entry li-entry-id [li-entry-id] [intercept-id intercept-id [intercept-id]] [session-id session-id [session-id]]
no li-mac-filter li-filter-name [entry li-entry-id [li-entry-id]]
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-source li-mac-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-source li-mac-filter
Description 

This command enables lawful interception (LI) of packets that match specific entries in an existing LI MAC filter that has been associated with a normal MAC filter. The specification of an li-mac-filter entry as an li-source means that packets matching the li-mac-filter entry will be intercepted on all interfaces, saps and so on where the associated normal mac-filter(s) are applied.

Parameters 
li-filter-name—
Specifies the name of the li-mac-filter, up to 32 characters.
li-entry-id—
Specifies the entry id in the li-mac-filter that is to be used as an li-source criteria.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

intercept-id
Specifies the intercept ID that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This intercept ID can be used (for example, by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, an intercept-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no intercept-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When the mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no intercept-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.
session-id
Specifies the session-id that is inserted into the packet header for all mirrored packets of the associated li-source entry. This session-id can be used (for example by a downstream LI gateway) to identify the particular LI session to which the packet belongs. The session-id is only valid and used for mirror services that are configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap (config>mirror>mirror-dest>encap>ip-udp-shim). For all types of li-source entries (filter, nat, sap, subscriber), when the mirror service is configured with ip-udp-shim routable encap, a session-id field (as part of the routable encap) is always present in the mirrored packets. If there is no session-id configured for an li-source entry, then the default value will be inserted. When a mirror service is configured with ip-gre routable encap, no session-id is inserted and none should be specified against the li-source entries.

16.115. li-reserved-block

li-reserved-block

Syntax 
li-reserved-block block-name [create]
no li-reserved-block block-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>li-filter-block-reservation li-reserved-block)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-filter-block-reservation li-reserved-block
Description 

This command creates or edits an LI reserved block. An LI reserved block allows an operator to define where entries from an LI filter should be inserted into a normal filter. The block reserves a configurable number of entries in the normal filter that can only be used for entries inserted from associated LI filters. The LI filter entries that get inserted into the reserved block in each normal filter are not visible to non-LI operators. The block also defines to which normal filters the reservation is applied.

The no form of this command removes the block name from the configuration.

Parameters 
block-name—
Specifies the name of the MAC filter. Block names cannot start with an underscore character (for example, “_my-filter”) and cannot use the name “default”.

16.116. li-separate

li-separate

Syntax 
[no] li-separate
Context 
[Tree] (bof li-separate)
Full Contexts 
bof li-separate
Description 

This command specifies whether or not a non-LI user has access to lawful intercept (LI) information. When this command is enabled, a user who does not have LI access will not be allowed to access CLI or SNMP objects in the li context. Modifying this command will not take effect until the system is rebooted.

When the no li-separate command is set (the default mode), those who are allowed access to the config>system>security>profile context and user command nodes are allowed to modify the configuration of the LI parameters. In this mode, a user that has a profile allowing access to the config>li and/or show>li command contexts can enter and use the commands under those nodes.

When the li-separate command is configured, only users that have the LI access capabilities set in the config>system>security>user>access li context are allowed to access the config>li and/or show>li command contexts. A user who does not have LI access is not allowed to enter the config>li and show>li contexts even though they have a profile that allows access to these nodes. When in the li-separate mode, only users with config>system>security>user>access li set in their user account have the ability modify the setting LI parameters in either their own or other profiles and user configurations.

Default 

no li-separate

16.117. li-source

li-source

Syntax 
[no] li-source mirror-service-id [name mirror-service-name]
Context 
[Tree] (config>li li-source)
Full Contexts 
configure li li-source
Description 

This command configures a lawful intercept (LI) mirror source.

Parameters 
mirror-service-id—
Specifies the service ID in the service domain. This ID is unique to this service and cannot be used by any other service, regardless of service type. The same service ID must be configured on every router that this particular service is defined on.
Values—
service-id:1 to 2147483647
svc-name: up to 64 characters

 

16.118. lic

lic

Syntax 
lic lic-name [create]
no lic lic-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>x-interfaces>lics lic)
Full Contexts 
configure li x-interfaces lics lic
Description 

This command configures the parameters to communicate with a specific LIC.

The no form of this command removes the LIC name.

Parameters 
lic-name—
Specifies the LIC name to be used as a reference, up to 32 characters.
create—
Mandatory keyword to create this entry.

16.119. lic-identifier

lic-identifier

Syntax 
lic-identifier identifier
no lic-identifier
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>x-interfaces>lics>lic lic-identifier)
Full Contexts 
configure li x-interfaces lics lic lic-identifier
Description 

This command configures the string that identifies this LIC.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
identifier—
Specifies the LIC identifying string, up to 32 characters.

16.120. license

license

Syntax 
license
Context 
[Tree] (admin>system license)
Full Contexts 
admin system license
Description 

Enters a context for administrative commands related to licensing.

16.121. license-file

license-file

Syntax 
license-file file-url
no license-file
Context 
[Tree] (bof license-file)
Full Contexts 
bof license-file
Description 

This command configures the license location and file name.

The no form of this command removes the file URL from the configuration.

Parameters 
file-url—
Specifies the file-url.
Values—

file-url

{local-url | remote-url} (up to 180 characters)

local-url

[cflash-id/][file-path]

remote-url

[{ftp://|tftp://} login:pswd@remote-locn/][file-path]

cflash-id

cf1:, cf1-A:, cf1-B:, cf2:, cf2-A:, cf2-B:, cf3:, cf3-A:, cf3-B:

 

16.122. lics

lics

Syntax 
lics
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>x-interfaces lics)
Full Contexts 
configure li x-interfaces lics
Description 

This command enables the context to configure the Network Element to communicate with LI Centers (LICs).

16.123. lifetime

lifetime

Syntax 
lifetime minimum minimum maximum maximum
no lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>nat>pcp-server-policy lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure service nat pcp-server-policy lifetime
Description 

This command configures the lifetime of explicit mappings made by the PCP servers.

Default 

lifetime minimum 120 maximum 86400

Parameters 
minimum—
Specifies the minimum lifetime of explicit mappings made by the PCP servers using this PCP policy, in seconds.
Values—
60 to 86399

 

maximum—
Specifies the maximum lifetime of explicit mappings made by the PCP servers using this PCP policy, in seconds.
Values—
61 to 86400

 

lifetime

Syntax 
lifetime {seconds |forever}
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>script-control>script-policy lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure system script-control script-policy lifetime
Description 

This command is used to configure the maximum amount of time that a script may run.

Default 

lifetime 3600

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the maximum amount of time that a script may run, in seconds.
Values—
0 to 21474836

 

Default—
3600 (1 hour)
forever—
Specifies to allow a script to run indefinitely.

16.124. limit

limit

Syntax 
limit {all-packet-matches |first-session-match}
Context 
[Tree] (debug>app-assure>group>traffic-capture>record limit)
Full Contexts 
debug application-assurance group traffic-capture record limit
Description 

This command records limit conditions.

Parameters 
all-packet-matches—
Records all the packets matching the condition.
first-session-match—
Records only the first session matching the condition.

16.125. limit-init-exchange

limit-init-exchange

Syntax 
limit-init-exchange [reduced-max-exchange-timeout seconds]
no limit-init-exchange
Context 
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy limit-init-exchange)
Full Contexts 
configure ipsec ike-policy limit-init-exchange
Description 

This command limits the number of ongoing IKEv2 initial exchanges per tunnel to 1. When the system receives a new IKEv2 IKE_SA_INIT request when there is an ongoing IKEv2 initial exchange from same peer, then system reduces the timeout value of the existing exchange to the specified reduced-max-exchange-timeout. If the reduced-max-exchange-timeout is disabled, then the system does not reduce the timeout value.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

limit-init-exchange reduced-max-exchange-timeout 2

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the maximum timeout for the in-progress initial IKE exchange.
Values—
2 to 60, disabled

 

16.126. limit-mac-move

limit-mac-move

Syntax 
limit-mac-move [blockable |non-blockable]
no limit-mac-move
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap limit-mac-move)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp limit-mac-move)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls sap limit-mac-move
configure service vpls spoke-sdp limit-mac-move
Description 

This command indicates whether or not the mac-move agent, when enabled using config>service>vpls>mac-move or config>service>epipe>mac-move, limits the MAC re-learn (move) rate on this SAP.

Default 

limit-mac-move blockable

Parameters 
blockable—
Specifies that the agent monitors the MAC re-learn rate on the SAP, and it blocks it when the re-learn rate is exceeded.
non-blockable—
Specifies that this SAP is not blocked, and another blockable SAP is blocked instead.

limit-mac-move

Syntax 
limit-mac-move [blockable |non-blockable]
no limit-mac-move
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template limit-mac-move)
Full Contexts 
configure service pw-template limit-mac-move
Description 

This command indicates whether or not the mac-move agent will limit the MAC re-learn (move) rate.

Default 

limit-mac-move blockable

Parameters 
blockable—
The agent will monitor the MAC re-learn rate, and it will block it when the re-learn rate is exceeded.
non-blockable—
When specified, a SAP will not be blocked, and another blockable SAP will be blocked instead.

16.127. limit-pir-zero-drain

limit-pir-zero-drain

Syntax 
[no] limit-pir-zero-drain
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>adv-config-policy>child-control>bandwidth-distribution limit-pir-zero-drain)
Full Contexts 
configure qos adv-config-policy child-control bandwidth-distribution limit-pir-zero-drain
Description 

This command is used to configure the system to use the minimum configurable PIR instead of an H-QoS derived zero operational PIR. The default behavior is to allow the operational PIR of the queue to remain the last configured value while setting the queue MBS to zero (preventing queuing of newly arriving packets). Retaining the previous PIR value may cause a momentary burst above an aggregate rate associated with the queue as it drains. Using the limit-pir-zero-drain command causes the queue to drain at the lowest rate possible (typically 1 kb/s) that limits overrun situations.

The no form of this command reverts to default behavior.

16.128. limit-unused-bandwidth

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>access>egr>qgrp>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>access>egress>vport limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>network>egr>qgrp>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>port>sonet-sdh>path>access>egress>vport limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet access egress queue-group agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure port ethernet access egress vport limit-unused-bandwidth
configure port ethernet network egress queue-group agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure port sonet-sdh path access egress vport limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap egress limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command specifies to limit the unused bandwidth and allow a tighter control in allocation of bandwidth by HQoS. When enabled, HQoS algorithm distributes any unused aggregate bandwidth between queues operating below their fair share rates. This allows a simplified aggregate rate protection while allocating bandwidth by HQoS.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command enables aggregate rate overrun protection.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>apipe>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>fpipe>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure service apipe sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service cpipe sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service epipe sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service fpipe sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service ipipe sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command is used to enable (or disable) aggregate rate overrun protection on the agg-rate context.

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>egress>encap-defined-qos>encap-group>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure service template vpls-sap-template egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service vpls sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
configure service vpls sap egress encap-defined-qos encap-group agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command is used to enable aggregate rate overrun protection on the agg-rate context.

The no form of this command disables the overrun protection.

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface sap egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command is used to enable (or disable) aggregate rate overrun protection on the agg-rate context.

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>scheduler-policy>tier>scheduler limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure qos scheduler-policy tier scheduler limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command is used to enable (or disable) aggregate rate overrun protection on the agg-rate context.

limit-unused-bandwidth

Syntax 
[no] limit-unused-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>cust>multi-service-site>egress>agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure service customer multi-service-site egress agg-rate limit-unused-bandwidth
Description 

This command is used to enable aggregate rate overrun protection.

The no form of the command disables aggregate rate overrun protection.

Default 

no limit-unused-bandwidth

16.129. line-length

line-length

Syntax 
line-length {110 |220 |330 |440 |550 |660}
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>sync-if-timing>bits>output line-length)
Full Contexts 
configure system sync-if-timing bits output line-length
Description 

This command configures the line-length parameter of the BITS output, This is the distance in feet between the network element and the office clock (BITS/SSU). There are two possible BITS-out interfaces, one for each CPM. They are configured together, but they are displayed separately in the show command. This command is only applicable when the interface-type is DS1.

Default 

line-length 110

Parameters 
110—
Specifies that the distance is from 0 to 110 feet.
220—
Specifies that the distance is from 110 to 220 feet.
330—
Specifies that the distance is from 220 to 330 feet.
440—
Specifies that the distance is from 330 to 440 feet.
550—
Specifies that the distance is from 440 to 550 feet.
660—
Specifies that the distance is from 550 to 660 feet.

16.130. link

link

Syntax 
link port-id {primary |secondary}
no link port-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag>link-map-profile link)
Full Contexts 
configure lag link-map-profile link
Description 

This command designates one of the configured ports of the LAG to be used on egress as either a primary or secondary link (based on the option selected) by all SAPs and network interfaces that use this LAG link map profile.

Links are part of a profile When a link is added or deleted, all SAPs and network interfaces that use this link-map-profile may be re-hashed if required.

The no form of this command deletes the link from this LAG link mapping profile. A port must be deleted from all LAG link profiles if it is to be deleted from the LAG.

Parameters 
port-id
Specifies a physical port ID that is an existing member of this LAG.

port-id

slot/mda/port[.channel]

eth-sat-id

esat-id/slot/port

esat

keyword

id

1 to 20

pxc-id

pxc-id.sub-port

pxc

keyword

id

1 to 64

sub-port

a, b

primary—
Designates one of the configured ports of the LAG to be used on egress as a primary link by SAPs/network interfaces that use this LAG link map profile.
secondary—
Designates one of the configured ports of the LAG to be used on egress as a secondary link by SAPs/network interfaces that use this LAG link map profile.

16.131. link-addr

link-addr

Syntax 
link-addr ipv6-address
no link-addr
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client>slaac link-addr)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client>slaac link-addr)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client>ia-na link-addr)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client>ia-na link-addr)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client>dhcpv4-nat link-addr)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>wlan-gw>pool-manager>dhcp6-client>dhcpv4-nat link-addr)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client dhcpv4-nat link-addr
configure service ies subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client ia-na link-addr
configure service ies subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client slaac link-addr
configure service vprn subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client dhcpv4-nat link-addr
configure service vprn subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client ia-na link-addr
configure service vprn subscriber-interface wlan-gw pool-manager dhcpv6-client slaac link-addr
Description 

This command specifies the ipv6-address that should be included in the link-address field of the relay header. This can be used for pool selection by the DHCPv6 server.

The no form of this command falls back to the default.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv6 address up to 32 characters.

16.132. link-address

link-address

Syntax 
link-address ipv6-address
no link-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>loc-user-db>ipoe>host link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6>dhcp6>relay link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>dhcp6>relay link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipv6>dhcp6-relay link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6>dhcp6>relay link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>ipv6>dhcp6>relay link-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface ipv6 dhcp6-relay link-address
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 dhcp6 relay link-address
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6 dhcp6 relay link-address
configure service vprn interface ipv6 dhcp6-relay link-address
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface ipv6 dhcp6 relay link-address
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6 dhcp6 relay link-address
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db ipoe host link-address
Description 

This command configures the link address used for prefix selection at the DHCP server.

The link-address is a field in DHCP6 Relay-Forward message that is used in DHCP6 server to select the IPv6 address (IA-NA) or IPv6 prefix (IA-PD) from a pool with configured prefix range covering the link-address. The selection scope is the pool or a prefix range within the pool.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no link-address

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the link-address.
Values—

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

link-address

Syntax 
link-address ipv6-address
no link-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw>dhcp6 link-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw>dhcp6 link-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw dhcp6 link-address
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw dhcp6 link-address
Description 

This command specifies the link address of the relayed DHCPv6 packets sent by the system.

Default 

no link-address

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies a global unicast IPv6 address.

16.133. link-bandwidth

link-bandwidth

Syntax 
link-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group link-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor link-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group link-bandwidth
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor link-bandwidth
Description 

This command enables the configuration context for handling the link-bandwidth extended community attached to specific BGP routes.

When all used multipaths of an IP prefix correspond to BGP routes with a link-bandwidth extended community, the datapath is programmed to do weighted ECMP across the BGP next-hops in proportion to the bandwidth values.

link-bandwidth

Syntax 
link-bandwidth
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group link-bandwidth)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor link-bandwidth)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group link-bandwidth
configure router bgp group neighbor link-bandwidth
Description 

This command enables the configuration context for handling the link-bandwidth extended community attached to specific BGP routes.

When all used multipaths of an IP prefix correspond to BGP routes with a link-bandwidth extended community, the datapath is programmed to do weighted ECMP across the BGP next-hops in proportion to the bandwidth values.

16.134. link-delay

link-delay

Syntax 
link-delay {activate |deactivate} milli-seconds
no link-delay {activate |deactivate}
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ml-bundle>ima link-delay)
Full Contexts 
configure port multilink-bundle ima link-delay
Description 

This command specifies the time to delay between detection of a link activation/deactivation condition and acting upon it (going in/out of the RX failure state on a link).

Parameters 
activate milli-seconds
Specifies the time, in milli-seconds, used to clear an existing LIF or LODS alarm. The time specified determines how long is needed for member links to stabilize before being activated.
Values—
1 to 30000

 

Default—
10000
deactivate milli-seconds
Specifies the time, in milli-seconds, used to raise an LIF or LODS alarm. The time specified determines how long before a member link is declared in error and is deactivated.
Values—
1 to 30000

 

Default—
2000

16.135. link-fault

link-fault

Syntax 
link-fault local-port-action {log-only |out-of-service}
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam>peer-rdi-rx link-fault)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet efm-oam peer-rdi-rx link-fault
Description 

This command defines how to react to the reception of a link fault flag set in the informational PDU from a peer.

Default 

link-fault local-port-action out-of-service

Parameters 
local-port-action—
Defines whether or not the local port will be affected when a link fault is received from a peer.
log-only—
Keyword that prevents the port from being affected when the local peer receives a link fault. The dying gasp will be logged but the port will remain operational.
out-of-service —
Keyword that causes the port to enter a non-operation down state with a port state of link up. The error will be logged upon reception of link fault event. The port will not be available to service data but will continue to carry Link OAM traffic to ensure the link is monitored.

16.136. link-group

link-group

Syntax 
[no] link-group link-group-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis link-group)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis link-group
Description 

This command configures a link-group for the router or VPRN instance.

The no form of this command removes the specified link-group.

Parameters 
link-group-name—
Name of the link-group to be added or removed from the router or VPRN service.

link-group

Syntax 
link-group link-group-name
no link-group
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis link-group)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis link-group
Description 

This command specifies the IS-IS link group associated with this particular level of the interface.

Parameters 
link-group-name—
Specifies an IS-IS link group on the system up to 32 characters in length.

16.137. link-local-address

link-local-address

Syntax 
link-local-address ipv6-address [dad-disable]
no link-local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6 link-local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6 link-local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>ipv6 link-local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipv6 link-local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>ipv6 link-local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ipv6 link-local-address
configure service ies interface ipv6 link-local-address
configure service ies subscriber-interface ipv6 link-local-address
configure service vprn interface ipv6 link-local-address
configure service vprn subscriber-interface ipv6 link-local-address
Description 

This command configures the IPv6 Link Local address that is used as a virtual SRRP IPv6 address by the Master SRRP node. This address is sent in the Router Advertisements initiated by the Master SRRP node. Clients use this address as IPv6 default-gateway. Both SRRP nodes, Master and Backup, must be configured with the same Link Local address.

Only one link-local-address is allowed per interface.

Caution:

Removing a manually configured link local address may impact routing protocols or static routes that have a dependency on that address. It is not recommended to remove a link local address when there are active IPv6 subscriber hosts on an IES or VPRN interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
ipv6-address—
Specifies the IPv6 address in the form:
Values—

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0..FFFF]H

d - [0..255]D

 

dad-disable—
Disables Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) and sets the address to preferred, even if there is a duplicated address.

16.138. link-local-modifier

link-local-modifier

Syntax 
link-local-modifier modifier
no link-local-modifier
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6>secure-nd link-local-modifier)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface ipv6 secure-nd link-local-modifier
Description 

This command configures the Cryptographically Generated Address (CGA) modifier for link-local addresses.

Parameters 
modifier
Specifies the modifier in 32 hexadecimal nibbles.
Values—
0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF

 

link-local-modifier

Syntax 
link-local-modifier modifier
[no] link-local-modifier
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>secure-nd link-local-modifier)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface secure-nd link-local-modifier
Description 

This command configures the Cryptographically Generated Address (CGA) modifier for link-local addresses.

Parameters 
modifier—
Specifies the modifier in 32 hexadecimal nibbles.
Values—
0x0–0xFFFFFFFF

 

link-local-modifier

Syntax 
link-local-modifier modifier
no link-local-modifier
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6>secure-nd link-local-modifier)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ipv6 secure-nd link-local-modifier
Description 

This command configures the Cryptographically Generated Address (CGA) modifier for link-local addresses.

Parameters 
modifier—
Specifies the modifier in 32 hexadecimal nibbles.
Values—
0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF

 

16.139. link-map-profile

link-map-profile

Syntax 
link-map-profile link-map-profile-id [create]
no link-map-profile link-map-profile-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag link-map-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure lag link-map-profile
Description 

This command creates the link map profile that can to control which LAG ports are to be used on egress or enables the configuration context for previously created link map profile. link map profiles are not created by default.

The no form of this command, deletes the specified link map profile.

Parameters 
link-map-profile-id
An integer from 1 to 64 that defines a unique LAG link map profile on this LAG.

16.140. link-monitoring

link-monitoring

Syntax 
[no] link-monitoring
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam>discovery>advertise-capabilities link-monitoring)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet efm-oam discovery advertise-capabilities link-monitoring
Description 

When the link monitoring function is in a no shutdown state, the Link Monitoring capability (EV) is advertised to the peer through the EFM OAM protocol. This may not be desired if the remote peer does not support the Link Monitoring functionality.

The no version of this command suppresses the advertisement of capabilities.

Default 

link-monitoring

link-monitoring

Syntax 
link-monitoring
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam link-monitoring)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet efm-oam link-monitoring
Description 

This context contains link monitoring specific options defining the various local thresholds, port interaction and peer notification methods. In order to activate Link monitoring function, this context must be configured with the no shutdown option. Shutting down link monitoring will clear all historical link monitoring counters. If the port was removed from service and placed in a non-operational down state and a port state of link up because a signal failure threshold was crossed and link monitoring is shutdown, the port will be returned to service assuming no underlying conditions prevent this return to service.

When the link monitoring function is in a no shutdown state, the Link Monitoring capability (EV) is advertised to the peer through the EFM OAM protocol. This may not be desired if the remote peer does not support the Link Monitoring functionality.

16.141. link-name

link-name

Syntax 
link-name te-link-name
no link-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>lmp>te-link link-name)
Full Contexts 
configure router lmp te-link link-name
Description 

This command configures text names for the TE Link.

Parameters 
te-link-name—
Specifies the text name for the TE Link.
Values—
32 characters maximum text string

 

16.142. link-specific-rate

link-specific-rate

Syntax 
link-specific-rate packet-rate-limit
no link-specific-rate
Context 
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpu-protection link-specific-rate)
Full Contexts 
configure system security cpu-protection link-specific-rate
Description 

This command configures a link-specific rate for CPU protection. This limit is applied to all ports within the system. The CPU will receive no more than the configured packet rate for all link level protocols such as LACP from any one port. The measurement is cleared each second and is based on the ingress port.

Default 

link-specific-rate 15000

Parameters 
packet-rate-limit—
Specifies a packet arrival rate limit, in packets per second, for link level protocols.
Values—
1 to 65535, max (no limit)

 

16.143. link-state-export-enable

link-state-export-enable

Syntax 
[no] link-state-export-enable
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp link-state-export-enable)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp link-state-export-enable
Description 

This command enables the export of link-state information from the BGP-LS address family into the local Traffic Engineering Database (TED).

The no form of this command disables the export of link state information into the TED.

Default 

no link-state-export-enable

16.144. link-state-import-enable

link-state-import-enable

Syntax 
[no] link-state-import-enable
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp link-state-import-enable)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp link-state-import-enable
Description 

This command enables the import of link-state information into the BGP-LS address family for advertisement to other BGP neighbors.

The no form of this command disables the import of link state information into the BGP-LS address family.

Default 

no link-state-import-enable

16.145. link-type

link-type

Syntax 
link-type {pt-pt |shared}
no link-type [pt-pt |shared]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>stp link-type)
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-sap-template>stp link-type)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp link-type)
Full Contexts 
configure service template vpls-sap-template stp link-type
configure service vpls sap stp link-type
configure service vpls spoke-sdp stp link-type
Description 

This command instructs STP on the maximum number of bridges behind this SAP or spoke-SDP. If there is only a single bridge, transitioning to forwarding state will be based on handshaking (fast transitions). If more than two bridges are connected via a shared media, their SAP or spoke-SDPs should all be configured as shared, and timer-based transitions are used.

The no form of this command returns the link type to the default value.

Default 

link-type pt-pt

link-type

Syntax 
link-type {pt-pt |shared}
no link-type
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>pw-template>stp link-type)
Full Contexts 
configure service pw-template stp link-type
Description 

This command instructs STP on the maximum number of bridges behind this SAP or spoke SDP. If there is only a single bridge, transitioning to forwarding state will be based on handshaking (fast transitions). If more than two bridges are connected via a shared media, their SAP or spoke SDPs should all be configured as shared, and timer-based transitions are used.

The no form of this command returns the link type to the default value.

Default 

link-type pt-pt

16.146. linktrace

linktrace

Syntax 
linktrace {mac-address |remote-mepid mep-id} mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [ttl ttl-value]
Context 
[Tree] (oam>eth-cfm linktrace)
Full Contexts 
oam eth-cfm linktrace
Description 

The command initiates a linktrace test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast MAC address destination.
Values—
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx

 

remote-mepid mep-id
Specifies the remote MEP ID of the peer within the association. The domain and association information are derived from the source mep for the session. The Layer 2 IEEE MAC address is resolved from previously-learned remote MAC addressing, derived from the reception and processing of the ETH-CC PDU. The local MEP must be administratively enabled.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

mep mep-id
Specifies the local MEP ID.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

md-index—
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ma-index—
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ttl-value—
Specifies the TTL for a returned linktrace.
Values—
0 to 255

 

Default—
64

16.147. live-output

live-output

Syntax 
live-output {ip-address |fqdn} [port port] [router {router-instance |service-name service-name}]
no live-output
Context 
[Tree] (config>call-trace>trace-profile live-output)
Full Contexts 
configure call-trace trace-profile live-output
Description 

This command specifies a live output destination for this trace. When configured, captures will not be stored locally but sent (over UDP) to the server in the specified routing context. The destination can be specified as either an IP address or a DNS FQDN. The live-output and debug-output commands are mutually exclusive.

The no form of this command disables live output streaming.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the server to stream to.
fqdn —
Specifies the FQDN that represents the server in DNS, up to 255 characters.
port
Specifies the UDP port on which the server is listening.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

Default—
29770
router-instance
Specifies the router instance in which the live output is forwarded.
service-name
Specifies the name of the Layer 3 service in which the live output is forwarded.

16.148. lldp

lldp

Syntax 
lldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet lldp)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet lldp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) parameters on the specified port.

lldp

Syntax 
lldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet lldp)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet lldp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) parameters on the specified port.

lldp

Syntax 
lldp
Context 
[Tree] (config>system lldp)
Full Contexts 
configure system lldp
Description 

This command enables the context to configure system-wide Link Layer Discovery Protocol parameters.

16.149. llf

llf

Syntax 
[no] llf
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>apipe>sap>atm llf)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>ethernet llf)
Full Contexts 
configure service apipe sap atm llf
configure service epipe sap ethernet llf
Description 

This command enables Link Loss Forwarding (LLF) on an Ethernet port or an ATM port. This feature provides an end-to-end OAM fault notification for Ethernet VLL service and for ATM VLL service of vc-type atm-cell. It brings down the Ethernet port (Ethernet LLF) or sends a SONET/SDH Path AIS (ATM LLF) toward the attached CE when there is a local fault on the Pseudowire or service, or a remote fault on the SAP or pseudowire, signaled with label withdrawal or T-LDP status bits. It ceases when the fault disappears.

The Ethernet port must be configured for null encapsulation.

For the 7750 SR, the ATM port must be configured as a SAP on an Apipe service of vc-type atm-cell. The ATM port must also be configured on the following MDAs:

  1. 1-port OC12/STM4 ASAP MDA. At OC3/STM1 port level
  2. 4-port ATM MDA at OC12/STM4 or OC3/STM1 port level

The ATM port must be configured as a SAP on an Apipe service of vc-type atm-cell. The ATM port must also be configured on the following MDAs:

  1. 1-port OC12/STM4 ASAP MDA. At OC3/STM1 port level
  2. 4-port ATM MDA at OC12/STM4 or OC3/STM1 port level

This feature is also supported in Epipes with BGP-EVPN enabled. In this case, upon removal of the EVPN destination, the port is brought oper-down with flag LinkLossFwd, however the AD per-EVI route for the SAP is still advertised (the SAP is kept oper-up).

The no form of this command disables LLF on an Ethernet port or an ATM port.

Default 

no llf

16.150. lmi

lmi

Syntax 
lmi [port-id]
no lmi
Context 
[Tree] (debug>frame-relay lmi)
Full Contexts 
debug frame-relay lmi
Description 

This debug command enables tracing of all the LMI messages in both receive and transmit directions for one or all of the Frame Relay interfaces. All types of Frame Relay interfaces are supported. If the port ID is not specified, debug is enabled on all Frame Relay interfaces.

The no form of this command turns off LMI and Frame-Relay debugging, debug>frame-relay>no lmi and debug>no frame-relay.

Parameters 
port-id—
Specifies the ILMI-supporting port ID.
Values—

port-id

slot/mda/port [.channel]

eth-sat-id

esat-id/slot/port

esat

keyword

id

1 to 20

pxc-id

pxc-id.sub-port

pxc

keyword

id

1 to 64

sub-port

a, b

 

Output 

The following output is an example of frame relay LMI information.

Sample Output
2959 2007/04/11 23:01:34.63 MINOR: DEBUG #2001 - FR
"FR: TX STATUS Msg on dce Port: 1/1/1 LMI: itu
FR Hdr: 00 01 03 08 00 7D
Rpt IE: 51 01 01 LINK_INT_VERIFY
KA IE: 53 02 31 45 TxSeqNo=49 RxSeqNo=69"
 
2960 2007/04/11 23:01:44.63 MINOR: DEBUG #2001 - FR
"FR: RX STATUS ENQ Msg on dce Port: 1/1/1 LMI: itu
FR Hdr: 00 01 03 08 00 75
Rpt IE: 51 01 01 LINK_INT_VERIFY
KA IE: 53 02 46 31 TxSeqNo=70 RxSeqNo=49"

16.151. lmi-type

lmi-type

Syntax 
lmi-type {ansi |itu |none |rev1}
no lmi-type
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ml-bundle>mlfr>frame-relay lmi-type)
[Tree] (config>port>sonet-sdh>path>frame-relay lmi-type)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1>channel-group>frame-relay lmi-type)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds3>frame-relay lmi-type)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1>channel-group>frame-relay lmi-type)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e3>frame-relay lmi-type)
Full Contexts 
configure port multilink-bundle mlfr frame-relay lmi-type
configure port sonet-sdh path frame-relay lmi-type
configure port tdm ds1 channel-group frame-relay lmi-type
configure port tdm ds3 frame-relay lmi-type
configure port tdm e1 channel-group frame-relay lmi-type
configure port tdm e3 frame-relay lmi-type
Description 

This command configures the Local Management Interface (LMI) type for Frame Relay interfaces. LMIs are sets of enhancements to the basic Frame Relay specification.

The no form of this command changes the LMI type back to the default value.

Default 

itu

Parameters 
ansi —
Specifies to use ANSI T1.617 Annex D.
itu —
Specifies to use ITU-T Q933 Annex A.
none —
Specifies to disable Frame Relay LMI on the given port/channel.
rev1 —
Specifies to use the Rev 1 version of ANSI T1.617 Annex D.

16.152. lmm

lmm

Syntax 
lmm [test-id test-id] [create]
no lmm
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ethernet lmm)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session ethernet lmm
Description 

This command defines the test ID to be assigned to the Tx and Rx counter-based loss test and creates the individual test. LMM does not carry this test-id in the PDU; the value is of local significance.

The no form of this command removes the LMM test function from the PM Session.

Parameters 
test-id—
Specifies the value to be placed in the 4-byte test ID field of an ETH-DMM PDU.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

create—
Creates the test.

lmm

Syntax 
lmm [interval seconds] [repeat repeat] [absolute |rate]
Context 
[Tree] (monitor>oam-pm>session lmm)
Full Contexts 
monitor oam-pm session lmm
Description 

This command monitors the Ethernet Loss Measurement Message (LMM) statistics for the specified test's raw measurement interval.

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time interval, in seconds.
Values—
3 to 60

 

Default—
10
repeat—
Specifies the number of times the command is repeated.
Values—
1 to 999

 

Default—
10
absolute—
Specifies that the raw statistics are displayed, without processing. No calculations are performed on the delta or rate statistics.
rate—
Specifies that the rate-per-second is displayed.
Default—
delta

16.153. lmp

lmp

Syntax 
[no] lmp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router lmp)
Full Contexts 
configure router lmp
Description 

This command creates a context for the configuration of the Link Management Protocol (LMP) on the system.

Default 

no lmp

16.154. lns-group

lns-group

Syntax 
lns-group lns-group-id
no lns-group
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group lns-group)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel lns-group)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group lns-group)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel lns-group)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group lns-group
configure router l2tp group tunnel lns-group
configure service vprn l2tp group lns-group
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel lns-group
Description 

This command configures the ISA LNS group.

The no form of this command removes the LNS group ID from the configuration.

Default 

no lns-group

Parameters 
lns-group-id—
Specifies the LNS group ID.
Values—
1 to 4

 

lns-group

Syntax 
lns-group lns-group-id [create]
no lns-group lns-group-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>isa lns-group)
Full Contexts 
configure isa lns-group
Description 

This command configures an LNS group.

The no form of the command removes the LNS group ID from the configuration.

Default 

none

Parameters 
lns-group-id—
Specifies the LNS group identifier.
Values—
1 to 4

 

create—
Mandatory keyword used when creating tunnel group in the ISA context. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.

16.155. load

load

Syntax 
load file-url [overwrite |insert |append]
Context 
[Tree] (candidate load)
Full Contexts 
candidate load
Description 

This command loads a previously saved candidate configuration into the current candidate. The edit point will be set to the end of the loaded configuration lines. The candidate configuration cannot be modified while a load is in progress.

Default 

If the candidate is empty then a load without any of the optional parameters (such as overwrite, and so on) will load the file-url into the candidate. If the candidate is not empty then one of the options, such as overwrite, insert, and so on, must be specified.

Parameters 
file-url—
Specifies the directory and filename to load.
overwrite—
Discards the contents of the current candidate and replace it with the contents of the file.
insert—
Inserts the contents of the file at the current edit point.
append —
Inserts the contents of the file at the end of the current candidate.

16.156. load-balance-key

load-balance-key

Syntax 
load-balance-key [vendor vendor-id [vendor-id]] attribute-type attribute-type [attribute-type]
load-balance-key source-ip-udp
no load-balance-key
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>radius-proxy>server load-balance-key)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>radius-proxy>server load-balance-key)
Full Contexts 
configure router radius-proxy server load-balance-key
configure service vprn radius-proxy server load-balance-key
Description 

This command specifies the key used in calculating a hash to select an external RADIUS server from the pool of configured servers.

The key can be the source IP and source UDP port tuple, or the specified RADIUS attribute in RADIUS packets.

The no form of this command removes the parameters from the configuration.

Parameters 
vendor-id
Specifies the vendor-id of vendor-specific attribute.
Values—
0 to 16777215

 

attribute-type
Specifies that the key is constructed with the attributes in the RADIUS message.
Values—
1 to 255

 

source-ip-udp—
Specifies that the key consists of the source IP address and source UDP port of the RADIUS message.

16.157. load-balance-method

load-balance-method

Syntax 
load-balance-method {per-session |per-tunnel}
no load-balance-method
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group load-balance-method)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel load-balance-method)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group load-balance-method)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel load-balance-method)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group load-balance-method
configure router l2tp group tunnel load-balance-method
configure service vprn l2tp group load-balance-method
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel load-balance-method
Description 

This command is applicable only to LNS. By default traffic load balancing between the BB-ISAs is based on sessions. Each session is individually assigned to an BB-ISA during session establishment phase.

By introducing MLPPPoX, all sessions of a bundle must be terminated on the same LNS BB-ISA. This is necessary for two reasons:

  1. QoS in the carrier IOM has a uniform view of the subscriber
  2. a single BB-ISA is responsible for MLPPPoX encapsulation/fragmentation for a given bundle.

Therefore, if fragmentation is enabled, load-balancing per tunnel must be configured. In the per tunnel load-balancing mode, all sessions within the same tunnel are terminated on the same LNS BB-ISA.

In the case that we have MLPPPoX sessions with a single member link, both load-balancing methods are valid.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

load-balance-method per-session

Parameters 
per-session—
Specifies that the traffic load balancing between the LNS BB-ISAs is based on individual PPPoE sessions.
per-tunnel—
Specifies that the traffic load balancing between the LNS BB-ISAs is based on tunnels.

16.158. load-balancing

load-balancing

Syntax 
load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the load-balancing context to configure interface per-flow load balancing options that will apply to traffic entering this interface and egressing over a LAG/ECMP on system-egress. This is a per interface setting. For load-balancing options that can also be enabled on the system level, the options enabled on the interface level overwrite system level configurations.

Default 

not applicable

load-balancing

Syntax 
load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>config>service>template>vpls-template load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls config service template vpls-template load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the load-balancing context to configure interface per-flow load balancing options that will apply to traffic entering this interface and egressing over a LAG/ECMP on system-egress. This is a per interface setting. For load-balancing options that can also be enabled on the system level, the options enabled on the interface level overwrite system level configurations.

load-balancing

Syntax 
load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the load-balancing context to configure interface per-flow load balancing options that will apply to traffic entering this interface and egressing over a LAG/ECMP on system-egress. This is a per interface setting. For load balancing options that can also be enabled on the system level, the options enabled on the interface level overwrite system level configurations.

load-balancing

Syntax 
load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>config>service>vprn>nw-if load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface config service vprn nw-if load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the load-balancing context to configure interface per-flow load balancing options that will apply to traffic entering this interface and egressing over a LAG/ECMP on system-egress. This is a per interface setting. For load-balancing options that can also be enabled on the system level, the options enabled on the interface level overwrite system level configurations.

load-balancing

Syntax 
load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the load-balancing context to configure interface per-flow load balancing options that will apply to traffic entering this interface and egressing over a LAG/ECMP on system-egress. This is a per interface setting. For load-balancing options that can also be enabled on the system level, the options enabled on the interface level overwrite system level configurations.

load-balancing

Syntax 
load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>system load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure system load-balancing
Description 

This command enables the load-balancing context to configure the interface per-flow load balancing options that will apply to traffic entering this interface and egressing over a LAG/ECMP on system-egress. This is a per interface setting. For load-balancing options that can also be enabled on the system level, the options enabled on the interface level overwrite system level configurations.

16.159. load-balancing-algorithm

load-balancing-algorithm

Syntax 
load-balancing-algorithm option
no load-balancing-algorithm
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet load-balancing-algorithm)
[Tree] (config>port>sonet-sdh>path load-balancing-algorithm)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1>channel-group load-balancing-algorithm)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds3 load-balancing-algorithm)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1>channel-group load-balancing-algorithm)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e3 load-balancing-algorithm)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet load-balancing-algorithm
configure port sonet-sdh path load-balancing-algorithm
configure port tdm ds1 channel-group load-balancing-algorithm
configure port tdm ds3 load-balancing-algorithm
configure port tdm e1 channel-group load-balancing-algorithm
configure port tdm e3 load-balancing-algorithm
Description 

This command specifies the load balancing algorithm to be used on this port.

In the default mode, no load-balancing-algorithm, the port inherits the global settings. The value is not applicable for ports that do not pass any traffic.

The configuration of load-balancing-algorithm at logical port level has three possible values:

  1. include-l4 — Enables inherits system-wide settings including Layer 4 source and destination port value in hashing algorithm.
  2. exclude-l4 — Layer 4 source and destination port value will not be included in hashing.
  3. no load-balancing-algorithm — Inherits system-wide settings.

The hashing algorithm addresses finer spraying granularity where many hosts are connected to the network. To address more efficient traffic distribution between network links (forming a LAG group), a hashing algorithm extension takes into account Layer 4 information (src/dst L4-protocol port). The hashing index can be calculated according to the following algorithm:

If [(TCP or UDP traffic) & enabled]

hash (<TCP/UDP ports>, <IP addresses>)

else if (IP traffic)

hash (<IP addresses>)

else

hash (<MAC addresses>)

endif

This algorithm will be used in all cases where IP information in per-packet hashing is included (refer to “Traffic Load Balancing Options” in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Interface Configuration Guide). However the Layer 4 information (TCP/UDP ports) will not be used in the following cases:

  1. Fragmented packets
Default 

no load-balancing-algorithm

Parameters 
option—
Specifies the load balancing algorithm to be used on this port.
Values—
include-l4 — Specifies that the source and destination ports are used in the hashing algorithm.exclude-l4 — Specifies that the source and destination ports are not used in the hashing algorithm.

 

16.160. load-balancing-weight

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight value
no load-balancing-weight [value]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry>next-hop load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn static-route-entry next-hop load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures a weighted ECMP load-balancing weight for a static route next-hop.

If all of the ECMP next-hops of a static route have a configured load-balancing-weight then packets matching the route are sprayed according to the relative weights. In other words, the next-hop interface with the largest load-balancing weight should receive the most forwarded traffic if weighted ECMP is applicable.

The no form of this command disables weighted ECMP for the interface and effectively disables weighted ECMP for the entire static route.

Parameters 
value
Specifies the cost metric value.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight [weight]
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if load-balancing-weight)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area>if load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ospf area interface load-balancing-weight
configure service vprn ospf3 area interface load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures the weighted ECMP load-balancing weight for an IS-IS, OSPF, and OSPF3 interface. If the interface becomes an ECMP next hop for an IPv4 or IPv6 route, and all the other ECMP next hops are interfaces with configured (non-zero) load-balancing weights, then the traffic distribution over the ECMP interfaces is proportional to the weights. This means that the interface with the largest load-balancing weight receives the most forwarded traffic if weighted ECMP is applicable.

The no form of this command disables weighted ECMP for the interface which effectively disables weighted ECMP for any IP prefix that has this interface as a next hop.

Default 

no load-balancing-weight

Parameters 
weight—
Specifies the load balancing weight.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight weight
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis interface load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures the weighted ECMP load-balancing weight for an IS-IS interface of the VPRN. If the interface becomes an ECMP next-hop for IPv4 or IPv6 route and all the other ECMP next-hops are interfaces with configured (non-zero) load-balancing weights, then the traffic distribution over the ECMP interfaces is proportional to the weights. In other words, the interface with the largest load-balancing-weight should receive the most forwarded traffic if weighted ECMP is applicable.

The no form of this command disables weighted ECMP for the interface and, therefore, effectively disables weighted ECMP for any IP prefix that has this interface as a next-hop.

Default 

no load-balancing-weight

Parameters 
weight—
Specifies the load balancing weight.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight weight
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params>if load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp interface-parameters interface load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures the load balancing weight for the LDP interface. The load balancing weight, normalized to 64, is used for weighted ECMP of LDP labeled packets over direct network IP interfaces.

If the interface becomes an ECMP next hop for an LDP FEC, and all the other ECMP next hops are interfaces with configured (non-zero) load-balancing weights, then the traffic distribution over the ECMP interfaces is proportional to the normalized weight with a granularity of 64.

If one or more of the LDP interfaces in the ECMP set does not have a configured load-balancing weight, then the system falls back to ECMP.

The no form of this command removes the load balancing weight for the LDP interface.

Parameters 
weight—
Specifies the load balancing weight value.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight weight
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command assigns a weight to an MPLS LSP for use in the weighted load-balancing, or weighted ECMP, over MPLS feature.

Parameters 
weight—
Specifies a 32-bit integer representing the weight of the LSP.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight weight
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>fwd-policies>fwd-policy>nh-grp load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls forwarding-policies forwarding-policy next-hop-group load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures the load balancing weight of an NHG entry in a forwarding policy.

A weight for each NHG of a policy must be assigned to the weighted ECMP forwarding to operate over the set of NHGs of the policy.

The no form of this command removes the load balancing weight from an NHG entry in a forwarding policy.

Parameters 
weight—
Specifies the load balancing weight value.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight value
no load-balancing-weight [value]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>next-hop load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure router static-route-entry next-hop load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures a weighted ECMP load-balancing weight for a static route next-hop.

If all of the ECMP next-hops of a static route have a configured load-balancing-weight then packets matching the route are sprayed according to the relative weights. In other words, the next-hop interface with the largest load-balancing weight should receive the most forwarded traffic if weighted ECMP is applicable.

The no form of this command disables weighted ECMP for the interface and effectively disables weighted ECMP for the entire static route.

Parameters 
value
Specifies the load balancing weight value.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight [value]
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures the weighted ECMP load-balancing weight for an IS-IS interface. If the interface becomes an ECMP next hop for an IPv4 or IPv6 route, and all the other ECMP next hops are interfaces with configured (non-zero) load-balancing weights, then the traffic distribution over the ECMP interfaces is proportional to the weights. In other words, the interface with the largest load-balancing weight should receive the most forwarded traffic if weighted ECMP is applicable.

The no form of this command disables weighted ECMP for the interface and therefore effectively disables weighted ECMP for any IP prefix that has this interface as a next hop.

Default 

no load-balancing-weight

Parameters 
value—
0 to 4294967295

load-balancing-weight

Syntax 
load-balancing-weight [weight]
no load-balancing-weight
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>if load-balancing-weight)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area>if load-balancing-weight)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf area interface load-balancing-weight
configure router ospf3 area interface load-balancing-weight
Description 

This command configures the weighted ECMP load-balancing weight for an OSPF or OSPF3 interface. If the interface becomes an ECMP next hop for an IPv4 or IPv6 route, and all the other ECMP next hops are interfaces with configured (non-zero) load-balancing weights, then the traffic distribution over the ECMP interfaces is proportional to the weights. This means that the interface with the largest load-balancing weight receives the most forwarded traffic if weighted ECMP is applicable.

The no form of this command disables weighted ECMP for the interface which effectively disables weighted ECMP for any IP prefix that has this interface as a next hop.

Default 

no load-balancing-weight

Parameters 
weight—
Specifies the load balancing weight.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

16.161. local

local

Syntax 
[no] local
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sla-profile>control local)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sla-profile control local
Description 

This command enables a session that is set up with local control plane handling to use this SLA profile. This command cannot be disabled.

Default 

local

local

Syntax 
[no] local
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>sub-profile>control local)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt sub-profile control local
Description 

This command enables a session that is set up with local control plane handling to use this subscriber profile. This command cannot be disabled.

Default 

local

local

Syntax 
local [inherit |all |vc-only |none]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ttl-propagate local)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ttl-propagate local
Description 

This command overrides the global configuration of the TTL propagation for locally generated packets which are forwarded over a MPLS LSPs in a given VPRN service context.

The global configuration is performed under config>router>ttl-propagate>vprn-local.

The default behavior for a given VPRN instance is to inherit the global configuration for the same command. The user can explicitly set the default behavior by configuring the inherit value

Default 

local inherit

Parameters 
inherit—
specifies the TTL propagation behavior is inherited from the global configuration under config>router>ttl-propagate>vprn-local.
none—
specifies the TTL of the IP packet is not propagated into the VC label or labels in the transport label stack.
vc-only—
specifies the TTL of the IP packet is propagated into the VC label and not into the labels in the transport label stack.
all—
specifies the TTL of the IP packet is propagated into the VC label and all labels in the transport label stack.

local

Syntax 
local
Context 
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ts-list local)
Full Contexts 
configure ipsec ts-list local
Description 

This command enables the context to configure local TS-list parameters. The TS-list is the traffic selector of the local system, such as TSr, when the system acts as an IKEv2 responder.

16.162. local-ac-name

local-ac-name

Syntax 
local-ac-name ac-name
no local-ac-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>bgp-evpn local-ac-name)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe bgp-evpn local-ac-name
Description 

This command configures the local attachment circuit name in which the local Ethernet tag value is configured.

The no form of this command disables the context.

Default 

no local-ac-name

Parameters 
ac-name
Specifies the name of the local AC, up to 32 characters.

16.163. local-address

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group local-address
configure router l2tp group tunnel local-address
configure router l2tp local-address
configure service vprn l2tp group local-address
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel local-address
configure service vprn l2tp local-address
Description 

This command configures the local address.

The no form of this command removes the local IP address from the configuration.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address used during L2TP authentication.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy local-address
Description 

This command configures the local IP address used by the group or neighbor when communicating with BGP peers.

Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when initiating connections with a peer.

When a local address is not specified, the 7750 SR OS uses the system IP address when communicating with IBGP peers and uses the interface address for directly connected EBGP peers. This command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.

The no form of this command removes the configured local-address for BGP.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the local address.

For IPv4, the local address is expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are a valid routable IP address on the router, either an interface or system IP address.

For IPv6, the local address is expressed in semi-colon hexadecimal notation. Allowed values is an interface or a system IP address.

Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>gsmp>group>neighbor local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>gsmp>group>neighbor local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls gsmp group neighbor local-address
configure service vprn gsmp group neighbor local-address
Description 

This command configures the source ip-address used in the connection towards the neighbor. The local address is optional. If specified the node will accept connections only for that address in the service running ANCP. The address may be created after the reference but connections will not be accepted until it is created. If the local address is not used, the system accepts connections on any interface within the routing context.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the source IP address to be used in the connection toward the neighbor.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>gsmp>group>neighbor local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn gsmp group neighbor local-address
Description 

This command configures the source IP address used in the connection towards the neighbor.

The no form of this command removes the local address from the configuration.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address in dotted decimal notation.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>wlan-gw>tunnel-query local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt wlan-gw tunnel-query local-address
Description 

This command enables matching on tunnels that are terminated by the specified IP address on the WLAN-GW.

The no form of this command disables matching on the local IP address.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IPv4 or IPv6 address.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group local-address
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor local-address
Description 

Configures the local IP address used by the group or neighbor when communicating with BGP peers.

Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when initiating connections with a peer.

When a local address is not specified, the OS uses the system IP address when communicating with IBGP peers and uses the interface address for directly connected EBGP peers. This command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.

The no form of this command removes the configured local-address for BGP.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Parameters 
no local-address —
The router ID is used when communicating with IBGP peers and the interface address is used for directly connected EBGP peers.
ip-address—
The local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed values are a valid routable IP address on the router, either an interface or system IP address.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp>group local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp>group>peer local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>msdp>peer local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn msdp group local-address
configure service vprn msdp group peer local-address
configure service vprn msdp local-address
configure service vprn msdp peer local-address
Description 

This command configures the local end of a Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) session. For MSDP to function, at least one peer must be configured. When configuring a peer, you must include this local-address command to configure the local end of the MSDP session. This address must be present on the node and is used to validate incoming connections to the peer and to establish connections to the remote peer.

If the user enters this command, then the address provided is validated and will be used as the local address for MSDP peers from that point. If a subsequent local-address command is entered, it will replace the existing configuration and existing sessions will be terminated.

Similarly, when the no form of this command is entered, the existing local address will be removed from the configuration and the existing sessions will be terminated.

Whenever a session is terminated, all information pertaining to and learned from that peer will be removed.

Whenever a new peering session is created or a peering session is lost, an event message should be generated.

The no form of this command removes the local address from the configuration.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies an existing address on the node.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>pcep>pcc local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>pcep>pce local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router pcep pcc local-address
configure router pcep pce local-address
Description 

This command configures the local address of the PCEP speaker.

The PCEP protocol operates over TCP using destination TCP port 4189. The PCE client (PCC) always initiates the connection. Once the user configures the PCEP local address and the peer address on the PCC, the latter initiates a TCP connection to the PCE. When the connection is established, the PCC and PCE exchange OPEN messages, which initializes the PCEP session and exchanges the session parameters to be negotiated.

The PCC always checks first if the remote PCE address is reachable out-of-band via the management port. If not, it will check if the remote PCE address is reachable in-band. When the session comes up out-of-band, the system IP address is always used. The local address configured by the user is only used for in-band sessions, and is otherwise ignored.

The no form of the command removes the configured local address of the PCEP speaker.

Parameters 
ip-address—
the IP address of the PCEP speaker to be used for in-band sessions

local-address

Syntax 
local-address control ip-address data ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>video-interface>adi>scte30 local-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>video-interface>adi>scte30 local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies video-interface adi scte30 local-address
configure service vprn video-interface adi scte30 local-address
Description 

SCTE 30 requires a TCP session per zone-channel between the ad server and splicer for control communication and it requires UDP sessions on which the video ad stream is sent. This command specifies the splicer’s control IP address to which the ad-servers should setup TCP connections and the data IP address to which the video ad streams should be sent.

The no form of the command removes the address information from the local address configuration.

Parameters 
control ip-address
Specifies the local IP address to which ad servers send Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers 30 (SCTE 30) ad control streams. This address should be in the same subnet as the ip address assigned to the video interface.

The values of control ip-address and the data ip-address specify the local IP address to which ad servers send SCTE 30 ad data streams, must be set together in the same SNMP request PDU or else the set request will fail with an inconsistent value error.

data ip-address
Specifies the local IP address to which ad servers send Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers 30 (SCTE 30) ad data streams. This address should be in the same subnet as the IP address assigned to the video interface.

The values of the control ip-address and the data ip-address specify the local IP address to which ad servers send SCTE 30 ad control streams, must be set together in the same SNMP request PDU or else the set request will fail with an inconsistent value error.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>msdp local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>msdp>peer local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>msdp>group local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>msdp>group>peer local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router msdp group local-address
configure router msdp group peer local-address
configure router msdp local-address
configure router msdp peer local-address
Description 

This command configures the local end of a Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) session. For MSDP to function, at least one peer must be configured. When configuring a peer, you must include this local-address command to configure the local end of the MSDP session. This address must be present on the node and is used to validate incoming connections to the peer and to establish connections to the remote peer.

If the user enters this command, then the address provided is validated and will be used as the local address for MSDP peers from that point. If a subsequent local-address command is entered, it will replace the existing configuration and existing sessions will be terminated.

Similarly, when the no form of this command is entered, the existing local-address will be removed from the configuration and the existing sessions will be terminated.

Whenever a session is terminated, all information pertaining to and learned from that peer will be removed.

Whenever a new peering session is created or a peering session is lost, an event message should be generated.

The no form of this command removes the local-address from the configuration.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
address—
Specifies an existing address on the node.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>origin-validation>rpki-session local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router origin-validation rpki-session local-address
Description 

This command configures the local address to use for setting up the TCP connection used by an RPKI-Router session. The default local-address is the outgoing interface IPv4 or IPv6 address. The local-address cannot be changed without first shutting down the session.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address —
Specifies an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address [ip-int-name |ip-address |ipv6-address]
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group local-address)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group local-address
configure router bgp group neighbor local-address
Description 

This command configures the local IP address used by the group or neighbor when communicating with BGP peers.

Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when initiating connections with a peer.

When a local address is not specified, the router uses the system IP address when communicating with IBGP peers and uses the interface address for directly connected EBGP peers. This command is used at the neighbor level to revert to the value defined under the group level.

When set to a router interface, the local-address inherits the primary IPv4 or IPv6 address of the router interface depending on whether BGP is configured for IPv4 or IPv6. If the corresponding IPv4 or IPv6 address is not configured on the router interface, the BGP sessions that have this interface set as the local-address are kept down until an interface address is configured on the router interface.

The no form of this command removes the configured local-address for BGP.

The no form of this command used at the group level returns the configuration to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level returns the configuration to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed value is a valid routable IP address on the router, either an interface or system IP address.
Values—
ipv4-address:
  1. a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

 

ipv6-address—
Specifies the local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed value is a valid routable IPv6 address on the router, either an interface or system IPv6 address.
Values—
ipv6-address:
  1. x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
  2. x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
  3. x: [0 to FFFF]H
  4. d: [0 to 255]D

 

ip-int-name—
Specifies the IP interface name whose address the local address will inherit. The interface can be any network interface configured on the system.

local-address

Syntax 
local-address ip-address |ipv6-address
no local-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>bmp>station>connection local-address)
Full Contexts 
configure bmp station connection local-address
Description 

This command configures the local IP address used by the local router when communicating with the BMP monitoring station. This configuration is optional.

Outgoing connections use the local-address as the source of the TCP connection when initiating connections with a monitoring station.

The BMP session may flap when this parameter is changed. Shut down the BMP session before changing the values.

The no form of this command removes the configured local-address for the BMP session. The default is to use the system IP address.

Default 

local-address ip-address (system IP address)

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed value is a valid routable IP address on the router, either an interface or system IP address.
Values—
ipv4-address:
  1. a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)

 

ipv6-address—
Specifies the local address expressed in dotted decimal notation. Allowed value is a valid routable IPv6 address on the router, either an interface or system IPv6 address.
Values—
ipv6-address:
  1. x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
  2. x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
  3. x: [0 to FFFF]H
  4. d: [0 to 255]D

 

16.164. local-address-assignment

local-address-assignment

Syntax 
local-address-assignment
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if local-address-assignment)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if local-address-assignment)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if local-address-assignment)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if local-address-assignment)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface local-address-assignment
configure service ies subscriber-interface local-address-assignment
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface local-address-assignment
configure service vprn subscriber-interface local-address-assignment
Description 

This command enables the context to configure local address assignment parameters.

local-address-assignment

Syntax 
local-address-assignment [terminate-only]
no local-address-assignment
Context 
[Tree] (debug>service>id>ppp>event local-address-assignment)
Full Contexts 
debug service id ppp event local-address-assignment
Description 

This command enables debugging for local-address-assignment events.

The no form of this command disables debugging.

Parameters 
terminate-only—
Enables debugging for local address assignment.

local-address-assignment

Syntax 
[no] local-address-assignment
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw local-address-assignment)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw local-address-assignment)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw local-address-assignment
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw local-address-assignment
Description 

This command enables the context to configure local address assignments for the IPsec gateway.

16.165. local-age

local-age

Syntax 
local-age aging-timer
no local-age [aging-timer]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls local-age)
[Tree] (config>service>template>vpls-template local-age)
Full Contexts 
configure service template vpls-template local-age
configure service vpls local-age
Description 

Specifies the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance. In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.

Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The local-age timer specifies the aging time for local learned MAC addresses.

The no form of this command returns the local aging timer to the default value.

Default 

local age 300 — Local MACs aged after 300 seconds.

Parameters 
aging-timer—
Specifies the aging time for local MACs expressed in seconds
Values—
60 to 86400

 

16.166. local-as

local-as

Syntax 
local-as as-number [private]
no local-as
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy local-as)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy local-as
Description 

This command configures a BGP virtual autonomous system (AS) number.

In addition to the AS number configured for BGP in the config>router>autonomous-system context, a virtual (local) AS number is configured. The virtual AS number is added to the as-path message before the router’s AS number makes the virtual AS the second AS in the as-path.

This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). Thus, by specifying this at each neighbor level, it is possible to have a separate as-number per EBGP session.

When a command is entered multiple times for the same AS, the last command entered is used in the configuration. The private attribute can be added or removed dynamically by reissuing the command.

Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes the BGP instance to restart with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationships with all peers in the group with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the neighbor level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationship with the new local AS number.

This is an optional command and can be used in the following circumstance:

Provider router P is moved from AS1 to AS2. The customer router that is connected to P, however, is configured to belong to AS1. To avoid reconfiguring the customer router, the local-as value on router P can be set to AS1. Thus, router P adds AS1 to the as-path message for routes it advertises to the customer router.

The no form of this command used at the global level will remove any virtual AS number configured.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Parameters 
as-number—
Specifies the virtual autonomous system number, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

private—
Specifies that the local-as number is hidden in paths learned from the peering.

local-as

Syntax 
local-as as-number [private] [no-prepend-global-as]
no local-as
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp local-as)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group local-as)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor local-as)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group local-as
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor local-as
configure service vprn bgp local-as
Description 

This command configures a BGP virtual autonomous system (AS) number.

In addition to the global AS number configured for BGP in the config>router>autonomous-system context, a virtual (local) AS number can be configured to support various AS number migration scenarios. The local AS number is added to the to the beginning the as-path attribute ahead of the router’s AS number.

This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all EBGP peers), group level (applies to all EBGP peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to EBGP specified peer). Thus, by specifying this at each neighbor level, it is possible to have a separate local-as per EBGP session. The local-as command is not supported for IBGP sessions. When the optional private keyword is specified in the command the local-as number is not added to inbound routes from the EBGP peer that has local-as in effect.

When a command is entered multiple times for the same AS, the last command entered is used in the configuration. The private attribute can be added or removed dynamically by reissuing the command.

Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes the BGP instance to restart with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationships with all peers in the group with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the neighbor level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationship with the new local AS number.

This is an optional command and can be used in the following circumstance:

Provider router P is moved from AS1 to AS2. The customer router that is connected to P, however, is configured to belong to AS1. To avoid reconfiguring the customer router, the local-as value on router P can be set to AS1. Thus, router P adds AS1 to the as-path message for routes it advertises to the customer router.

The no form of this command used at the global level removes any virtual AS number configured.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-as

Parameters 
as-number—
The virtual autonomous system number, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

private—
Specifies the local-as is hidden in paths learned from the peering.
no-prepend-global-as—
Specifies that the global-as is hidden in paths announced to the EBGP peer.

local-as

Syntax 
local-as as-number [private] [no-prepend-global-as]
no local-as
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp local-as)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group local-as)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor local-as)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group local-as
configure router bgp group neighbor local-as
configure router bgp local-as
Description 

This command configures a BGP local autonomous system (AS) number. In addition to the global AS number configured for BGP using the autonomous-system command, a local AS number can be configured to support various AS number migration scenarios.

When the local-as command is applied to a BGP neighbor and the local-as is different from the peer-as, the session comes up as EBGP and by default the global-AS number and then (in that order) the local-as number are prepended to the AS_PATH attribute in outbound routes sent to the peer. In received routes from the EBGP peer, the local AS is prepended to the AS path by default, but this can be disabled with the private option.

When the local-as command is applied to a BGP neighbor and the local-as is the same as the peer-as, the session comes up as IBGP, and by default, the global-AS number is prepended to the AS_PATH attribute in outbound routes sent to the peer.

This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all BGP peers), group level (applies to all BGP peers in group) or neighbor level (only applies to one specific BGP neighbor). By specifying this at the neighbor level, it is possible to have a separate local-as for each BGP session.

When the optional no-prepend-global-as command is configured, the global-as number is not added in outbound routes sent to an IBGP or EBGP peer.

When a command is entered multiple times for the same AS, the last command entered is used in the configuration. The private option can be added or removed dynamically by reissuing the command. Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes the BGP instance to restart with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the global level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationships with all peers in the group with the new local AS number. Changing the local AS at the neighbor level in an active BGP instance causes BGP to re-establish the peer relationship with the new local AS number.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-as

Parameters 
as-number—
Specifies the virtual autonomous system number expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

private—
Specifies the local-as is hidden in paths learned from the peering.
no-prepend-global-as—
Specifies that the global-as is hidden in paths announced to the BGP peer.

16.167. local-attachment-circuit

local-attachment-circuit

Syntax 
local-attachment-circuit ac-name [endpoint endpoint-name] [create]
no local-attachment-circuit ac-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>bgp-evpn local-attachment-circuit)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe bgp-evpn local-attachment-circuit
Description 

This command configures a local attachment circuit (AC) in which the local Ethernet tag can be configured.

The no form of this command disables the context.

Default 

no local-attachment-circuit

Parameters 
ac-name
Specifies the name of the local attachment circuit, up to 32 characters.
endpoint-name
Specifies the name of the endpoint, up to 32 characters.
create—
Keyword used to create the local AC.

16.168. local-auth-db

local-auth-db

Syntax 
local-auth-db name
no local-auth-db
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>dynsvc>policy>auth local-auth-db)
Full Contexts 
configure service dynamic-services dynamic-services-policy authentication local-auth-db
Description 

This command configures the local authentication database to be used for local authentication of data-triggered dynamic services.

Local authentication and RADIUS authentication are mutually exclusive.

The no form of this command removes the local authentication database from the configuration and disables local authentication.

Parameters 
name—
local authentication database name, up to 32 characters.

local-auth-db

Syntax 
local-auth-db name [create]
no local-auth-db name
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>dynsvc local-auth-db)
Full Contexts 
configure service dynamic-services local-auth-db
Description 

This command creates a local authentication database that can be used for local authentication of data-triggered dynamic services.

The no form of this command removes the local authentication database from the configuration.

Parameters 
name—
Specifies a local authentication database name, up to 32 characters.

16.169. local-dhcp-server

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
local-dhcp-server server-name [create]
no local-dhcp-server server-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp local-dhcp-server)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>dhcp local-dhcp-server)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp local-dhcp-server
configure service vprn dhcp local-dhcp-server
Description 

This command instantiates a local DHCP server. A local DHCP server can serve multiple interfaces but is limited to the routing context it was which it was created.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
server-name —
Specifies the name of local DHCP server, up to 32 characters.
create—
Keyword used to create the local DHCP server. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
local-dhcp-server server-name [create] [auto-provisioned]
no local-dhcp-server server-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>dhcp6 local-dhcp-server)
Full Contexts 
configure router dhcp6 local-dhcp-server
Description 

This command instantiates a DHCP6 server. A local DHCP6 server can serve multiple interfaces but is limited to the routing context it was which it was created.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
server-name —
Specifies the name of local DHCP6 server, up to 32 characters.
create—
Keyword used to create the local DHCP or DHCP6 server. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
auto-provisioned—
Specifies the auto provisioning mode. This parameter only applies to DHCP6 creation to configure DHCP6 default values.

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
[no] local-dhcp-server server-name [lease-address ip-prefix[/prefix-length]]
[no] local-dhcp-server server-name [mac ieee-address]
[no] local-dhcp-server server-name [link-local-address ipv6z-address]
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router local-dhcp-server)
Full Contexts 
debug router local-dhcp-server
Description 

This command enables, disables or configures debugging for a local DHCP server.

Parameters 
server-name—
Specifies an existing local DHCP server name.
ip-prefix[/prefix-length]
Specifies the IP prefix and prefix length of the subnet.
Values—
ip-prefix — a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
length — 0 to 32

 

ieee-address
Specifies that the provisioned MAC address for the local DHCP server.
ipv6z-address—
Specifies the IPv6z address.

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x [-interface]

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d [-interface]

x: [0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

interface

up to 32 characters, mandatory for link local addresses

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
[no] local-dhcp-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>redundancy>multi-chassis>peer>sync local-dhcp-server)
Full Contexts 
configure redundancy multi-chassis peer sync local-dhcp-server
Description 

This command synchronizes DHCP server information.

Default 

no local-dhcp-server

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
local-dhcp-server local-server-name
no local-dhcp-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if local-dhcp-server)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipv6 local-dhcp-server)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface local-dhcp-server
configure service vprn interface ipv6 local-dhcp-server
Description 

This command assigns a DHCP server to the interface.

Parameters 
local-server-name—
Specifies an existing local server name.

local-dhcp-server

Syntax 
local-dhcp-server local-server-name
no local-dhcp-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if local-dhcp-server)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6 local-dhcp-server)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ipv6 local-dhcp-server
configure router interface local-dhcp-server
Description 

This command instantiates a local DHCP server. A local DHCP server can serve multiple interfaces but is limited to the routing context in which it was created.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no local-dhcp-server

Parameters 
local-server-name—
Specifies the name of local DHCP server, up to 32 characters.

16.170. local-ecid

local-ecid

Syntax 
local-ecid emulated circuit identifier
no local-ecid
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>cem local-ecid)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe sap cem local-ecid
Description 

This command defines the Emulated Circuit Identifiers (ECID) to be used for the local (source) end of the circuit emulation service.

The no form of this command removes the ECID from the configuration.

Default 

local-ecid 65535

Parameters 
emulated circuit identifier—
Specifies the value to be used as the local (source) ECID for the circuit emulation service. On CES packet reception, the ECID in the packet will be compared to the configured local-ecid value. These must match for the packet payload to be used for the TDM circuit. The remote-ecid value is inserted into the MEF-8 CES packet to be transmitted.
Values—
0 to 1048575

 

16.171. local-end

local-end

Syntax 
local-end {ip-address |ipv6-address}
no local-end
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>sdp local-end)
Full Contexts 
configure service sdp local-end
Description 

This command configures the local-end address of the following SDP encapsulation types:

  1. IPv6 address of the termination point of a SDP of encapsulation l2tpv3 (L2TP v3 tunnel).
  2. IPv4/IPv6 source address of a SDP of encapsulation eth-gre-bridged (L2oGRE SDP).
  3. IPv4 source address of a SDP of encapsulation gre (GRE SDP).

A change to the value of the local-end parameter requires that the SDP be shut down.

When used as the source address of a SDP of encapsulation gre (GRE SDP), the primary IPv4 address of any local network IP interface, loopback or otherwise, may be used.

The address of the following interfaces are not supported:

  1. unnumbered network IP interface
  2. IES interface
  3. VPRN interface
  4. CSC VPRN interface

The local-end parameter value adheres to the following rules:

  1. A maximum of 15 distinct address values can be configured for all GRE SDPs under the config>service>sdp>local-end context, and all L2oGRE SDPs under the config>service>system>gre-eth-bridged>tunnel-termination context.
  2. The same source address cannot be used in both contexts since an address configured for a L2oGRE SDP matches an internally created interface that is not available to other applications.
  3. The local-end address of a GRE SDP, when different from system, need not match the primary address of an interface that has the MPLS-over-GRE termination subnet configured, unless a GRE SDP or tunnel from the far-end router terminates on this address.

The no form of the command removes the address from the local-end configuration.

Parameters 
ip-address |ipv6-address
Specifies a IPv4 or IPv6 address for local-end of an SDP in dotted decimal notation.
Values—

ip-address

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0..FFFF]H

d - [0..255]D

 

16.172. local-fcc-port

local-fcc-port

Syntax 
local-fcc-port port
no local-fcc-port
Context 
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>video local-fcc-port)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>channel>video local-fcc-port)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>channel>source-override>video local-fcc-port)
Full Contexts 
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle channel source-override video local-fcc-port
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle channel video local-fcc-port
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle video local-fcc-port
Description 

This command configures the local port on which Fast Channel Change (FCC) requests are received. The value of this object can only be set for the default bundle and will be used by all bundles and channels.

The local-fcc-port port value is the only configuration parameter in the bundle “default” context.

The no form of the command removes the port from the video configuration.

Parameters 
port—
Specifies a local port for FCC requests.
Values—
1024 to 5999, 6251 to 65535

 

16.173. local-filtering

local-filtering

Syntax 
local-filtering
Context 
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>url-filter local-filtering)
Full Contexts 
configure application-assurance group url-filter local-filtering
Description 

This command configures a URL filter policy for local filtering in order to filter traffic based on a list of URLs located on a file stored in the router compact flash.

16.174. local-forward

local-forward

Syntax 
local-forward local-forward-id [create]
no local-forward local-forward-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>satellite local-forward)
Full Contexts 
configure system satellite local-forward
Description 

This command creates a local-forward instance.

A local-forward instance creates a traffic bypass within the Ethernet satellite, which allows traffic to be forwarded between satellite client ports.

The no form of this command deletes the specified local-forward instance.

Parameters 
local-forward-id—
Specifies the ID number for the local-forward instance.
Values—
1 to 10240

 

create—
Creates a new local-forward instance.

16.175. local-gateway-address

local-gateway-address

Syntax 
local-gateway-address [ip-address |ipv6-address]
no local-gateway-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel local-gateway-address)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel local-gateway-address)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel local-gateway-address
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel local-gateway-address
Description 

This command configures local gateway address of the IPsec gateway.

Parameters 
ip-address —
Specifies a unicast IPv4 address, up to 64 characters.
ipv6-address —
Specifies a unicast global unicast IPv6 address, up to 64 characters.

local-gateway-address

Syntax 
local-gateway-address ip-address
no local-gateway-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw local-gateway-address)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw local-gateway-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw local-gateway-address
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw local-gateway-address
Description 

This command configures local gateway address of the IPsec gateway.

Parameters 
ip-address —
Specifies a unicast IPv4 address or a global unicast IPv6 address. This address must be within the subnet of the public interface.

local-gateway-address

Syntax 
local-gateway-address ip-address peer ip-address delivery-service service-id
no local-gateway-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tunnel local-gateway-address)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel local-gateway-address
Description 

This command specifies the local gateway address used for the tunnel and the address of the remote security gateway at the other end of the tunnel remote peer IP address to use.

Default 

no local-gateway-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
IP address of the local end of the tunnel.
delivery-service service-id
The ID of the IES or VPRN (front-door) delivery service of this tunnel. Use this service-id to find the VPRN used for delivery.
Values—
service-id: 1 to 2147483648
svc-name: Specifies an existing service name up to 64 characters in length.

 

16.176. local-id

local-id

Syntax 
local-id type [value value]
no local-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn local-id)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn local-id)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ipsec-gw local-id)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-gw local-id)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ipsec-tun>dyn local-id)
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipsec>ipsec-tunnel>dyn local-id)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying local-id
configure service ies interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying local-id
configure service ies interface sap ipsec-gw local-id
configure service vprn interface ipsec ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying local-id
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-gw local-id
configure service vprn interface sap ipsec-tunnel dynamic-keying local-id
Description 

This command specifies the local ID for 7750 SRs used for IDi or IDr for IKEv2 tunnels.

The default behavior depends on the local-auth-method as follows:

  1. Psk: local tunnel IP address
  2. Cert-auth: subject of the local certificate

The no form of this command removes the parameters from the configuration.

Default 

no local-id

Parameters 
type—
Specifies the type of local ID payload, it could be IPv4 or IPv6 address/FQDN domain name, distinguish name of subject in X.509 certificate.
ipv4—
Specifies to use IPv4 as the local ID type, the default value is the local tunnel end-point address.
ipv6—
Specifies to use IPv6 as the local ID type, the default value is the local tunnel end-point address.
fqdn —
Specifies to use FQDN as the local ID type. The value must be configured.
value—
Specifies the data type as an enumerated integer that describes the local identifier type used for IDi or IDr for IKEv2 up to 255 characters.

16.177. local-ip

local-ip

Syntax 
local-ip {ip-prefix/prefix-length |ip-prefix netmask |any}
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ipsec>sec-plcy>entry local-ip)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ipsec>sec-plcy>entry local-ip)
Full Contexts 
configure router ipsec security-policy entry local-ip
configure service vprn ipsec security-policy entry local-ip
Description 

This command configures the local (from the VPN) IP prefix/mask for the policy parameter entry.

Only one entry is necessary to describe a potential flow. The local-ip and remote-ip commands can be defined only once. The system will evaluate the local IP as the source IP when traffic is examined in the direction of VPN to the tunnel and as the destination IP when traffic flows from the tunnel to the VPN. The remote IP will be evaluated as the source IP when traffic flows from the tunnel to the VPN when traffic flows from the VPN to the tunnel.

Parameters 
ip-prefix—
The destination address of the aggregate route in dotted decimal notation
Values—
a.b.c.d (host bits must be 0)
prefix-length   1 to 32

 

netmask—
The subnet mask in dotted decimal notation
any—
keyword to specify that it can be any address

16.178. local-ip-address

local-ip-address

Syntax 
local-ip-address ip-address
no local-ip-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag>bfd>family local-ip-address)
Full Contexts 
configure lag bfd family local-ip-address
Description 

This command is used to specify the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the BFD source.

The no form of this command removes this address from the configuration.

Default 

no local-ip-address

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the IP address.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:-[0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

 

16.179. local-ip-range-start

local-ip-range-start

Syntax 
local-ip-range-start ip-address
no local-ip-range-start
Context 
[Tree] (config>isa>nat-group>inter-chassis-redundancy local-ip-range-start)
Full Contexts 
configure isa nat-group inter-chassis-redundancy local-ip-range-start
Description 

This command configures the first IP address that is assigned to a first member ISA in the nat-group. The remaining member ISAs in the nat-group are automatically assigned the consecutive IP addresses, starting from the first IP address. These IP addresses are used to communicate between the ISAs on redundant nodes for the purpose of flow synchronization. Traffic from the first local IP address (member ISA), is sent to the first IP address from the remote IP range.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

no local-ip-range-start

Parameters 
ip-address—
Specifies the first IP address from the range assigned to the first member ISA in the form of a.b.c.d

16.180. local-lsr-id

local-lsr-id

Syntax 
local-lsr-id {system |interface} [32bit-format]
local-lsr-id interface-name [32bit-format]
no local-lsr-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params>if>ipv4 local-lsr-id)
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>if-params>if>ipv6 local-lsr-id)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp interface-parameters interface ipv4 local-lsr-id
configure router ldp interface-parameters interface ipv6 local-lsr-id
Description 

This command enables the use of the address of the local LDP interface, or any other network interface configured on the system, as the LSR-ID to establish link LDP Hello adjacency and LDP session with directly connected LDP peers. The network interface can be a loopback or not.

Link LDP sessions to all peers discovered over a given LDP interface share the same local LSR-ID. However, LDP sessions on different LDP interfaces can use different network interface addresses as their local LSR-ID.

By default, the LDP session to a peer uses the system interface address as the LSR-ID unless explicitly configured using this command. The system interface must always be configured on the router, or the LDP protocol will not come up on the node. There is no requirement to include the system interface in any routing protocol.

At initial configuration, the LDP session to a peer will remain down while the network interface used as LSR-ID is down. LDP will not try to bring it up using the system interface.

If the network IP interface used as LSR-ID goes down, the LDP sessions to all discovered peers using this LSR-ID go down.

When an interface other than the system is used as the LSR-ID, the transport connection (TCP) for the link LDP session will also use the address of that interface as the transport address. If the system or interface value is configured in the config>router>ldp>if-params>if>ipv4 or config>router>ldp>if-params>if>ipv6>transport-address context, it will be overridden with the address of the LSR-ID interface.

When the local-lsr-id command is enabled with the 32bit-format option, an SR OS LSR will be able to establish an LDP IPv6 Hello adjacency and an LDP IPv6 session with an RFC 7552 compliant peer LSR. The LSR uses a 32-bit LSR-ID set to the value of the IPv4 address of the specified local LSR-ID interface and a 128-bit transport address set to the value of the IPv6 address of the specified local LSR-ID interface.

Note:

The system interface cannot be used as a local LSR-ID with the 32bit-format option enabled because the system interface is the default LSR-ID and transport address for all LDP sessions to peers on this LSR. This configuration is blocked in the CLI.

If the user enables the 32bit-format option in the IPv6 context of a running LDP interface, the already established LDP IPv6 Hello adjacency and LDP IPv6 session will be brought down and re-established with the new 32-bit LSR-ID value.

If the user changes the LSR-ID value between system, interface, and interface-name, or enables the 32bit-format option while the LDP session is up, LDP will immediately tear down all sessions using this LSR-ID and will attempt to re-establish them using the new LSR-ID.

The no form of this command returns to the default behavior, in which case the system interface address is used as the LSR-ID.

Default 

no local-lsr-id

Parameters 
system
Specifies the use of the address of the system interface as the value of the LSR-ID of this LDP LSR.
interface
Specifies the use of the address of the local LDP interface as the value of the LSR-ID of this LDP LSR.
interface-name interface-name—
Specifies the name, up to 32 character, of the network IP interface (which address is used as the LSR-ID of this LDP LSP). An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
32bit-format —
Specifies the use of the IPv4 address of the local LSR-ID interface as the LSR-ID of this LDP LSR.

local-lsr-id

Syntax 
local-lsr-id interface-name [32bit-format]
no local-lsr-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targ-session>peer local-lsr-id)
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targ-session>peer-template local-lsr-id)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp targeted-session peer local-lsr-id
configure router ldp targeted-session peer-template local-lsr-id
Description 

This command enables the use of the address of any network interface configured on the system, as the LSR-ID to establish a targeted LDP Hello adjacency and a targeted LDP session with an LDP peer. The network interface can be a loopback or not.

By default, the targeted LDP session to a peer uses the system interface address as the LSR-ID and as the transport address, unless explicitly configured using this command. The system interface must always be configured on the router, or the LDP protocol will not come up on the node. There is no requirement to include the system interface in any routing protocol.

When the local-lsr-id command is enabled with the 32bit-format option, an SR OS LSR will be able to establish a targeted LDP IPv6 Hello adjacency and a targeted LDP IPv6 session with an RFC 7552 compliant peer LSR. The LSR uses a 32-bit LSR-ID set to the value of the IPv4 address of the specified local LSR-ID interface and a 128-bit transport address set to the value of the IPv6 address of the specified local LSR-ID interface.

Note:

The system interface cannot be used as a local LSR-ID with the 32bit-format option enabled because the system interface is the default LSR-ID and transport address for all targeted LDP sessions to peers on this LSR. This configuration is blocked in the CLI.

If the user enables the 32bit-format option in the IPv6 context of a running targeted LDP peer, the already established targeted LDP IPv6 Hello adjacency and targeted LDP IPv6 session will be brought down and re-established with the new 32-bit LSR-ID value.

If the user changes the local LSR-ID value or enables/disables the 32bit-format option, while the targeted LDP session is up, LDP will immediately tear down the targeted session using this LSR-ID and will attempt to re-establish it using the new LSR-ID.

The no form of this command returns to the default behavior, in which case the system interface address is used as the LSR-ID.

Default 

no local-lsr-id

Parameters 
interface-name—
Specifies the name, up to 32 characters, of the network IP interface (which address is used as the LSR-ID of this LDP LSP). An interface name cannot be in the form of an IP address. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
32bit-format
Specifies the use of the IPv4 address of the local LSR-ID interface as the LSR-ID of this LDP LSR.

16.181. local-max-checkpoints

local-max-checkpoints

Syntax 
local-max-checkpoints [number-of-files]
no local-max-checkpoints
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>rollback local-max-checkpoints)
Full Contexts 
configure system rollback local-max-checkpoints
Description 

This command configures the maximum number of rollback checkpoint files when the rollback-location is on local compact flash.

Default 

no local-max-checkpoints

Parameters 
number of files —
Specifies the maximum rollback files on a compact flash.
Values—
1 to 50

 

16.182. local-monitoring-policer

local-monitoring-policer

Syntax 
[no] local-monitoring-policer policer-name [create]
Context 
[Tree] (config>sys>security>dist-cpu-protection>policy local-monitoring-policer)
Full Contexts 
configure system security dist-cpu-protection policy local-monitoring-policer
Description 

This command configures a monitoring policer that is used to monitor the aggregate rate of several protocols arriving on an object (for example, SAP). When the local-monitoring-policer is determined to be in a nonconforming state (at the end of a minimum monitoring time of 60 seconds) then the system will attempt to allocate dynamic policers for the particular object for any protocols associated with the local monitor (for example, using the protocol name enforcement dynamic policer-name CLI command).

If the system cannot allocate all the dynamic policers within 150 seconds, it will stop attempting to allocate dynamic policers, raise a LocMonExcdAllDynAlloc log event, and go back to using the local monitor. The local monitor may then detect exceeded packets again and make another attempt at allocating dynamic policers.

Once this policer-name is referenced by a protocol then this policer will be instantiated for each “object” that is created and references this DDoS policy. If there is no policer free then the object will be blocked from being created.

Parameters 
policy-name—
Specifies name of the policy, up to 32 characters.

16.183. local-name

local-name

Syntax 
local-name host-name
no local-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp local-name)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group local-name)
[Tree] (config>router>l2tp>group>tunnel local-name)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp local-name)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group local-name)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>l2tp>group>tunnel local-name)
Full Contexts 
configure router l2tp group local-name
configure router l2tp group tunnel local-name
configure router l2tp local-name
configure service vprn l2tp group local-name
configure service vprn l2tp group tunnel local-name
configure service vprn l2tp local-name
Description 

This command creates the local host name used by this system for the tunnels in this L2TP group during the authentication phase of tunnel establishment. It can be used to distinguish tunnels.

The no form of this command removes the host name from the configuration.

Default 

no local-name

Parameters 
host-name—
Specifies the host name, up to 64 characters in length, that the router will use to identify itself during L2TP authentication.

16.184. local-port-action

local-port-action

Syntax 
local-port-action {log-only |out-of-service}
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam>link-mon>local-sf-action local-port-action)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet efm-oam link-monitoring local-sf-action local-port-action
Description 

This command configures the parameters that define if and how the local port will be affected when the local signal failure threshold (sf-threshold) has been reached within the configured window.

Interactions: The signal failure threshold will trigger these actions.

Default 

local-port-action out-of-service

Parameters 
log-only—
Keyword that prevents the port from being affected when the configured signal failure threshold is reach within the window. The event will be logged but the port will remain operational.
out-of-service—
Keyword that causes the port to enter a non-operation down state with a port state of link up. The error will be logged when the configured signal failure threshold (sf-threshold) is reached within the window. The port will not be available to service data but will continue to carry Link OAM traffic to ensure the link is monitored.

16.185. local-preference

local-preference

Syntax 
local-preference local-preference
no local-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy local-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy local-preference
Description 

This command enables setting the BGP local-preference attribute in incoming routes if not specified and configures the default value for the attribute. This value is used if the BGP route arrives from a BGP peer without the local-preference integer set.

The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy.

The no form of this command at the global level specifies that incoming routes with local-preference set are not overridden and routes arriving without local-preference set are interpreted as if the route had local-preference value of 100.

Parameters 
local-preference—
The local preference value to be used as the override value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

local-preference

Syntax 
local-preference local-preference
no local-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp local-preference)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group local-preference)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor local-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group local-preference
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor local-preference
configure service vprn bgp local-preference
Description 

This command enables setting the BGP local-preference attribute in incoming routes if not specified and configures the default value for the attribute. This value is used if the BGP route arrives from a BGP peer without the local-preference integer set.

The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy. This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The no form of this command at the global level specifies that incoming routes with local-preference set are not overridden and routes arriving without local-preference set are interpreted as if the route had local-preference value of 100.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-preference - Does not override the local-preference value set in arriving routes and analyze routes without local preference with value of 100.

Parameters 
local-preference—
The local preference value to be used as the override value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

local-preference

Syntax 
local-preference local-preference
no local-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp local-preference)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group local-preference)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor local-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group local-preference
configure router bgp group neighbor local-preference
configure router bgp local-preference
Description 

This command enables setting the BGP local-preference attribute in incoming routes if not specified and configures the default value for the attribute.

This value is used if the BGP route arrives from a BGP peer without the local-preference integer set.

The specified value can be overridden by any value set via a route policy. This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to the specified peer). The most specific value is used.

The no form of this command at the global level specifies that incoming routes with local-preference set are not overridden and routes arriving without local-preference set are interpreted as if the route had local-preference value of 100.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

no local-preference

Parameters 
local-preference—
Specifies the local preference value to be used as the override value expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

local-preference

Syntax 
local-preference preference [equal |or-higher |or-lower]
no local-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry>from local-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry from local-preference
Description 

This command matches BGP routes based on local preference (the value in the LOCAL_PREF attribute).

If no comparison qualifiers are present (equal, or-higher, or-lower), then equal is the implied default.

A non-BGP route does not match a policy entry if it contains the local-preference command.

Default 

no local-preference

Parameters 
preference—
Specifies the local preference value.
Values—
0 to 4294967295, or a parameter name delimited by starting and ending at-sign (@) characters

 

equal—
Specifies that matched routes should have the same local preference as the value specified.
or-higher—
Specifies that matched routes should have the same or a greater local preference as the value specified.
or-lower—
Specifies that matched routes should have the same or a lower local preference as the value specified.

local-preference

Syntax 
local-preference preference
no local-preference
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>default-action local-preference)
[Tree] (config>router>policy-options>policy-statement>entry local-preference)
Full Contexts 
configure router policy-options policy-statement default-action local-preference
configure router policy-options policy-statement entry local-preference
Description 

This command assigns a BGP local preference to routes matching a route policy statement entry.

If no local preference is specified, the BGP configured local preference is used.

The no form of this command disables assigning a local preference in the route policy entry.

Default 

no local-preference

Parameters 
preference—
Specifies the local preference expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 4294967295 name — Specifies the local preference parameter variable name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Policy parameters must start and end with at-signs (@); for example, “@variable@”.

 

16.186. local-prefix

local-prefix

Syntax 
local-prefix local-prefix [create]
no local-prefix local-prefix
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>pw-routing local-prefix)
Full Contexts 
configure service pw-routing local-prefix
Description 

This command configures one or more node prefix values to be used for MS-PW routing. At least one prefix must be configured on each node that is an S-PE or a T-PE.

The no form of this command removes a previously configured prefix, and will cause the corresponding route to be withdrawn if it has been advertised in BGP.

Default 

no local-prefix

Parameters 
local-prefix —
Specifies a 32 bit prefix for the AII. One or more prefix values, up to a maximum of 16, may be assigned to the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, or 7950 XRS node. The global ID can contain the 2-octet or 4-octet value of the provider's Autonomous System Number (ASN). The presence of a global ID based on the provider's ASN ensures that the AII for spoke-SDPs configured on the node will be globally unique.
Values—
<global-id>:<ip-addr>|<raw-prefix>

ip-addr

a.b.c.d

raw-prefix

1 to 4294967295

global-id

1 to 4294967295

 

16.187. local-priority

local-priority

Syntax 
local-priority local-priority
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ptp>peer local-priority)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ptp peer local-priority
Description 

This command configures the local priority used to choose between PTP masters in the best master clock algorithm (BMCA). This setting is relevant when the profile is set to either g8265dot1-2010 or g8275dot1-2014. The parameter is ignored when any other profile is selected.

The value 1 is the highest priority and 255 is the lowest priority. The priority of a peer cannot be configured if the PTP profile is ieee1588-2008.

For g8265dot1-2010, this parameter configures the priority used to choose between master clocks with the same quality (see G.8265.1 for more information).

For g8275dot1-2014, this parameter sets the value of the localPriority associated with the Announce messages received from external clocks (ptp>peer or ptp>port), or the local clock (ptp). See G.8275.1 for more information.

Default 

local-priority 128

Parameters 
local-priority—
Specifies the value of the local priority.
Values—
1 to 255

 

local-priority

Syntax 
local-priority priority
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>ptp local-priority)
[Tree] (config>system>ptp>peer local-priority)
[Tree] (config>system>ptp>port local-priority)
Full Contexts 
configure system ptp local-priority
configure system ptp peer local-priority
configure system ptp port local-priority
Description 

This command configures the local priority used to choose between PTP masters in the best master clock algorithm (BMCA). This setting is relevant when the profile is set to either g8265dot1-2010 or g8275dot1-2014. The parameter is ignored when any other profile is selected.

The value 1 is the highest priority and 255 is the lowest priority. The priority of a peer cannot be configured if the PTP profile is ieee1588-2008.

For g8265dot1-2010, this parameter configures the priority used to choose between master clocks with the same quality (refer to G.8265.1 for more details).

For g8275dot1-2014, this parameter sets the value of the localPriority associated with the Announce messages received from the external clocks (ptp>peer or ptp>port), or the local clock (PTP). Refer to G.8275.1 for detailed information.

Default 

local-priority 128

Parameters 
priority—
Specifies the value of the local priority.
Values—
1 to 255

 

16.188. local-proxy-arp

local-proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] local-proxy-arp
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if local-proxy-arp)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if local-proxy-arp)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if local-proxy-arp)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if local-proxy-arp)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface local-proxy-arp
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface local-proxy-arp
configure service vprn interface local-proxy-arp
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface local-proxy-arp
Description 

This command enables local proxy ARP. When local proxy ARP is enabled on an IP interface, the system responds to all ARP requests for IP addresses belonging to the subnet with its own MAC address, and thus becomes the forwarding point for all traffic between hosts in that subnet.

When local-proxy-arp is enabled, ICMP redirects on the ports associated with the service are automatically blocked.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

local-proxy-arp

Syntax 
[no] local-proxy-arp
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if local-proxy-arp)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface local-proxy-arp
Description 

This command enables local proxy ARP on the interface.

Default 

no local-proxy-arp

16.189. local-proxy-nd

local-proxy-nd

Syntax 
[no] local-proxy-nd
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>ipv6 local-proxy-nd)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>ipv6 local-proxy-nd)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface ipv6 local-proxy-nd
configure service vprn interface ipv6 local-proxy-nd
Description 

This command enables local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface.

When this command is enabled, the interface replies to neighbor solicitation requests when both the hosts are on the same subnet. In this case, ICMP redirects are disabled. When this command is disabled, the interface does not reply to neighbor solicitation requests if both the hosts are on the same subnet.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

local-proxy-nd

Syntax 
[no] local-proxy-nd
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>ipv6 local-proxy-nd)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface ipv6 local-proxy-nd
Description 

This command enables local proxy neighbor discovery on the interface.

The no form of this command disables local proxy neighbor discovery.

16.190. local-rt-port

local-rt-port

Syntax 
local-rt-port port
no local-rt-port
Context 
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>video local-rt-port)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>channel>video local-rt-port)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>channel>source-override>video local-rt-port)
Full Contexts 
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle channel source-override video local-rt-port
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle channel video local-rt-port
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle video local-rt-port
Description 

This command configures the local port on which retransmission (RET) requests are received. The value of this object can only be set for the default bundle and will be used by all channels.

The local-rt-port port value is the only configuration parameter in the bundle “default” context.

The no form of the command removes the port from the video configuration.

Parameters 
port—
Specifies a local port for RT requests.
Values—
1024 to 5999, 6251 to 65535

 

16.191. local-rt-server

local-rt-server

Syntax 
[no] local-rt-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>isa>video-group local-rt-server)
Full Contexts 
configure isa video-group local-rt-server
Description 

This command enables the local RET server for the group. A local RET server cannot be enabled if an FCC server or ad insertion is enabled.

The no form of the command disables the server.

Default 

no local-rt-server

local-rt-server

Syntax 
[no] local-rt-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>video-policy>video-if>hd local-rt-server)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>video-policy>video-if>pip local-rt-server)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>video-policy>video-if>sd local-rt-server)
Full Contexts 
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy video-policy video-interface hd local-rt-server
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy video-policy video-interface pip local-rt-server
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy video-policy video-interface sd local-rt-server
Description 

This command enables the local retransmission server function for requests directed to the IP address.

The no form of the command disables the retransmission server.

Default 

no local-rt-server

local-rt-server

Syntax 
local-rt-server [disable]
no local-rt-server
Context 
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>video local-rt-server)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>channel>video local-rt-server)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>mcast-info-plcy>bundle>channel>source-override>video local-rt-server)
Full Contexts 
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle channel source-override video local-rt-server
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle channel video local-rt-server
configure mcast-management multicast-info-policy bundle video local-rt-server
Description 

This command enables the local retransmission server capability on the ISA video group.

RET server parameters can be configured in a multicast information policy or a service, but the parameters will have no effect if the RET server is disabled or if the video group is administratively disabled (shutdown).

The no form of the command returns the parameter to the default value where the RET server is disabled on the video group.

Default 

no local-rt-server

Parameters 
disable—
Specifies to disable the RET server.

16.192. local-sf-action

local-sf-action

Syntax 
local-sf-action
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>efm-oam>link-monitoring local-sf-action)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet efm-oam link-monitoring local-sf-action
Description 

This command defines how crossing the local signal failure threshold (sf-threshold) will be handled. This includes local actions and if and how to notify the peer that the threshold has been crossed.

16.193. local-source-address

local-source-address

Syntax 
local-source-address {ip-int-name |ip-address}
no local-source-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>telemetry>persistent-subscriptions>subscription>local-ip-address local-source-address)
Full Contexts 
configure system telemetry persistent-subscriptions subscription local-ip-address local-source-address
Description 

This command is used to assign a source IP address in the respective persistent subscription context for use when packets are sent out.

The no form of this command removes this address from the configuration.

Parameters 
ip-int-name—
Specifies the source IP address name, up to 64 characters.
ip-address—
Specifies the source IP address.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:-[0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

 

16.194. local-sr-protection

local-sr-protection

Syntax 
local-sr-protection local-sr-protection
no local-sr-protection
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp local-sr-protection)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template local-sr-protection)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp local-sr-protection
configure router mpls lsp-template local-sr-protection
Description 

This command configures the SR LFA protection needed for the adjacencies used in the path computation of an SR-TE LSP by the local CSPF.

The default value of the command is preferred. The local CSPF will prefer a protected adjacency over an unprotected adjacency whenever both exist for a TE link. However, the entire computed path can combine both types of adjacencies.

When the user enables the mandatory value, CSPF uses it as an additional path constraint and selects protected adjacencies exclusively in computing the path of the SR-TE LSP. CSPF will return no path if all candidate paths that otherwise satisfy all other LSP path constraints do not have an unprotected SID for each of their TE links.

Similarly, if the user enables the value none, CSPF uses it as an additional path constraint and selects unprotected adjacencies exclusively in computing the path of the SR-TE LSP. CSPF will return no path if all candidate paths that otherwise satisfy all other LSP path constraints do not have a protected SID for each of their TE links.

The no form of this command returns the command to its default value.

Default 

no local-sr-protection

Parameters 
local-sr-protection—
Specifies the local-sr-protection for LSPs.
Values—
none — Selects unprotected adjacencies only in the SR-TE LSP path computation.
preferred — Prefers protected adjacencies in the SR-TE LSP path computation.
mandatory — Selects protected adjacencies only in the SR-TE LSP path computation.

 

16.195. local-state

local-state

Syntax 
local-state {admin-down |up}
no local-state
Context 
[Tree] (config>bfd>seamless-bfd>reflector local-state)
Full Contexts 
configure bfd seamless-bfd reflector local-state
Description 

This command specifies the setting of the local state field in reflected seamless BFD control packets.

The no form of this command means that the field is not explicitly set by the reflector.

Default 

local-state up

Parameters 
admin-down—
Specifies that the local state of the reflected seamless BFD control packets is administratively down.
up—
Specifies that the local state of the reflected seamless BFD control packets is up.

16.196. local-user-db

local-user-db

Syntax 
local-user-db local-user-db-name [create]
no local-user-db local-user-db-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt local-user-db)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt local-user-db
Description 

This command enables the context to configure a local user database.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Parameters 
local-user-db-name —
Specifies the name of a local user database, up to 32 characters.

16.197. local-v6-ip

local-v6-ip

Syntax 
local-v6-ip ipv6-prefix/prefix-length
local-v6-ip any
no local-v6-ip
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ipsec>sec-plcy>entry local-v6-ip)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ipsec>sec-plcy>entry local-v6-ip)
Full Contexts 
configure router ipsec security-policy entry local-v6-ip
configure service vprn ipsec security-policy entry local-v6-ip
Description 

This command specifies the local v6 prefix for the security-policy entry.

Parameters 
ipv6-prefix/prefix-length—
Specifies the local v6 prefix and length
Values—

ipv6-address/prefix: ipv6-address

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

  

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

  

x [0 to FFFF]H

d [0 to 255]D

host bits must be 0

:: not allowed

prefix-length [1 to 128]

 

any—
keyword to specify that it can be any address.

16.198. location

location

Syntax 
location cflash-id
no location
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>persistence>ancp location)
[Tree] (config>system>persistence>dhcp-server location)
[Tree] (config>system>persistence>nat-fwd location)
[Tree] (config>system>persistence>python location)
[Tree] (config>system>persistence>subscriber-mgmt location)
Full Contexts 
configure system persistence ancp location
configure system persistence dhcp-server location
configure system persistence nat-port-forwarding location
configure system persistence python-policy-cache location
configure system persistence subscriber-mgmt location
Description 

This command instructs the system where to write the persistency files for the corresponding application. Each application creates two files on the flash card, one with suffix .i<version>, referencing an index file, and the other with suffix .0<version>, where <version> is a 2-digit number reflecting the file version. These versions are not related to the SROS release running on the node. The <version> can remain the same over two major releases, for example, when no format change is made to the persistency file. On boot, the system scans the file systems looking for the corresponding persistency files, and the load begins.

For example, in the subscriber management context, the location specifies the flash device on a CPM card where the data for handling subscriber management persistency is stored.

The no form of this command returns the system to the default. If there is a change in file location while persistence is running, a new file will be written on the new flash, and then the old file will be removed.

Default 

no location

Parameters 
cflash-id—
Specifies the compact flash device name.
Values—
cf1:, cf2:, cf3:

 

location

Syntax 
location {cf1 |cf2}
Context 
[Tree] (config>call-trace location)
Full Contexts 
configure call-trace location
Description 

This command specifies the compact flash (CF) configuration to store call trace files.

location

Syntax 
location cflash-id
no location
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>persistence>application-assurance location)
Full Contexts 
configure system persistence application-assurance location
Description 

This command instructs the system where to write the file. The name of the file is: appassure.db. On boot the system scans the file systems looking for appassure.db, if it finds it, it starts to load it.

The no form of this command returns the system to the default. If there is a change in file location while persistence is running, a new file will be written on the new flash, and then the old file will be removed.

Default 

no location

Parameters 
cflash-id—
Specifies the compact flash type.
Values—
cf1:, cf2:, cf3:

 

location

Syntax 
location remote-url
no location
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>nat>deterministic-script location)
Full Contexts 
configure service nat deterministic-script location
Description 

This command configures the remote location where the Python script will be exported. The Python script is then used off-line to perform reverse query. If this command is configured, the Python script generation is triggered by any modification of the deterministic NAT configuration. The new script reflects the change in mappings caused by configuration change. However, the script must be manually exported to the outside location with the admin nat save-deterministic-nat command. The script cannot be stored locally on the system.

The script allows two forms of queries:

  1. Forward – input is NAT inside parameters, output is NAT outside parameters.
  2. Backward – input is NAT outside parameters, output is NAT inside parameters.

Forward Query:

user@external-server:/home/ftp/pub/det-nat-script$ ./det-nat.py -f -s 10 -a 10.0.5.10 

output:

subscriber has public ip address 198.51.100.1 from service 0 and is using ports [1324 - 1353]

Reverse Query:

user@external-server:/home/ftp/pub/det-nat-script$./det-nat.py -b -s 0 -a 198.51.100.1 -p 3020

output:

subscriber has private ip address 10.0.5.66 from service 10
Default 

no location

Parameters 
remote-url—
A remote location where the script is stored: [{ftp:// | tftp://}<login>:<pswd>@ <remote-locn>/][<file-path>] Maximum length is 180 characters.

location

Syntax 
location location
no location
Context 
[Tree] (config>system location)
Full Contexts 
configure system location
Description 

This command creates a text string that identifies the system location for the device.

Only one location can be configured. If multiple locations are configured, the last one entered overwrites the previous entry.

The no form of the command reverts to the default value.

Parameters 
location—
Specifies the location as a character string. The string may be up to 80 characters. Any printable, seven-bit ASCII characters can be used within the string. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.

location

Syntax 
location file-url
no location
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>script-control>script location)
Full Contexts 
configure system script-control script location
Description 

This command is used to identify the location of a script to be scheduled.

The no form of the command removes the location.

Default 

no location

Parameters 
file-url—
Specifies the location to search for scripts.
Values—
local-url | remote-url
local-url — [cflash-id/] [file-path] 200 chars max, including cflash-iddirectory length 99 characters max each
remote url — [{ftp:// | tftp://}login:password@remote-location/][file-path] 255 characters max directory length 99 characters max each
remote-location — [hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address]
ipv4-address — a.b.c.d
ipv6-address — x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x[-interface] x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d[-interface] x — [0 to FFFF]H d — [0 to 255]D interface — 32 characters max, for link local addresses
cflash-id — cf1:, cf1-A:, cf1-B:, cf2:, cf2-A:, cf2-B:, cf3:, cf3-A:, cf3-B:

 

location

Syntax 
location cflash-id [backup-cflash-id]
no location
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>file>file-id location)
Full Contexts 
configure log file file-id location
Description 

This command specifies the primary and optional backup location where the log or billing file will be created.

The location command is optional. If the location command not explicitly configured, log files will be created on cf1: and accounting files will be created on cf2: without overflow onto other devices. Generally, cf3: is reserved for system files (configurations, images, and so on).

When multiple location commands are entered in a single file ID context, the last command overwrites the previous command.

When the location of a file ID that is associated with an active log ID is changed, the log events are not immediately written to the new location. The new location does not take effect until the log is rolled over either because the rollover period has expired or a clear log log-id command is entered to manually rollover the log file.

When creating files, the primary location is used as long as there is available space. If no space is available, an attempt is made to delete unnecessary files that are past their retention date.

If sufficient space is not available an attempt is made to remove the oldest to newest closed log or accounting files. After each file is deleted, the system attempts to create the new file.

A medium severity trap is issued to indicate that a compact flash is either not available or that no space is available on the specified flash and that the backup location is being used.

A high priority alarm condition is raised if none of the configured compact flash devices for this file ID are present or if there is insufficient space available. If space does becomes available, then the alarm condition will be cleared.

Log files are created on cf1: and accounting files are created on cf2.

Use the no form of this command to revert to default settings.

Default 

no location

Parameters 
cflash-id—
Specify the primary location.
Values—
cflash-id: cf1:, cf2:, cf3:

 

backup-cflash-id—
Specify the secondary location.
Values—
cflash-id: cf1:, cf2:, cf3:

 

location

Syntax 
location location-id [primary-ip-address ipv4-address] [secondary-ip-address ipv4-address] [tertiary-ip-address ipv4-address]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>optimal-route-reflection location)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp optimal-route-reflection location
Description 

This command configures the location ID for the for the route reflector. A BGP neighbor can be associated with a location if it is a route-reflector client.

Parameters 
location-id—
Specifies an optimal-route-reflection location.
Values—
1 to 255

 

ipv4-address—
Specifies the primary, secondary, or tertiary IP address.
Values—
primary ipv4-address, secondary ipv4-address, tertiary ipv4-address

 

16.199. lock

lock

Syntax 
[no] lock
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>security>profile>netconf>base-op-authorization lock)
Full Contexts 
configure system security profile netconf base-op-authorization lock
Description 

This operation authorizes a user associated with the profile to send a lock NETCONF operation. This lock operation allows a NETCONF client to lock the running datastore or the candidate datastore.

The no form of the command disables the configuration.

Default 

no lock

16.200. lock-override

lock-override

Syntax 
[no] lock-override
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>script-control>script-policy lock-override)
Full Contexts 
configure system script-control script-policy lock-override
Description 

This command allows a triggered EHS/CRON script to execute while there is a datastore lock, started by an MD interface, in place.

A triggered EHS/CRON script queues until an ongoing commit (or confirmed-commit) is done. When an EHS/CRON script is triggered while the lock-override CLI knob is on, SR OS behaves as follows.

When an exclusive session is in place:

  1. Keep if it is an MD-CLI session. Disconnect if it is a NETCONF session
  2. Lose the exclusive lock
  3. Lose any uncommitted configuration changes

When a global session is in place:

  1. Keep the MD-CLI or NETCONF session
  2. Keep the uncommitted configuration changes
  3. An update may be required after committing the EHS/CRON script configuration changes

The no form of this command does not allow the script to execute while there is a datastore lock in place.

Default 

lock-override

16.201. lockout

lockout

Syntax 
lockout failed-attempts count duration duration-minutes block block-minutes [max-port-per-ip number-of-ports]
no lockout
Context 
[Tree] (config>ipsec>ike-policy lockout)
Full Contexts 
configure ipsec ike-policy lockout
Description 

This command enables the lockout mechanism for the IPsec tunnel. The system will lock out an IPsec client for the configured time interval if the number of failed authentications exceeds the configured value within the specified duration. This command only applies when the system acts as a tunnel responder.

A client is defined as the tunnel IP address plus the port.

Optionally, the max-port-per-ip parameter can be configured as the maximum number of ports allowed behind the same IP address. If this threshold is exceeded, then all ports behind the IP address are blocked.

The no form of this command disables the lockout mechanism.

Default 

no lockout

Parameters 
count—
Specifies the maximum number of failed authentications allowed during the duration-minutes interval.
Values—
1 to 64

 

Default—
3
duration-minutes—
Specifies the interval of time, in minutes, during which the configured failed authentication count must be exceeded in order to trigger a lockout.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
5
block-minutes—
Specifies the number of minutes that the client is blocked if the configured failed authentication count is exceeded.
Values—
1 to 1440, infinite

 

Default—
10
number-of-ports—
Specifies the maximum number of ports allowed behind the same IP address.
Values—
1 to 32000

 

Default—
16

lockout

Syntax 
clear lockout {user user-name |all}
Context 
[Tree] (admin>clear lockout)
Full Contexts 
admin clear lockout
Description 

This command is used to clear any lockouts for a specific user, or for all users.

Parameters 
user-name
Clears the locked username.
all—
Clears all locked usernames.

16.202. lockout-reset-time

lockout-reset-time

Syntax 
lockout-reset-time seconds
no lockout-reset-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>host-lockout-plcy lockout-reset-time)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt host-lockout-policy lockout-reset-time
Description 

This command configures the time that needs to elapse from the point a client enters lockout to when the client’s lockout time can be reset to the configured minimum value. The range is 1 second.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lockout-reset-time 60

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the lockout reset time, in seconds.
Values—
1 to 86400

 

16.203. lockout-time

lockout-time

Syntax 
lockout-time [min seconds] [max seconds]
no lockout-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>host-lockout-plcy lockout-time)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt host-lockout-policy lockout-time
Description 

This command configures the time for which a client stays in the lockout state during which authentication and ESM host creation is suppressed.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lockout-time min 10 max 3600

Parameters 
min seconds
Specifies the minimum lockout-time for this host lockout policy.
Values—
1 to 86400

 

Default—
10 seconds
max seconds
Specifies the maximum lockout-time for this host lockout policy.
Values—
1 to 86400

 

Default—
3600 seconds

16.204. log

log

Syntax 
[no] log
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry>indirect>cpe-check log)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>static-route-entry>next-hop>cpe-check log)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn static-route-entry indirect cpe-check log
configure service vprn static-route-entry next-hop cpe-check log
Description 

This optional parameter enables the ability to log transitions between active and in-active based on the CPE connectivity check. Events will be sent to the system log, syslog and SNMP traps.

Default 

no log

log

Syntax 
log
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn log)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>log-id log)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn log
configure service vprn log-id log
Description 

This command enters the context to configure event logging within a specific VPRN.

By default, the log events in a VPRN log are a subset of the complete set of possible log events in SROS. See the config>log>services-all-events command for more details.

log

Syntax 
log
Context 
[Tree] (config>li log)
Full Contexts 
configure li log
Description 

This command enables the context to configure an event log for LI.

log

Syntax 
log log-id
no log
Context 
[Tree] (config>filter>ip-filter>entry log)
[Tree] (config>filter>ipv6-filter>entry log)
[Tree] (config>filter>mac-filter>entry log)
Full Contexts 
configure filter ip-filter entry log
configure filter ipv6-filter entry log
configure filter mac-filter entry log
Description 

This command associates a filter log to the current filter policy entry and therefore enables logging for that filter entry.

The filter log must exist before a filter entry can be enabled to use the filter log.

The no form of the command disables logging for the filter entry.

Default 

no log

Parameters 
log-id—
Specifies the filter log ID expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
101 to 199

 

log

Syntax 
log log-id [create]
no log log-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>filter log)
Full Contexts 
configure filter log
Description 

This command, creates a configuration context for the specified filter log if it does not exist, and enables the context to configure the specified filter log.

The no form of the command deletes the filter log. The log cannot be deleted if there are filter entries configured to write to the log. All filter entry logging associations need to be removed before the log can be deleted.

Default 

log 101

Special Cases 
Filter log 101—
Filter log 101 is the default log and is automatically created by the system. Filter log 101 is always a memory filter log and cannot be changed to a Syslog filter log. The log size defaults to 1000 entries, the filter log description is set to "Default filter log". The number of entries and wrap-around behavior can be modified.
Parameters 
log-id—
Specifies the filter log ID expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
101 to 199

 

create—
This keyword is required to create the configuration context. After it is created, the context can be enabled with or without the create keyword.

log

Syntax 
[no] log
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>indirect>cpe-check log)
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>next-hop>cpe-check log)
Full Contexts 
configure router static-route-entry indirect cpe-check log
configure router static-route-entry next-hop cpe-check log
Description 

This optional parameter enables the ability to log transitions between active and in-active based on the CPE connectivity check. Events will be sent to the system log, syslog and SNMP traps.

Default 

no log

log

Syntax 
[no] log
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>security>mgmt-access-filter>ip-filter>entry log)
[Tree] (config>system>security>mgmt-access-filter>ipv6-filter>entry log)
[Tree] (config>system>security>mgmt-access-filter>mac-filter>entry log)
Full Contexts 
configure system security management-access-filter ip-filter entry log
configure system security management-access-filter ipv6-filter entry log
configure system security management-access-filter mac-filter entry log
Description 

This command enables match logging. When enabled, matches on this entry will cause the Security event mafEntryMatch to be raised.

Default 

no log

log

Syntax 
log log-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpm-filter>ip-filter>entry log)
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpm-filter>ipv6-filter>entry log)
[Tree] (config>sys>security>cpm-filter>mac-filter>entry log)
Full Contexts 
configure system security cpm-filter ip-filter entry log
configure system security cpm-filter ipv6-filter entry log
configure system security cpm-filter mac-filter entry log
Description 

This command specifies the log in which packets matching this entry should be entered. The value zero indicates that logging is disabled.

The no form of this command deletes the log ID.

Parameters 
log-id—
Specifies the log ID where packets matching this entry should be entered.

16.205. log-anno-interval

log-anno-interval

Syntax 
log-anno-interval log-interval
no log-anno-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>ptp log-anno-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure system ptp log-anno-interval
Description 

This command configures the announce message interval used for both unicast and multicast messages.

For unicast messages, it defines the announce message interval that is requested during unicast negotiation to any peer. This controls the announce message rate sent from remote peers to the local node. It does not affect the announce message rate that may be sent from the local node to remote peers. Remote peers may request an announce message rate anywhere within the acceptable grant range.

For multicast messages, used on PTP Ethernet ports, this configures the message interval used for Announce messages transmitted by the local node.

This value also defines the interval between executions of the BMCA within the node.

The announce-interval cannot be changed unless the PTP is shut down.

Note:

In order to minimize BMCA driven reconfigurations, the IEEE recommends that the announce-interval should be consistent across the entire 1588 network.

Default 

log-anno-interval 1 (1 packet every 2 seconds) for ieee1588-2008

log-anno-interval 1 (1 packet every 2 seconds) for g8265dot1-2010

log-anno-interval -3 (8 packets per second) for g8275dot1-2014

Parameters 
log-interval—
Specifies the announce packet interval, in log form.
Values—
-3 to 4

 

16.206. log-delay-interval

log-delay-interval

Syntax 
log-delay-interval log-interval
no log-delay-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>ptp>port log-delay-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure system ptp port log-delay-interval
Description 

This command configures the minimum interval used for multicast Delay_Req messages. This parameter is applied on a per port basis. For ports in a slave state, it shall be the interval used, unless the parent port indicates a longer interval. For a port in master state, it shall be the interval advertised to external slave ports as the minimum acceptable interval for Delay_Req messages from those slave ports.

It is a requirement of the 1588 standard that a port in Slave state shall check the logMessageInterval field of received multicast Delay_Resp messages. If the value of the logMessageInterval field of those messages is greater than the value programmed locally for the generation of Delay_Req messages, then the Slave must change to use the greater value (i.e. longer interval) for the generation of Delay_Req messages. This requirement is supported in the router.

The parameter is only applicable to ports and not to peers.

Default 

log-delay-interval -6 for ieee1588-2008

log-delay-interval -6 for g8265dot1-2010

log-delay-interval -4 for g8275dot1-2014

Parameters 
log-interval—
Specifies the Delay_Req message interval, in log form.
Values—
-6 to 0

 

Default—
-6

16.207. log-events

log-events

Syntax 
log-events [verbose]
no log-events
Context 
[Tree] (config>sys>security>dist-cpu-protection>policy>local-monitoring-policer log-events)
Full Contexts 
configure system security dist-cpu-protection policy local-monitoring-policer log-events
Description 

This command controls the creation of log events related to local-monitoring-policer status and activity.

Default 

log-events

Parameters 
verbose—
Sends the same events as just “log-events” plus DcpLocMonExcd, DcpLocMonExcdAllDynAlloc, and DcpLocMonExcdAllDynFreed. The optional “verbose” includes some events that are more likely used during debug/tuning/investigations

log-events

Syntax 
[no] log-events [verbose]
no log-events
Context 
[Tree] (config>sys>security>dist-cpu-protection>policy>protocols>dynamic-parameters log-events)
Full Contexts 
configure sys security dist-cpu-protection policy protocols dynamic-parameters log-events
Description 

This command controls the creation of log events related to dynamic enforcement policer status and activity.

Default 

log-events

Parameters 
verbose—
This parameter sends the same events as just “log-events” plus Hold Down Start, Hold Down End, DcpDynamicEnforceAlloc and DcpDynamicEnforceFreed events. This includes the allocation/de-allocation events (typically used for debug/tuning only – could be very noisy even when there is nothing much of concern).

log-events

Syntax 
log-events [verbose]
no log-events
Context 
[Tree] (config>sys>security>dist-cpu-protection>policy>static-policer log-events)
Full Contexts 
configure system security dist-cpu-protection policy static-policer log-events
Description 

This command controls the creation of log events related to static-policer status and activity.

Default 

log-events

Parameters 
verbose—
Sends the same events as just “log-events” plus Hold Down Start and Down End events. The optional “verbose” includes some events that are more likely used during debug/tuning/investigations.

16.208. log-filter

log-filter

Syntax 
log-filter filter-id
no log-filter
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>event-trigger>event>trigger-entry log-filter)
Full Contexts 
configure log event-trigger event trigger-entry log-filter
Description 

This command configures the log filter to be used for this trigger entry. The log filter defines the matching criteria that must be met in order for the log event to trigger the handler execution. The log filter is applied to the log event and, if the filtering decision results in a forward action, then the handler is triggered.

It is typically unnecessary to configure match criteria for the application or number in the log filter used for EHS since the particular filter is only applied for a specific log event application and number, as configured under the config>log>event-trigger context.

The no form of this command removes the log filter configuration.

Parameters 
filter-id—
Specifies the identifier of the filter.
Values—
1 to 1500

 

16.209. log-id

log-id

Syntax 
[no] log-id log-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>log log-id)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn log log-id
Description 

This command creates a context to configure destinations for event streams.

The log-id context is used to direct events, alarms/traps, and debug information to respective destinations.

A maximum of 30 logs can be configured.

Before an event can be associated with this log-id, the from command identifying the source of the event must be configured.

Only one destination can be specified for a log-id. The destination of an event stream can be an in-memory buffer, console, session, snmp-trap-group, syslog, or file.

Use the event-control command to suppress the generation of events, alarms, and traps for all log destinations.

An event filter policy can be applied in the log-id context to limit which events, alarms, and traps are sent to the specified log-id.

By default, the log events in a VPRN log are a subset of the complete set of possible log events in SR OS. See the config>log>services-all-events command for more details.

The no form of this command deletes the log destination ID from the configuration.

Default 

No log destinations are defined.

Parameters 
log-id—
The log ID number, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 100

 

log-id

Syntax 
[no] log-id log-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>li>log log-id)
Full Contexts 
configure li log log-id
Description 

This command configures an LI event log destination. The log-id is used to direct events, alarms/traps, and debug information to respective destinations.

Parameters 
log-id—
Specifies the log ID, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 100

 

log-id

Syntax 
[no] log-id log-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>log log-id)
Full Contexts 
configure log log-id
Description 

This command creates a context to configure destinations for event streams.

The log-id context is used to direct events, alarms/traps, and debug information to respective destinations.

A maximum of 30 logs can be configured.

Before an event can be associated with this log-id, the from command identifying the source of the event must be configured.

Only one destination can be specified for a log-id. The destination of an event stream can be an in-memory buffer, console, session, snmp-trap-group, syslog, or file.

Use the event-control command to suppress the generation of events, alarms, and traps for all log destinations.

An event filter policy can be applied in the log-id context to limit which events, alarms, and traps are sent to the specified log-id.

Log-IDs 99 and 100 are created by the agent. Log-ID 99 captures all log messages. Log-ID 100 captures log messages with a severity level of major and above.

Note:

Log-ID 99 provides valuable information for the admin-tech file. Removing or changing the log configuration may hinder debugging capabilities. It is strongly recommended not to alter the configuration for Log-ID 99.

The no form of this command deletes the log destination ID from the configuration.

Parameters 
log-id—
Specifies log ID number, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 100

 

16.210. log-prefix

log-prefix

Syntax 
log-prefix log-prefix-string
no log-prefix
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>log>syslog log-prefix)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn log syslog log-prefix
Description 

This command adds the string prepended to every syslog message sent to the syslog host.

RFC3164, The BSD syslog Protocol, allows an alphanumeric string (tag) to be prepended to the content of every log message sent to the syslog host. This alphanumeric string can, for example, be used to identify the node that generates the log entry. The software appends a colon (:) and a space to the string and it is inserted in the syslog message after the date stamp and before the syslog message content.

Only one string can be entered. If multiple strings are entered, the last string overwrites the previous string. The alphanumeric string can contain lowercase (a-z), uppercase (A-Z) and numeric (0-9) characters.

The no form of this command removes the log prefix string.

Default 

log-prefix "TMNX".

Parameters 
log-prefix-string —
Specifies the alphanumeric string of up to 32 characters. Spaces and colons ( : ) cannot be used in the string.

log-prefix

Syntax 
log-prefix prefix-text
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>nat>syslog>syslog-export-policy log-prefix)
Full Contexts 
configure service nat syslog syslog-export-policy log-prefix
Description 

This command configures the syslog log prefix. For more information, refer to the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR System Management Guide. The config>log>syslog>level hierarchy also applies to this context.

Default 

log-prefix “TMNX”

Parameters 
prefix-text—
Specifies an alphanumeric string, up to 32 characters. Spaces and colons ( : ) cannot be used in the string.

log-prefix

Syntax 
log-prefix log-prefix-string
no log-prefix
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>syslog log-prefix)
Full Contexts 
configure log syslog log-prefix
Description 

This command adds the string prepended to every syslog message sent to the syslog host.

RFC 3164, allows an alphanumeric string (tag) to be prepended to the content of every log message sent to the syslog host. This alphanumeric string can, for example, be used to identify the node that generates the log entry. The software appends a colon (:) and a space to the string and it is inserted in the syslog message after the date stamp and before the syslog message content.

Only one string can be entered. If multiple strings are entered, the last string overwrites the previous string. The alphanumeric string can contain lowercase (a-z), uppercase (A-Z) and numeric (0 to 9) characters.

The no form of this command removes the log prefix string.

Default 

no log-prefix

Parameters 
log-prefix-string —
Specifies an alphanumeric string up to 32 characters in length. Spaces and colons ( : ) cannot be used in the string.

16.211. log-sync-interval

log-sync-interval

Syntax 
log-sync-interval log-interval
no log-sync-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ptp>peer log-sync-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ptp peer log-sync-interval
Description 

This command configures the message interval used for unicast event messages. It defines the message interval for both Sync and Delay_Resp messages that are requested during unicast negotiation to the specific peer. This controls the Sync and Delay_Resp message rate sent from remote peers to the local node. It does not affect the Sync or Delay_Resp packet rate that may be sent from the local node to remote peers. Remote peers may request a Sync or Delay_Resp packet rate anywhere within the acceptable grant range.

The log-sync-interval cannot be changed unless the peer is shutdown.

This command only applies to the 7450 ESS and 7750 SR.

Default 

-6 (64 packets per second) for 1588-2008 or

-6 (64 packets per second) for g8265dot1-2010 or

-4 (16 packets per second) for g8275dot1-2014

Parameters 
log-interval—
Specifies the sync message interval, in log form.
Values—
-6 to 0

 

log-sync-interval

Syntax 
log-sync-interval log-interval
no log-sync-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>ptp>peer log-sync-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure system ptp peer log-sync-interval
Description 

This command configures the message interval used for unicast event messages. It defines the message interval for both Sync and Delay_Resp messages that are requested during unicast negotiation to the specific peer. This controls the Sync and Delay_Resp message rate sent from remote peers to the local node. It does not affect the Sync or Delay_Resp packet rate that may be sent from the local node to remote peers. Remote peers may request a Sync or Delay_Resp packet rate anywhere within the acceptable grant range.

The log-sync-interval cannot be changed unless the peer is shutdown.

Default 

log-sync-interval -6 (64 packets per second) for 1588-2008

log-sync-interval -6 (64 packets per second) for g8265dot1-2010

log-sync-interval -4 (16 packets per second) for g8275dot1-2014

Parameters 
log-interval—
Specifies the sync message interval, in log form.
Values—
-6 to 0

 

log-sync-interval

Syntax 
log-sync-interval log-interval
no log-sync-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>ptp>port log-sync-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure system ptp port log-sync-interval
Description 

This command configures the message interval used for transmission of multicast Sync messages.

For multicast messages used on PTP Ethernet ports, this configures the message interval used for Sync messages transmitted by the local node when the port is in Master state.

Default 

log-sync-interval -6 (64 packets per second) for ieee1588-2008 or

log-sync-interval -6 (64 packets per second) for g8265dot1-2010 or

log-sync-interval -4 (16 packets per second) for g8275dot1-2014

Parameters 
log-interval —
Specifies the message interval, in log form.
Values—
-6 to 0 (This corresponds to a maximum rate of 64 packets per second, and a minimum rate of 1 packet per second.)

 

Default—
-6

16.212. logger-event-bundling

logger-event-bundling

Syntax 
[no] logger-event-bundling
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls logger-event-bundling)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls logger-event-bundling
Description 

This feature merges two of the most commonly generated MPLS traps, vRtrMplsXCCreate and vRtrMplsXCDelete, which can be generated at both LER and LSR into a new specific trap vRtrMplsSessionsModified. In addition, this feature perform bundling of traps of multiple RSVP sessions, that is LSPs, into this new specific trap.

The intent is to provide a tool for the user to minimize trap generation in an MPLS network. Note that the MPLS trap throttling will not be applied to this new trap.

The no version of this command disables the merging and bundling of the above MPLS traps.

16.213. logical-access-id

logical-access-id

Syntax 
[no] logical-access-id
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>diam-appl-plcy>gx>include-avp logical-access-id)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt diameter-application-policy gx include-avp logical-access-id
Description 

This command includes the logical-access-id.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

16.214. logical-port-status

logical-port-status

Syntax 
logical-port-status {rsvp-te |mpls-tp |sr-te}
no logical-port-status [{rsvp-te |mpls-tp |sr-te}]
Context 
[Tree] (config>open-flow>of-switch logical-port-status)
Full Contexts 
configure open-flow of-switch logical-port-status
Description 

This command enables status change reporting to the OpenFlow controller for the specified logical port type. To report on multiple logical port types, the command needs to be executed multiple times with different logical port specified as required.

The no form of this command disables status reporting for specified or all (no argument) logical ports.

Default 

no logical-port-status

Parameters 
rsvp-te—
Enables reporting on RSVP-TE LSP logical ports.
mpls-te—
Enables reporting on MPLS-TE logical ports.
sr-te—
Enables reporting on SR-TE logical ports.

16.215. login-banner

login-banner

Syntax 
[no] login-banner
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>login-control login-banner)
Full Contexts 
configure system login-control login-banner
Description 

This command enables or disables the display of a login banner. The login banner contains the SROS copyright and build date information for a console login attempt.

The no form of this command causes only the configured pre-login-message and a generic login prompt to display.

16.216. login-control

login-control

Syntax 
login-control
Context 
[Tree] (config>system login-control)
Full Contexts 
configure system login-control
Description 

This command creates the context to configure the session control for console, Telnet, SSH, and FTP sessions.

16.217. login-exec

login-exec

Syntax 
login-exec url-prefix: source-url
no login-exec
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>security>user>console login-exec)
[Tree] (config>system>security>user-template>console login-exec)
Full Contexts 
configure system security user console login-exec
configure system security user-template console login-exec
Description 

This command configures a user’s login exec file which executes whenever the user successfully logs in to a console session.

Only one exec file can be configured. If multiple login-exec commands are entered for the same user, each subsequent entry overwrites the previous entry.

The no form of this command disables the login exec file for the user.

Default 

no login-exec

Parameters 
url-prefix: source-url—
Specifies either a local or remote URL, up to 200 characters, that identifies the exec file that is executed after the user successfully logs in.

16.218. login-scripts

login-scripts

Syntax 
login-scripts
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>login-control login-scripts)
Full Contexts 
configure system login-control login-scripts
Description 

This command enables the context to configure CLI scripts that execute when a user (authenticated via any method including local user database, TACACS+, or RADIUS) first logs into a CLI session.

16.219. logout

logout

Syntax 
logout
Context 
[Tree] (global logout)
Full Contexts 
global logout
Description 

This command logs out of the router session.

When the logout command is issued from the console, the login prompt is displayed, and any log IDs directed to the console are discarded. When the console session resumes (regardless of the user), the log output to the console resumes.

When a Telnet session is terminated from a logout command, all log IDs directed to the session are removed. When a user logs back in, the log IDs must be re-created.

16.220. long-duration-flow-count

long-duration-flow-count

Syntax 
[no] long-duration-flow-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>aa>aa-sub-cntr long-duration-flow-count)
Full Contexts 
configure log accounting-policy custom-record aa-specific aa-sub-counters long-duration-flow-count
Description 

This command includes the long duration flow count. This command only applies to the 7750 SR.

The no form of this command excludes the long duration flow count in the AA subscriber's custom record.

Default 

no long-duration-flow-count

16.221. long-lived

long-lived

Syntax 
[no] long-lived
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>graceful-restart long-lived)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>graceful-restart long-lived)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor>graceful-restart long-lived)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp graceful-restart long-lived
configure service vprn bgp group graceful-restart long-lived
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor graceful-restart long-lived
Description 

This command enables the context to configure BGP Long-Lived Graceful-Restart (LLGR) procedures.

LLGR, known informally as BGP persistence, is an extension of BGP graceful restart that allows a session to stay down for a longer period of time. During this time, learned routes are marked and re-advertised as stale but they can continue to be used as routes of last resort.

The LLGR handling of a session failure can be invoked immediately or it can be delayed until the end of the traditional GR restart window.

Default 

no long-lived

long-lived

Syntax 
[no] long-lived
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>graceful-restart long-lived)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>graceful-restart long-lived)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor>graceful-restart long-lived)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp graceful-restart long-lived
configure router bgp group graceful-restart long-lived
configure router bgp group neighbor graceful-restart long-lived
Description 

This command enables the context to enter commands related to BGP Long-Lived Graceful-Restart (LLGR) procedures.

LLGR, known informally as BGP persistence, is an extension of BGP GR that allows a session to stay down for a longer period of time. During this time, learned routes are marked and re-advertised as stale but they can continue to be used as routes of last resort.

The LLGR handling of a session failure can be invoked immediately or it can be delayed until the end of the traditional GR restart window.

Default 

no long-lived

16.222. loop-detect

loop-detect

Syntax 
loop-detect {drop-peer |discard-route |ignore-loop |off}
no loop-detect
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>bgp-prng-plcy loop-detect)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt bgp-peering-policy loop-detect
Description 

This command configures how the BGP peer session handles loop detection in the AS path.

Note:

Dynamic configuration changes of loop-detect are not recognized.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default, which is loop-detect ignore-loop.

Parameters 
drop-peer—
Sends a notification to the remote peer and drops the session.
discard-route—
Discards routes received with loops in the AS path.
ignore-loop—
Ignores routes with loops in the AS path but maintains peering.
off—
Disables loop detection.

loop-detect

Syntax 
loop-detect {drop-peer |discard-route |ignore-loop |off}
no loop-detect
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp loop-detect)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group loop-detect)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor loop-detect)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group loop-detect
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor loop-detect
configure service vprn bgp loop-detect
Description 

This command configures how the BGP peer session handles loop detection in the AS path.

This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

Dynamic configuration changes of loop-detect are not recognized.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default, which is loop-detect ignore-loop.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

loop-detect ignore-loop

Parameters 
drop-peer—
Sends a notification to the remote peer and drops the session.
discard-route—
Discards routes received with loops in the AS path.
ignore-loop—
ignores routes with loops in the AS path but maintains peering.
off—
Disables loop detection.

loop-detect

Syntax 
loop-detect {drop-peer |discard-route |ignore-loop |off}
no loop-detect
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp loop-detect)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group loop-detect)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor loop-detect)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group loop-detect
configure router bgp group neighbor loop-detect
configure router bgp loop-detect
Description 

This command configures how the BGP peer session handles loop detection in the AS path.

This configuration parameter can be set at three levels: global level (applies to all peers), group level (applies to all peers in peer-group) or neighbor level (only applies to specified peer). The most specific value is used.

Note:

Dynamic configuration changes of loop-detect are not recognized.

The no form of this command used at the global level reverts to default, which is loop-detect ignore-loop.

The no form of this command used at the group level reverts to the value defined at the global level.

The no form of this command used at the neighbor level reverts to the value defined at the group level.

Default 

loop-detect ignore-loop

Parameters 
drop-peer—
Sends a notification to the remote peer and drops the session.
discard-route—
Discards routes received from a peer with the same AS number as the router itself. This option prevents routes looped back to the router from being added to the routing information base and consuming memory. When this option is changed, the change will not be active for an established peer until the connection is re-established for the peer.
ignore-loop—
Ignores routes with loops in the AS path but maintains peering.
off—
Disables loop detection.

16.223. loop-detect-threshold

loop-detect-threshold

Syntax 
loop-detect-threshold loop-detect-threshold
no loop-detect-threshold
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp loop-detect-threshold)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group loop-detect-threshold)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>bgp>group>neighbor loop-detect-threshold)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn bgp group loop-detect-threshold
configure service vprn bgp group neighbor loop-detect-threshold
configure service vprn bgp loop-detect-threshold
Description 

This command provides additional control over the behavior enabled by the loop-detect command. If this command specifies a threshold value of n, then a route received by the local BGP speaker with an AS path that contains up to n occurrences of the local speaker's AS number is considered valid and not treated as an AS path loop. An AS loop is considered to occur only when the received AS path has more than n occurrences of the local speaker's AS number.

The no form of this command removes the configuration and sets the value to 0. One or more occurrence of the local speaker's AS number in the received AS path triggers the loop-detect behavior.

Default 

no loop-detect-threshold

Parameters 
loop-detect-threshold—
The maximum number of occurrences of the local speaker's AS number in the received AS path before the AS path is considered to be a loop.
Values—
0 to 15

 

Default—
0

loop-detect-threshold

Syntax 
loop-detect-threshold loop-detect-threshold
no loop-detect-threshold
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>bgp loop-detect-threshold)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group loop-detect-threshold)
[Tree] (config>router>bgp>group>neighbor loop-detect-threshold)
Full Contexts 
configure router bgp group loop-detect-threshold
configure router bgp group neighbor loop-detect-threshold
configure router bgp loop-detect-threshold
Description 

This command provides additional control over the behavior enabled by the loop-detect command. If this command specifies a threshold value of n, then a route received by the local BGP speaker with an AS path that contains up to n occurrences of the local speaker's AS number is considered valid and not treated as an AS path loop. An AS loop is considered to occur only when the received AS path has more than n occurrences of the local speaker's AS number.

The no form of this command removes the configuration and sets the value to 0. One or more occurrence of the local speaker's AS number in the received AS path triggers the loop-detect behavior.

Default 

no loop-detect-threshold

Parameters 
loop-detect-threshold—
The maximum number of occurrences of the local speaker's AS number in the received AS path before the AS path is considered to be a loop.
Values—
0 to 15

 

Default—
0

16.224. loopback

loopback

Syntax 
[no] loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if loopback)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface loopback
configure service vprn interface loopback
Description 

This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated IES/VPRN interface cannot be bound to a SAP.

Note:

Configure an IES interface as a loopback interface by issuing the loopback command instead of the sap sap-id command. The loopback flag cannot be set on an interface where a SAP is already defined and a SAP cannot be defined on a loopback interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

loopback

Syntax 
[no] loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nw-if loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn network-interface loopback
Description 

This command specifies that the associated interface is a loopback interface that has no associated physical interface. As a result, the associated interface cannot be bound to a SAP.

When using mtrace/mstat in a Layer 3 VPN context then the configuration for the VPRN should have a loopback address configured which has the same address as the core instance's system address (BGP next-hop).

Default 

no loopback

loopback

Syntax 
loopback {line |internal}
no loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>sonet-sdh loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure port sonet-sdh loopback
Description 

This command activates a loopback on the SONET/SDH port.

The SONET port must be in a shut down state to activate any type of loopback. The loopback setting is never saved to the generated/saved configuration file.

Note that loopback mode changes on a SONET/SDH port can affect traffic on the remaining ports.

This command is supported by TDM satellite.

Default 

no loopback

Parameters 
line—
Set the port into line loopback state.
internal—
Set the port into internal loopback state.

loopback

Syntax 
loopback {line |internal |fdl-ansi |fdl-bellcore |payload-ansi |inband-ansi |inband-bellcore}
no loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds1 loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure port tdm ds1 loopback
Description 

This command puts the specified port or channel into a loopback mode.

The corresponding port or channel must be in a shutdown state in order for the loopback mode to be enabled. The upper level port or channel or parallel channels should not be affected by the loopback mode

Note that this command is not saved in the router configuration between boots.

The no form of this command disables the specified type of loopback.

Default 

no loopback

Parameters 
line —
Places the associated port or channel into a line loopback mode. A line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port or channels back to the remote router.
internal—
Places the associated port or channel into an internal loopback mode. An internal loopback loops the frames from the local router back at the framer.
fdl-ansi—
Requests FDL line loopback according to ANSI T1.403.
fdl-bellcore—
Requests FDL line loopback according to Bellcore TR-TSY-000312.
payload-ansi—
Requests payload loopback using ANSI signaling.
inband-ansi—
Requests inband line loopback according to ANSI T1.403.
inband-bellcore—
Requests inband line loopback according to Bellcore signaling.

loopback

Syntax 
loopback {line |internal |remote}
no loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>ds3 loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure port tdm ds3 loopback
Description 

This command puts the specified port or channel into a loopback mode.

The corresponding port or channel must be in a shutdown state in order for the loopback mode to be enabled. The upper level port or channel or parallel channels should not be affected by the loopback mode.

Note that this command is not saved in the router configuration between boots.

The no form of this command disables the specified type of loopback.

Default 

no loopback

Parameters 
line—
Places the associated port or channel into a line loopback mode. A line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port or channels back to the remote router.
internal—
Places the associated port or channel into an internal loopback mode. A internal loopback loops the frames from the local router back at the framer.
remote—
Sends a signal to the remote device to provide a line loopback.

loopback

Syntax 
loopback {line |internal}
no loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e1 loopback)
[Tree] (config>port>tdm>e3 loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure port tdm e1 loopback
configure port tdm e3 loopback
Description 

This command puts the specified port or channel into a loopback mode.

The corresponding port or channel must be in a shutdown state in order for the loopback mode to be enabled. The upper level port or channel or parallel channels should not be affected by the loopback mode

Note that this command is not saved in the router configuration between boots.

The no form of this command disables the specified type of loopback.

Default 

no loopback

Parameters 
line —
Places the associated port or channel into a line loopback mode. A line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port or channels back to the remote router.
internal—
Places the associated port or channel into an internal loopback mode. An internal loopback loops the frames from the local router back at the framer.

loopback

Syntax 
loopback {mac-address |multicast |remote-mepid mep-id} mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [send-count send-count] [size data-size] [priority priority] [lbm-padding padding-size] [timeout timeout-time] [interval interval-time]
Context 
[Tree] (oam>eth-cfm loopback)
Full Contexts 
oam eth-cfm loopback
Description 

The command initiates a loopback test.

Parameters 
mac-address—
Specifies a unicast MAC address or multicast MAC address. The last nibble of the multicast address must match the level of the local MEP, or the command fails and the test is not instantiated.
Values—
xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or multicast

 

multicast—
Builds the class one destination multicast address based on the level of the local MEP. The last nibble of the multicast address must match the level of the local MEP or the command fails and the test is not instantiated.
remote-mepid mep-id
Specifies the remote MEP ID of the peer within the association. The domain and association information are derived from the source mep for the session. The Layer 2 IEEE MAC address is resolved from previously-learned remote MAC addressing, derived from the reception and processing of the ETH-CC PDU. The local MEP must be administratively enabled.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

mep mep-id
Specifies the local MEP ID.
Values—
1 to 8191

 

md-index—
Specifies the MD index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

ma-index—
Specifies the MA index.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

send-count—
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. Loopback messages are sent back-to-back, with no delay between the transmissions.
Values—
1 to 1024

 

Default—
1
data-size —
Specifies the size of the data portion of the data TLV allowing for an optional octet string to be specified. If 0 is specified, no data TLV is added to the packet. This parameter and lbm-padding are mutually exclusive.
Values—
0 to 1500

 

Default—
0
priority—
Specifies a 3-bit value to be used in the VLAN tag, if present, in the transmitted frame.
Values—
0 to 7

 

Default—
The CCM and LTM priority of the MEP
padding-size —
Specifies the size of the data portion of the data TLV and does not allow for an optional octet string. MSDU is not processed when lbm-padding is in use. If 0 is specified, no data TLV is added to the packet. This is specified with an octet string. This parameter and size are mutually exclusive.
Values—
0, 3 to 9000

 

Default—
0
timeout-time —
Specifies the time, in seconds, used to override the default timeout-time value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of message time out, the requesting router assumes that the message response is not received. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
interval-time —
Specifies the time, in deciseconds (100 ms), to configure the spacing between probes within the test run. A value of 0 means probes are sent with no enforced delay. This value is only applicable to tests where the send-count is 5 or less.
Values—
0 to 600

 

Default—
0 or 10 depending on the send-count

loopback

Syntax 
[no] loopback
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if loopback)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface loopback
Description 

This command configures the interface as a loopback interface. The vas-if-type and loopback commands are mutually exclusive.

Default 

Not enabled

16.225. loopback-period

loopback-period

Syntax 
loopback-period period
no loopback-period
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>atm>oam loopback-period)
Full Contexts 
configure system atm oam loopback-period
Description 

This command specifies the number of seconds between periodic loopback attempts on an ATM endpoint that has periodic loopback enabled.

Default 

no loopback-period

Parameters 
period—
Specifies the time, in seconds, between periodic loopback attempts.
Values—
1 to 40

 

Default—
10

16.226. loopfree-alternate-exclude

loopfree-alternate-exclude

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternate-exclude
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>level loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>level loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>interface loopfree-alternate-exclude)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure router isis level loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure service vprn isis interface loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure service vprn isis level loopfree-alternate-exclude
Description 

This command instructs IGP to not include a specific interface or all interfaces participating in a specific IS-IS level or OSPF area in the SPF LFA computation. This provides a way of reducing the LFA SPF calculation where it is not needed.

When an interface is excluded from the LFA SPF in IS-IS, it is excluded in both level 1 and level 2. When it is excluded from the LFA SPF in OSPF, it is excluded in all areas. However, the above OSPF command can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and once enabled, the interface is excluded in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command will fail.

The no form of this command re-instates the default value for this command.

Default 

no loopfree-alternate-exclude

loopfree-alternate-exclude

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternate-exclude
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area>if loopfree-alternate-exclude)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ospf area interface loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure service vprn ospf area loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure service vprn ospf3 area interface loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure service vprn ospf3 area loopfree-alternate-exclude
Description 

This command instructs IGP to not include a specific interface or all interfaces participating in a specific IS-IS level or OSPF area in the SPF LFA computation. This provides a way of reducing the LFA SPF calculation where it is not needed.

When an interface is excluded from the LFA SPF in IS-IS, it is excluded in both level 1 and level 2. When it is excluded from the LFA SPF in OSPF, it is excluded in all areas. However, the above OSPF command can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and once enabled, the interface is excluded in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command fails.

The no form of this command re-instates the default value for this command.

Default 

no loopfree-alternate-exclude

loopfree-alternate-exclude

Syntax 
loopfree-alternate-exclude prefix-policy prefix-policy [prefix-policy)]
no loopfree-alternate-exclude
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3 loopfree-alternate-exclude)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure router ospf3 loopfree-alternate-exclude
Description 

This command excludes from the LFA SPF calculation those prefixes that match a prefix entry or a tag entry in a prefix policy. If a prefix is excluded from LFA, it is not included in LFA calculations regardless of its priority. The prefix tag will, however, be used in the main SPF.

The implementation also allows the user to exclude a specific interface in IS-IS or OSPF, a or all interfaces in an OSPF area or IS-IS level from the LFA SPF.

Note:

Prefix tags are defined for the IS-IS protocol but not for the OSPF protocol.

The default action of the loopfree-alternate-exclude command, when not explicitly specified by the user in the prefix policy, is “reject”. Therefore, regardless of whether the user explicitly added the statement “default-action reject” to the prefix policy, a prefix that does not match any entry in the policy will be accepted into LFA SPF.

The no form of this command deletes the exclude prefix policy.

Default 

no loopfree-alternate-exclude

Parameters 
prefix-policy—
Specifies up to five policy prefix names. The specified policy name must already be defined. Prefix policies are created with the command config>router>policy-options>prefix-list (For information on prefix lists, refer to “Route Policies” in the 7450 ESS, 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and VSR Unicast Routing Protocols Guide).

loopfree-alternate-exclude

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternate-exclude
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>interface loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area loopfree-alternate-exclude)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area>interface loopfree-alternate-exclude)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf area interface loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure router ospf area loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure router ospf3 area interface loopfree-alternate-exclude
configure router ospf3 area loopfree-alternate-exclude
Description 

This command instructs IGP to not include a specific interface or all interfaces participating in a specific IS-IS level or OSPF area in the SPF LFA computation. This provides a way of reducing the LFA SPF calculation where it is not needed.

When an interface is excluded from the LFA SPF in IS-IS, it is excluded in both level 1 and level 2. When it is excluded from the LFA SPF in OSPF, it is excluded in all areas. However, the above OSPF command can only be executed under the area in which the specified interface is primary and once enabled, the interface is excluded in that area and in all other areas where the interface is secondary. If the user attempts to apply it to an area where the interface is secondary, the command will fail.

The no form of this command re-instates the default value for this command.

Default 

no loopfree-alternate-exclude

16.227. loopfree-alternates

loopfree-alternates

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternates
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis loopfree-alternates)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis loopfree-alternates
Description 

This command enables Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) computation by SPF under the IS-IS routing protocol level or under the OSPF routing protocol instance level.

When this command is enabled, it instructs the IGP SPF to attempt to pre-compute both a primary next-hop and an LFA next-hop for every learned prefix. When found, the LFA next-hop is populated into the routing table along with the primary next-hop for the prefix.

The no form of this command disables the LFA computation by IGP SPF.

Default 

no loopfree-alternates

loopfree-alternates

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternates
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf loopfree-alternates)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3 loopfree-alternates)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ospf loopfree-alternates
configure service vprn ospf3 loopfree-alternates
Description 

This command enables Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) computation by SPF under the IS-IS routing protocol level, or under the OSPF routing protocol instance level.

When this command is enabled, it instructs the IGP SPF to attempt to pre-compute both a primary next-hop and an LFA next-hop for every learned prefix. IS-IS computes the primary SPF first and then computes the LFA SPF. The LFA backup next-hop is only available after the LFA SPF is completed. When found, the LFA next-hop is populated into the routing table along with the primary next-hop for the prefix.

The no form of this command disables the LFA computation by IGP SPF.

Default 

no loopfree-alternates

loopfree-alternates

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternates
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>flex-algos>flex-algo loopfree-alternates)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis flexible-algorithms flex-algo loopfree-alternates
Description 

This command enables the advertisement of flexible algorithm aware loop free alternates (LFAs).

The flexible algorithm LFA configuration (for example, LFA, remote-LFA or TI-LFA) slaves the loopfree-alternate configuration for base SPF algorithm 0.

LFAs are administratively disabled for flexible algorithms in which IS-IS is participating. LFAs must be explicitly enabled using the loopfree-alternates command.

The no form of this command disables LFAs for the specific flexible algorithm in which the router is participating.

Default 

no loopfree-alternates

loopfree-alternates

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternates
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis loopfree-alternates)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis loopfree-alternates
Description 

This command enables Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) computation by SPF for the IS-IS routing protocol.

When this command is enabled, it instructs the IGP SPF to attempt to pre-compute both a primary nexthop and an LFA next-hop for every learned prefix. When found, the LFA next-hop is populated into the routing table along with the primary next-hop for the prefix.

The user enables the remote LFA next-hop calculation by the IGP LFA SPF by appending the remote-lfa option. When this option is enabled in an IGP instance, SPF performs the remote LFA additional computation following the regular LFA next-hop calculation when the latter resulted in no protection for one or more prefixes which are resolved to a given interface.

Remote LFA extends the protection coverage of LFA-FRR to any topology by automatically computing and establishing/tearing-down shortcut tunnels, also referred to as repair tunnels, to a remote LFA node which puts the packets back into the shortest without looping them back to the node which forwarded them over the repair tunnel. The remote LFA node is referred to as PQ node. A repair tunnel can in theory be an RSVP LSP, a LDP-in-LDP tunnel, or a SR tunnel. In this feature, it is restricted to use SR repair tunnel to the remote LFA node.

The remote LFA algorithm is a per-link LFA SPF calculation and not a per-prefix like the regular LFA one. So, it provides protection for all destination prefixes which share the protected link by using the neighbor on the other side of the protected link as a proxy for all these destinations.

The Topology-Independent LFA (TI-LFA) further improves the protection coverage of a network topology by computing and automatically instantiating a repair tunnel to a Q node which is not in shortest path from the computing node. The repair tunnel uses shortest path to the P node and a source routed path from the P node to the Q node.

In addition, the TI-LFA algorithm selects the backup path which matches the post-convergence path. This helps the capacity planning in the network since traffic will always flow on the same path when transitioning to the FRR next-hop and then onto the new primary next-hop.

At a high level, the TI-LFA protection algorithm is searching for a candidate P-Q set separated with a number of hops such that the label stack size does not exceed the value of ti-lfa max-sr-frr-labels, on each of the post-convergence paths to each destination node or prefix D.

When the ti-lfa option is enabled in IS-IS, it provides TI-LFA node-protect or link-protect backup path in IS-IS MT=0 for an SR-ISIS IPV4/IPv6 tunnel (node SID and adjacency SID), for an IPv4 SR-TE LSP, and for LDP IPv4 FEC when the LDP fast-reroute backup-sr-tunnel option is enabled.

The max-sr-frr-labels parameter is used to limit the search for the TI-LFA backup next-hop:

  1. 0 — The IGP LFA SPF restricts the search to TI-LFA backup next-hop which does not require a repair tunnel, meaning that P node and Q node are the same and match a neighbor. This is also the case when both P and Q node match the advertising router for a prefix.
  2. 1 to 3 — The IGP LFA SPF will widen the search to include a repair tunnel to a P node which itself is connected to the Q nodes with a 0-to-2 hops for a total of maximum of three labels: one node SID to P node and two adjacency SIDs from P node to the Q node. If the P node is a neighbor of the computing node, its node SID is compressed and meaning that up to three adjacency SIDs can separate the P and Q nodes.
  3. 2 (default) — Corresponds to a repair tunnel to a non-adjacent P which is adjacent to the Q node. If the P node is a neighbor of the computing node, then the node SID of the P node is compressed and the default value of two labels corresponds to two adjacency SIDs between the P and Q nodes.

When the node-protect command is enabled, the router will prefer a node-protect over a link-protect repair tunnel for a given prefix if both are found in the Remote LFA or TI-LFA SPF computations. The SPF computations may only find a link-protect repair tunnel for prefixes owned by the protected node. This node-protect backup protects against the failure of a downstream node in the path of the prefix of a node SID except for the node owner of the node SID.

The parameter max-pq-nodes in Remote LFA controls the maximum number of PQ nodes found in the LFA SPFs for which the node protection check is performed. The node-protect condition means the router must run the original Remote LFA algorithm plus one extra forward SPF on behalf of each PQ node found, potentially after applying the max-pq-cost parameter, to check if the path from the PQ node to the destination does not traverse the protected node. Setting this parameter to a lower value means the LFA SPFs will use less computation time and resources but may result in not finding a node-protect repair tunnel.

The no form of this command disables the LFA computation by IGP SPF.

Default 

no loopfree-alternates

loopfree-alternates

Syntax 
[no] loopfree-alternates
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf loopfree-alternates)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3 loopfree-alternates)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf loopfree-alternates
configure router ospf3 loopfree-alternates
Description 

This command enables Loop-Free Alternate (LFA) computation by SPF under the OSPF or OSPFv3 routing protocol instance.

When this command is enabled, it instructs the IGP SPF to attempt to precalculate both a primary next hop and an LFA next hop for every learned prefix. When found, the LFA next hop is populated into the routing table along with the primary next hop for the prefix.

The user enables the remote LFA next hop calculation by the IGP LFA SPF by appending the remote-lfa option. When this option is enabled in an IGP instance, SPF performs the remote LFA additional computation following the regular LFA next hop calculation when the latter resulted in no protection for one or more prefixes which are resolved to a particular interface.

Remote LFA extends the protection coverage of LFA-FRR to any topology by automatically computing and establishing or tearing down shortcut tunnels, also referred to as repair tunnels, to a remote LFA node that puts the packets back into the shortest path without looping them back to the node that forwarded them over the repair tunnel. The remote LFA node is referred to as a PQ node. A repair tunnel can, in theory, be an RSVP-TE LSP, an LDP-in-LDP tunnel, or a segment routing (SR) tunnel. In this command, remote-lfa is restricted to using an SR repair tunnel to the remote LFA node.

The remote LFA algorithm is a per-link LFA SPF calculation and not a per-prefix calculation like the regular LFA algorithm. The remote LFA algorithm provides protection for all destination prefixes that share the protected link by using the neighbor on the other side of the protected link as a proxy for all the destinations.

The Topology-Independent LFA (TI-LFA) further improves the protection coverage of a network topology by computing and automatically instantiating a repair tunnel to a Q node which is not in shortest path from the computing node. The repair tunnel uses shortest path to the P node and a source routed path from the P node to the Q node.

In addition, the TI-LFA algorithm selects the backup path which matches the post-convergence path. This helps the capacity planning in the network since traffic will always flow on the same path when transitioning to the FRR next hop and then onto the new primary next hop.

At a high level, the TI-LFA protection algorithm is searching for a candidate P-Q set separated with a number of hops such that the label stack size does not exceed the value of ti-lfa max-sr-frr-labels, on each of the post-convergence paths to each destination node or prefix D.

When the ti-lfa option is enabled in OSPF, it provides TI-LFA node-protect or link-protect backup path for a SR-OSPF IPV4 tunnel (node SID and adjacency SID), and for a IPv4 SR-TE LSP.

The max-sr-frr-labels parameter is used to limit the search for the TI-LFA backup next hop:

  1. 0 — The IGP LFA SPF restricts the search to TI-LFA backup next hop which does not require a repair tunnel, meaning that P node and Q node are the same and match a neighbor. This is also the case when both P and Q node match the advertising router for a prefix.
  2. 1 to 3 — The IGP LFA SPF will widen the search to include a repair tunnel to a P node which itself is connected to the Q nodes with a 0-to-2 hops for a total of maximum of three labels: one node SID to P node and two adjacency SIDs from P node to the Q node. If the P node is a neighbor of the computing node, its node SID is compressed and meaning that up to three adjacency SIDs can separate the P and Q nodes.
  3. 2 (default) — Corresponds to a repair tunnel to a non-adjacent P which is adjacent to the Q node. If the P node is a neighbor of the computing node, then the node SID of the P node is compressed and the default value of two labels corresponds to two adjacency SIDs between the P and Q nodes.

The TI-LFA repair tunnel can have a maximum of three labels pushed in addition to the label of the destination node or prefix. The user can set a lower maximum value for the additional FRR labels by configuring the CLI option max-sr-frr-labels labels. The default value is 2.

When the node-protect command is enabled, the router will prefer a node-protect over a link-protect repair tunnel for a given prefix if both are found in the Remote LFA or TI-LFA SPF computations. The SPF computations may only find a link-protect repair tunnel for prefixes owned by the protected node. This node-protect backup protects against the failure of a downstream node in the path of the prefix of a node SID except for the node owner of the node SID.

The parameter max-pq-nodes in Remote LFA controls the maximum number of PQ nodes found in the LFA SPFs for which the node protection check is performed. The node-protect condition means the router must run the original Remote LFA algorithm plus one extra forward SPF on behalf of each PQ node found, potentially after applying the max-pq-cost parameter, to check if the path from the PQ node to the destination does not traverse the protected node. Setting this parameter to a lower value means the LFA SPFs will use less computation time and resources but may result in not finding a node-protect repair tunnel.

The no form of this command disables the LFA computation by the IGP SPF.

Default 

no loopfree-alternates

16.228. loss

loss

Syntax 
loss
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light loss)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session ip twamp-light loss
Description 

This command enables the context to configure loss parameters for the TWAMP-Light test.

16.229. loss-event

loss-event

Syntax 
loss-event rising-threshold threshold [falling-threshold threshold] [direction]
no loss-event
Context 
[Tree] (config>saa>test loss-event)
Full Contexts 
configure saa test loss-event
Description 

Specifies that at the termination of an SAA test run, the calculated loss event value is evaluated against the configured rising and falling loss event thresholds. SAA threshold events are generated as required.

The configuration of loss event thresholds is optional.

The no form of this command disables the loss-event test run.

Parameters 
rising-threshold threshold
Specifies a rising threshold loss event value, in packets. When the test run is completed, the calculated loss event value is compared to the configured loss event rising threshold. If the test run loss event value is greater than the configured rising threshold value then an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

Default—
0
falling-threshold threshold
Specifies a falling threshold loss event value, in packets. When the test run is completed, the calculated loss event value is compared to the configured loss event falling threshold. If the test run loss event value is greater than the configured falling threshold value then an SAA threshold event is generated. The SAA threshold event is tmnxOamSaaThreshold, logger application OAM, event #2101.
Values—
0 to 2147483647

 

Default—
0
direction—
Specifies the direction for OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
Values—
inbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the inbound, one-way, OAM ping responses received for an OAM ping test run.
outbound — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the outbound, one-way, OAM ping requests sent for an OAM ping test run.
roundtrip — Monitor the value of jitter calculated for the round trip, two-way, OAM ping requests and replies for an OAM ping test run.

 

Default—
roundtrip

16.230. loss-events

loss-events

Syntax 
[no] loss-events
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>measurement-interval>event-mon loss-events)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session measurement-interval event-mon loss-events
Description 

This enables the monitoring of all configured loss events. Adding this functionality starts the monitoring of the configured loss events at the start of the next measurement interval. If the function is removed using the no command, all monitoring of configured loss events, logging, and recording of new events for that session are suspended. Any existing events at the time of the shut down are maintained until the active measurement window in which the removal was performed has completed. The state of this monitoring function can be changed without having to shut down all the tests in the session.

The no form of this command disables the monitoring of all configured loss events.

loss-events

Syntax 
loss-events
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>slm loss-events)
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ethernet>lmm loss-events)
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>ip>twamp-light loss-events)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session ethernet lmm loss-events
configure oam-pm session ethernet slm loss-events
configure oam-pm session ip twamp-light loss-events
Description 

This context allows the operator to define the loss events and thresholds that are to be tracked.

16.231. low

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>bw-plcy>t2>prim-path>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>mcast-mgmt>bw-plcy>t2>sec-path>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure mcast-management bandwidth-policy t2-paths primary-path queue-parameters drop-tail low
configure mcast-management bandwidth-policy t2-paths secondary-path queue-parameters drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop-tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets are not accepted into the queue and are discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service ies interface sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service vpls sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service vpls sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enables the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets are not accepted into the queue and are discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>eth>access>ing>qgrp>qover>q>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>port>eth>access>egr>qgrp>qover>q>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>network>egr>qgrp>qover>q>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet access egress queue-group queue-overrides queue drop-tail low
configure port ethernet access ingress queue-group queue-overrides queue drop-tail low
configure port ethernet network egress queue-group queue-overrides queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets will not be accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>apipe>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>apipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>cpipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>fpipe>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>fpipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure service apipe sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service apipe sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service cpipe sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service cpipe sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service epipe sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service epipe sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service fpipe sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service fpipe sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service ipipe sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service ipipe sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enables the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets are not accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>egress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>ingress>queue-override>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface sap egress queue-override queue drop-tail low
configure service vprn interface sap ingress queue-override queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets are not accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-egress>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-ingress>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure qos sap-egress queue drop-tail low
configure qos sap-ingress queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets will not be accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>network-queue>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure qos network-queue queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets will not be accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>qgrps>ing>qgrp>queue>drop-tail low)
[Tree] (config>qos>qgrps>egr>qgrp>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure qos queue-group-templates egress queue-group queue drop-tail low
configure qos queue-group-templates ingress queue-group queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets will not be accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

low

Syntax 
low
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>shared-queue>queue>drop-tail low)
Full Contexts 
configure qos shared-queue queue drop-tail low
Description 

This command enters the context to configure the queue low drop-tail parameters. The low drop-tail defines the queue depth beyond which out-of-profile packets will not be accepted into the queue and will be discarded.

16.232. low-burst-limit

low-burst-limit

Syntax 
low-burst-limit size [bytes |kilobytes]
no low-burst-limit
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>egress>exp-secondary-shaper>agg-burst low-burst-limit)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet egress exp-secondary-shaper agg-burst low-burst-limit
Description 

This command specifies a low burst limit.

Parameters 
size—
Specifies the low burst size.
Values—
1 to 327680

 

bytes—
Specifies to use the size in bytes.
kilobytes—
Specifies to use the size in kilobytes.

16.233. low-burst-max-class

low-burst-max-class

Syntax 
low-burst-max-class class
no low-burst-max-class
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>egress>exp-secondary-shaper low-burst-max-class)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet egress exp-secondary-shaper low-burst-max-class
Description 

This command specifies the class to associate with the Ethernet egress expanded secondary shaper.

The no form of this command returns the class number value for the Ethernet egress expanded secondary shaper to the default value.

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the class number of the class for the secondary shaper.
Values—
1 to 8

 

low-burst-max-class

Syntax 
low-burst-max-class class
no low-burst-max-class
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>egress>hs-sec-shaper>agg low-burst-max-class)
Full Contexts 
configure port ethernet egress hs-secondary-shaper aggregate low-burst-max-class
Description 

This command specifies which scheduling classes map to the low burst-limit threshold of an egress HS secondary shaper. Egress SAPs can be configured to use an HS secondary shaper that manages their maximum burst limit over a specified aggregate shaping rate. Each HS secondary shaper supports two thresholds, a low burst limit threshold and a high burst limit threshold.

By default, all scheduling classes are mapped to the low burst limit threshold. It is important to note that when mapping scheduling classes to the high burst limit threshold an adequate value for the card>fp>egress>hs-fixed-high-thresh-delta must be specified. This is due to the fact that the queues associated with the lower classes may burst over the lower threshold in normal operation due to the scheduler forwarding whole packets. The hs-fixed-high-thresh-delta value should be set to at least two times the maximum frame size to prevent lower threshold class forwarding from also affecting the higher threshold classes when forwarding larger packet sizes. An insufficient high threshold delta defeats the intended purpose of mapping classes to the higher threshold.

The system utilizes the lowest value attainable for each low threshold aggregate burst limit without causing shaper underrun conditions. The high burst limit threshold is determined by adding the hs-fixed-high-thresh-delta value configured in the config>card>fp>egress context to the aggregate’s low burst limit threshold value.

The low-burst-max-class value can be changed at any time for an HS secondary shaper.

The no form of this command restores the HS secondary shaper’s aggregate low burst limit threshold maximum scheduling class mapping to the default value. This causes all sets of queues associated with the hs-secondary-shaper secondary-shaper-name to have all scheduling classes mapped to the low burst limit threshold.

Default 

low-burst-max-class 6

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the low burst maximum class. This parameter is required when executing the low-burst-max-class command. The parameter reflects the highest scheduling class that will be associated with the low burst limit threshold associated with the HS secondary aggregate shaper. Scheduling classes higher than scheduling class ID will be associated with the high burst limit threshold.
Values—
1 to 6

 

low-burst-max-class

Syntax 
low-burst-max-class class
no low-burst-max-class
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-egress>hsmda-queues low-burst-max-class)
Full Contexts 
configure qos sap-egress hsmda-queues low-burst-max-class
Description 

This command assigns the low burst maximum class to associate with the HSMDA queue.

The no form of this command returns the class id for the queue to the default value.

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the class identifier of the low burst max class for the HSMDA queue.
Values—
1 to 32

 

low-burst-max-class

Syntax 
low-burst-max-class class
no low-burst-max-class
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>hs-attachment-policy low-burst-max-class)
Full Contexts 
configure qos hs-attachment-policy low-burst-max-class
Description 

This command specifies which scheduling classes map to the low burst-limit threshold of the queue-level aggregate shaper. Each egress SAP or subscriber SLA profile instance (SPI), per port set of network interface queues and egress queue group template instance has an aggregate shaper that manages the maximum burst limit over a specified shaping rate. Each aggregate shaper supports two thresholds. As the scheduling rate for the set of queues increases, eventually the aggregate rate exceeds the rate limit and the aggregate burst limit starts to be consumed. If this continues, the low burst limit threshold is exceeded and the queues mapped to the scheduling classes associated with low threshold are removed from the scheduler. If the remaining aggregate rate (from the higher scheduling classes) continues to exceed the shaping rate, then the burst limit continues to be consumed and eventually the high burst limit threshold is exceeded. This causes the queues for all scheduling classes to be removed from the scheduler.

The second (high) threshold exists to allow the higher priority classes to continue to forward, thereby mitigating the effects of low priority bursts beyond the aggregate shaping rate. Typically, the higher scheduling class queues are either individually rate-limited so their aggregate allowed throughput is less than the aggregate rate or the expected aggregate unshaped traffic from the individual higher scheduling classes does not exceed the aggregate shaping rate. Determining the value of low-burst-max-class class involves anticipating the proper dividing line between the low and high scheduling classes by evaluating the forwarding behavior and SLA enforcement of each class.

By default, all scheduling classes are mapped to the low burst limit threshold. When mapping scheduling classes to the high burst limit threshold, an adequate value for the card>fp>egress>hs-fixed-high-thresh-delta must be specified. This is due to the fact that the queues associated with the lower classes may burst over the lower threshold in normal operation due to the scheduler forwarding whole packets. Set the hs-fixed-highthresh- delta value to at least two times the maximum frame size to prevent lower threshold class forwarding from also affecting the higher threshold classes when forwarding larger packet sizes. An insufficient high threshold delta defeats the intended purpose of mapping classes to the higher threshold.

The system utilizes the lowest value attainable for each low threshold aggregate burst limit without causing shaper underrun conditions. The high burst limit threshold is determined by adding the hs-fixed-high-thresh-delta value configured in the config>card>fp>egress CLI context to the aggregate’s low burst limit threshold value.

The low-burst-max-class value can be changed at any time in the HS attachment policy. Modifying the setting causes all queue aggregate shapers to reconfigure the scheduling class mappings to the low and high burst limit thresholds to reflect the new value for scheduling class ID.

Scheduling Classes — As described in the queue and wrr-group attachment commands, each queue is either directly or indirectly (through a WRR group) mapped to a scheduling class. Each scheduling class has an inherent priority at the port scheduler. The inherent descending priority is as follows:

  1. Scheduling Class 6 (Highest)
  2. Scheduling Class 5
  3. Scheduling Class 4
  4. Scheduling Class 3
  5. Scheduling Class 2
  6. Scheduling Class 1 (lowest)

Placing scheduling classes into the port level WRR group causes those classes to compete for scheduling opportunities based on their associated weights instead of inherent priority. If higher weights are given to higher scheduling class IDs, then the relative proportional scheduling priority may continue to exhibit the priority level indicated by the class ID.

Setting Low and High Burst Limit Threshold Association — Table 79 demonstrates the effect of the low-burst-max-class command parameters on scheduling class mappings to the low and high burst limit thresholds.

Table 79:  Low and High Burst Limit Threshold Association 

low-burst-max-class sched-class

Scheduling Classes on Low Threshold

Scheduling Classes on High Threshold

1

1

2, 3, 4, 5, and 6

2

1 and 2

3, 4, 5, and 6

3

1, 2, and 3

4, 5, and 6

4

1, 2, 3, and 4

5 and 6

5

1, 2, 3, 4, and 5

6

6

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6

The no form of the command restores the queue aggregate low burst limit threshold maximum scheduling class mapping to the default value. This causes all sets of queues associated with the specified hs-attachment-policy policy-name to have all scheduling classes mapped to the low burst limit threshold.

Default 

low-burst-max-class 6

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the low burst maximum class. This parameter is required when executing the low-burst max-class command. The parameter reflects the highest scheduling class that is associated with the low burst limit threshold associated with the queue aggregate shaper. Scheduling classes higher than the scheduling class ID are associated with the high burst limit threshold.
Values—
1 to 6

 

low-burst-max-class

Syntax 
low-burst-max-class class
no low-burst-max-class
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>qgrps>egr>qgrp>hsmda-queues low-burst-max-class)
Full Contexts 
configure qos queue-group-templates egress queue-group hsmda-queues low-burst-max-class
Description 

This command specifies which class should use the low priority burst threshold. Use the low priority burst threshold for all classes starting from 1, up to and including that specified by this value. Use the high priority burst threshold for all classes greater than this value, up to and including class 8.

The no form of this command is used to remove the class threshold.

Parameters 
class—
Specifies the low burst max class.
Values—
1 to 8

 

16.234. low-octets-discarded-count

low-octets-discarded-count

Syntax 
[no] low-octets-discarded-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>oc>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>roc>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record override-counter i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-override-counter i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
Description 

This command includes the low octets discarded count.

For queues with stat-mode v4-v6, this command includes the IPv6 octets discarded count instead.

The no form of this command excludes the low octets discarded count.

low-octets-discarded-count

Syntax 
[no] low-octets-discarded-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>oc>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>roc>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters low-octets-discarded-count)
Full Contexts 
configure log accounting-policy custom-record override-counter i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-override-counter i-counters low-octets-discarded-count
Description 

This command includes the low octets discarded count.

The no form of this command excludes the low octets discarded count.

Default 

no low-octets-discarded-count

16.235. low-octets-offered-count

low-octets-offered-count

Syntax 
[no] low-octets-offered-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>oc>queue>i-counters low-octets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>oc>ref-queue>i-counters low-octets-offered-count)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt accounting-policy custom-record oc queue i-counters low-octets-offered-count
configure subscriber-mgmt accounting-policy custom-record oc ref-queue i-counters low-octets-offered-count
Description 

This command includes the low octets discarded count.

The no form of this command excludes the low octets discarded count.

low-octets-offered-count

Syntax 
[no] low-octets-offered-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>i-counters low-octets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters low-octets-offered-count)
Full Contexts 
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters low-octets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters low-octets-offered-count
Description 

This command includes the low octets discarded count.

The no form of this command excludes the low octets discarded count.

Default 

no low-octets-offered-count

16.236. low-packets-discarded-count

low-packets-discarded-count

Syntax 
[no] low-packets-discarded-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>oc>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>queue>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>roc>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record override-counter i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
configure subscriber-mgmt radius-accounting-policy custom-record ref-override-counter i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
Description 

This command includes the low packets discarded count.

For queues with stat-mode v4-v6, this command includes the IPv6 packets discarded count instead.

The no form of this command excludes the low packets discarded count.

low-packets-discarded-count

Syntax 
[no] low-packets-discarded-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>oc>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>roc>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters low-packets-discarded-count)
Full Contexts 
configure log accounting-policy custom-record override-counter i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-override-counter i-counters low-packets-discarded-count
Description 

This command includes the low packets discarded count.

The no form of this command excludes the low packets discarded count.

Default 

no low-packets-discarded-count

16.237. low-packets-offered-count

low-packets-offered-count

Syntax 
[no] low-packets-offered-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>oc>queue>i-counters low-packets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>subscr-mgmt>acct-plcy>cr>oc>ref-queue>i-counters low-packets-offered-count)
Full Contexts 
configure subscriber-mgmt accounting-policy custom-record oc queue i-counters low-packets-offered-count
configure subscriber-mgmt accounting-policy custom-record oc ref-queue i-counters low-packets-offered-count
Description 

This command includes the low packets discarded count.

The no form of this command excludes the low packets discarded count.

low-packets-offered-count

Syntax 
[no] low-packets-offered-count
Context 
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>queue>i-counters low-packets-offered-count)
[Tree] (config>log>acct-policy>cr>ref-queue>i-counters low-packets-offered-count)
Full Contexts 
configure log accounting-policy custom-record queue i-counters low-packets-offered-count
configure log accounting-policy custom-record ref-queue i-counters low-packets-offered-count
Description 

This command includes the low packets discarded count.

The no form of this command excludes the low packets discarded count.

Default 

no low-packets-offered-count

16.238. low-priority-defect

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon |remErrXcon |errXcon |xcon |noXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>eth-ring>path>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>eth-tunnel>path>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure eth-ring path eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure eth-tunnel path eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Default 

low-priority-defect remErrXcon

Parameters 
low-priority-defect —
Specifies the lowest priority defect using the following:
Values—

allDef

DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

macRemErrXcon

Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon

Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

errXcon

Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon

Only DefXconCCM; or

noXcon

No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag>eth-cfm>mep>ais low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure lag eth-cfm mep ais-enable low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Default 

low-priority-defect remErrXcon

Parameters 
allDef |macRemErrXcon—
Specifies the lowest priority defect.
Values—

allDef

DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM

macRemErrXcon

Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon

Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

errXcon

Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon

Only DefXconCCM; or

noXcon

No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon | remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>lag>eth-cfm>mep>eth-test low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>eth-cfm>mep>eth-test low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure lag eth-cfm mep eth-test low-priority-defect
configure port ethernet eth-cfm mep eth-test low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm. This setting is also used to determine the fault state of the MEP which, when enabled to do so, causes a network reaction.

Default 

low-priority-defect macRemErrXcon

Parameters 
allDef |macRemErrXcon |remErrXcon |errXcon |xcon |noXcon—
Specifies the lowest priority defect.
Values—
allDef DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM macRemErrXcon Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM remErrXcon Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM errXcon Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM xcon Only DefXconCCM; or noXcon No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>port>ethernet>eth-cfm>mep>ais low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (cfg>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls mesh-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable low-priority-defect
configure port ethernet eth-cfm mep ais-enable low-priority-defect
configure service epipe sap eth-cfm mep ais-enable low-priority-defect
configure service epipe spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable low-priority-defect
Description 

This command allows the operator to include all CCM Defect conditions or exclude the Remote Defect Indication CCM (DefRDICCM) as a trigger for generating AIS. AIS generation can only occur when the client-meg-level configuration option has been included. Changing this parameter will evaluate the MEP for AIS triggers based on the new criteria.

Parameters 
allDef —
Keyword that includes any CCM defect condition to trigger AIS generation.
macRemErrXcon—
Keyword that excludes RDI CCM Defect condition to trigger AIS generation.

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon |remErrXcon |errXcon |xcon |noXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>epipe>sap>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>ipipe>sap>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure service epipe sap eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service epipe spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service ipipe sap eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Default 

low-priority-defect macRemErrXcon

Parameters 
low-priority-defect—
The low priority defect values are defined as follows:
Values—

allDef

DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

macRemErrXcon

Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon

Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

errXcon

Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon

Only DefXconCCM

noXcon

No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep ais-enable low-priority-defect
Description 

This command allows the operator to include all CCM Defect conditions or exclude the Remote Defect Indication CCM (DefRDICCM) as a trigger for generating AIS. AIS generation can only occur when the client-meg-level configuration option has been included. Changing this parameter will evaluate the MEP for AIS triggers based on the new criteria.

Parameters 
allDef —
Keyword that includes any CCM defect condition to trigger AIS generation.
macRemErrXcon—
Keyword that excludes RDI CCM Defect condition to trigger AIS generation.

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon |remErrXcon |errXcon |xcon |noXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls mesh-sdp eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service vpls spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Default 

low-priority-defect macRemErrXcon

Parameters 
low-priority-defect—
The low priority defect values are defined below.
Values—

allDef

DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

macRemErrXcon

Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon

Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

errXcon

Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon

Only DefXconCCM; or

noXcon

No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon |remErrXcon |errXcon |xcon |noXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>sap>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>if>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>ies>sub-if>grp-if>sap>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure service ies interface sap eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service ies interface spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service ies subscriber-interface group-interface sap eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Default 

low-priority-defect macRemErrXcon

Parameters 
low-priority-defect—
The following values are used to specify the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.
Values—

allDef

DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, efErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

macRemErrXcon

only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon

only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

errXcon

only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon

only DefXconCCM; or

noXcon

no defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect {allDef |macRemErrXcon |remErrXcon |errXcon |xcon |noXcon}
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>sap>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>if>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>sub-if>grp-if>sap>eth-cfm low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn interface sap eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service vprn interface spoke-sdp eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
configure service vprn subscriber-interface group-interface sap eth-cfm low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.

Default 

low-priority-defect macRemErrXcon

Parameters 
parameters—
Specifies the lowest priority defect.
Values—

allDef

DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

macRemErrXcon

Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

remErrXcon

Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM

errXcon

Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM

xcon

Only DefXconCCM; or

noXcon

No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported

 

low-priority-defect

Syntax 
low-priority-defect low-priority-defect
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>eth-cfm>mep low-priority-defect)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface eth-cfm mep low-priority-defect
Description 

This command specifies the lowest priority defect that generates a fault alarm. This setting is also used to determine the fault state of the MEP which, when enabled to do so, causes a network reaction.

Default 

low-priority-defect macRemErrXcon

Parameters 
low-priority-defect—
Specifies the lowest priority defect.
Values—
allDef, macRemErrXcon, remErrXcon, errXcon, xcon, noXcon

 

16.239. low-slope

low-slope

Syntax 
low-slope
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>hsmda-slope-policy low-slope)
Full Contexts 
configure qos hsmda-slope-policy low-slope
Description 

This command enables the low-priority RED slope context of an HSMDA slope policy. Within the low-slope context, the low-priority RED slope configuration commands defining the start of slope, end of slope, and maximum probability points may be executed.

For ingress, packets classified as low priority or out-of-profile are mapped to the low priority RED slope for queue congestion management.

At egress, packets received from ingress as out-of-profile, or that are reclassified to out-profile or exceed-profile at egress, are mapped to the low-priority RED slope for queue congestion management. Out-of-profile is derived at ingress either from above-CIR profiling or from explicit profile out classification.

low-slope

Syntax 
[no] low-slope
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>slope-policy low-slope)
Full Contexts 
configure qos slope-policy low-slope
Description 

The low-slope context contains the commands and parameters for defining the low Random Early Detection (RED) slope graph. Each buffer pool supports a low RED slope for managing access to the shared portion of the buffer pool for low out-of-profile packets.

The low-slope parameters can be changed at any time and the affected buffer pool low RED slopes must be adjusted appropriately.

The no form of this command restores the low slope configuration commands to the default values. If the leaf commands within low-slope are set to the default parameters, the low-slope node will not appear in save config and show config output unless the detail parameter is present.

16.240. low-wmark

low-wmark

Syntax 
low-wmark percent
Context 
[Tree] (config>app-assure>group>dns-ip-cache>ip-cache low-wmark)
Full Contexts 
configure application-assurance group dns-ip-cache ip-cache low-wmark
Description 

This command configures the low watermark value for the dns-ip-cache. If the dns-ip-cache has previously crossed the high-watermark value, the system will clear the trap in case the number of IP addresses stored in the cache crosses below the low watermark value.

Default 

low-wmark 80

Parameters 
percent—
Specifies the low watermark value, in percent.
Values—
0 to 100

 

Default—
80

16.241. lower-bound

lower-bound

Syntax 
lower-bound microseconds
no lower-bound
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>bin-group>bin-type>bin lower-bound)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm bin-group bin-type bin lower-bound
Description 

This command allows the operator specify the individual floors thresholds for the bins. The operator does not have to specific a lower threshold for every bin that was previously defined by the bin-count for the specific type. By default, each bin is the bin-number times 5000 microseconds. Lower thresholds in the previous adjacent bin must be lower than the threshold of the next higher bin threshold. A separate line per bin is required to configure an operator-specific threshold. An error prevents the bin from entering the active state if this is not maintained, at the time the no shutdown is issued. Bin 0 is the result of the difference between 0 and the configured lower-threshold of bin 1. The highest bin in the bin-count captures every result above the threshold. Any negative delay metric result is treated as zero and placed in bin 0.

The no form of this command removes the user configured threshold value and applies the default for the bin.

Parameters 
microseconds—
Specifies the threshold that defines the floor of the bin. The bin range is the difference between its configured threshold and the threshold of the next higher bin in microsecond threshold value.
Values—
1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
bin-number * 5000

16.242. lsa-accumulate

lsa-accumulate

Syntax 
lsa-accumulate lsa-accumulate
no lsa-accumulate
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>timers lsa-accumulate)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>timers lsa-accumulate)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf timers lsa-accumulate
configure router ospf3 timers lsa-accumulate
Description 

This command sets the internal OSPF delay to allow for the accumulation of multiple LSA so OSPF messages can be sent as efficiently as possible. The lsa-accumulate timer applies to all LSAs except Type 1 and Type 2 LSAs, which are sent immediately. LSAs are accumulated and then sent when:

  1. its size reaches the MTU size of the interface
  2. a new LSA is received on the interface
  3. the lsa-accumulate timer expires

Shorting this delay can speed up the advertisement of LSAs to OSPF neighbors but may increase the number of OSPF messages sent.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is greater than or equal to 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Default 

lsa-accumulate 1000

Parameters 
lsa-accumulate—
Specifies the LSA accumulation delay in milliseconds.
Values—
0 to 1000

 

16.243. lsa-arrival

lsa-arrival

Syntax 
lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
no lsa-arrival
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>timers lsa-arrival)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>timers lsa-arrival)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ospf timers lsa-arrival
configure service vprn ospf3 timers lsa-arrival
Description 

This parameter defines the minimum delay that must pass between receipt of the same Link State Advertisements (LSAs) arriving from neighbors.

It is recommended that the neighbor’s configured lsa-generate lsa-second-wait interval is equal to or greater than the lsa-arrival timer configured here.

Use the no form of this command to return to the default.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is ≥ 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Default 

lsa-arrival 1000

Parameters 
lsa-arrival-time—
Specifies the timer in milliseconds.
Values—
0 to 600000

 

lsa-arrival

Syntax 
lsa-arrival lsa-arrival-time
no lsa-arrival
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>timers lsa-arrival)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>timers lsa-arrival)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf timers lsa-arrival
configure router ospf3 timers lsa-arrival
Description 

This parameter defines the minimum delay that must pass between receipt of the same Link State Advertisements (LSAs) arriving from neighbors.

It is recommended that the neighbors configured lsa-generate lsa-second-wait interval is equal or greater than the lsa-arrival timer configured here.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is greater than or equal to 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Default 

lsa-arrival 1000

Parameters 
lsa-arrival-time—
Specifies the timer, in milliseconds.
Values—
0 to 600000

 

16.244. lsa-filter-out

lsa-filter-out

Syntax 
lsa-filter-out [all |except-own-rtrlsa |except-own-rtrlsa-and-defaults]
no lsa-filter-out
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>area>if lsa-filter-out)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>area>if lsa-filter-out)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>area>if lsa-filter-out)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>area>if lsa-filter-out)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf area interface lsa-filter-out
configure router ospf3 area interface lsa-filter-out
configure service vprn ospf area interface lsa-filter-out
configure service vprn ospf3 area interface lsa-filter-out
Description 

This command enables filtering of outgoing OSPF LSAs on the selected OSPFv2 or OSPFv3 interface. Three filtering options are provided:

  1. Do not flood any LSAs out the interface. This option is suitable if the neighbor is simply-connected and has a statically configured default route with the address of this interface as next-hop.
  2. Flood the router’s own router-LSA out the interface and suppress all other flooded LSAs. This option is suitable if the neighbor is simply-connected and has a statically configured default route with a loopback or system interface address (contained in the router-LSA) as next-hop.
  3. Flood the router’s own router-LSA and all self-generated type-3, type-5 and type-7 LSAs advertising a default route (0/0) out the interface; suppress all other flooded LSAs. This option is suitable if the neighbor is simply-connected and does not have a statically configured default route.

The no form of this command disables OSPF LSA filtering (normal operation).

Default 

no lsa-filter-out

16.245. lsa-generate

lsa-generate

Syntax 
lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait lsa-second-wait]]
no lsa-generate-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf>timers lsa-generate)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>ospf3>timers lsa-generate)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn ospf timers lsa-generate
configure service vprn ospf3 timers lsa-generate
Description 

This parameter customizes the throttling of OSPF LSA-generation. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second, and subsequent LSAs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSAs are generated at increasing intervals of the lsa-second-wait timer until a maximum value is reached.

Configuring the lsa-arrival interval to equal or less than the lsa-second-wait interval configured in the lsa-generate command is recommended.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is ≥ 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Parameters 
max-lsa-wait—
Specifies the maximum interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive occurrences of an LSA being generated.
Values—
10 to 600000

 

Default—
5000
lsa-initial-wait—
Specifies the first waiting period between link-state advertisements (LSA) originate(s), in milliseconds. When the LSA exceeds the lsa-initial-wait timer value and the topology changes, there is no wait period and the LSA is immediately generated.

When an LSA is generated, the initial wait period commences. If, within the specified lsa-initial-wait period and another topology change occurs, then the lsa-initial-wait timer applies.

Values—
10 to 600000

 

Default—
5000
lsa-second-wait—
Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and second LSA generation. The next topology change is subject to this second wait period. With each subsequent topology change, the wait time doubles (this is 2x the previous wait time). This assumes that each failure occurs within the relevant wait period.
Values—
10 to 600000

 

Default—
5000

lsa-generate

Syntax 
lsa-generate max-lsa-wait [lsa-initial-wait lsa-initial-wait [lsa-second-wait lsa-second-wait]]
no lsa-generate
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ospf>timers lsa-generate)
[Tree] (config>router>ospf3>timers lsa-generate)
Full Contexts 
configure router ospf timers lsa-generate
configure router ospf3 timers lsa-generate
Description 

This parameter customizes the throttling of OSPF LSA-generation. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second, and subsequent LSAs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSAs are generated at increasing intervals of the lsa-second-wait timer until a maximum value is reached.

Configuring the lsa-arrival interval to equal or less than the lsa-second-wait interval configured in the lsa-generate command is recommended.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is greater than or equal to 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Default 

lsa-generate 5000

Parameters 
max-lsa-wait—
Specifies the maximum interval in milliseconds between two consecutive occurrences of an LSA being generated.
Values—
10 to 600000

 

Default—
5000
lsa-initial-wait—
Specifies the first waiting period between link-state advertisements (LSA) originate(s), in milliseconds. When the LSA exceeds the lsa-initial-wait timer value and the topology changes, there is no wait period and the LSA is immediately generated.

When an LSA is generated, the initial wait period commences. If, within the specified lsa-initial-wait period and another topology change occurs, then the lsa-initial-wait timer applies.

Values—
10 to 600000

 

Default—
5000
lsa-second-wait—
Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and second LSA generation. The next topology change is subject to this second wait period. With each subsequent topology change, the wait time doubles (this is 2x the previous wait time). This assumes that each failure occurs within the relevant wait period.
Values—
10 to 600000

 

Default—
5000

16.246. lsdb

lsdb

Syntax 
[no] lsdb [level-number] [system-id |lsp-id]
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>isis lsdb)
Full Contexts 
debug router isis lsdb
Description 

This command enables debugging for Link State DataBase (LSDB).

The no form of the command disables debugging.

Parameters 
system-id—
When specified, only the specified system-id is debugged. Host name up to 38 characters.
lsp-id—
When specified, only the specified lsp-id is debugged. Hostname up to 38 characters.
level-number—
Specifies the interface level (1, 2, or 1 and 2).

lsdb

Syntax 
lsdb [type] [ls-id] [adv-rtr-id] [area area-id]
no lsdb
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>ospf lsdb)
[Tree] (debug>router>ospf3 lsdb)
Full Contexts 
debug router ospf lsdb
debug router ospf3 lsdb
Description 

This command enables debugging for an OSPF link-state database (LSDB).

Parameters 
type—
Specifies the OSPF link-state database (LSDB) type.
Values—
in the ospf context — router, network, summary, asbr, extern, nssa, area-opaque, as-opaque, link-opaque
in the ospf3 context — router, network, inter-area-pfx, inter-area-rtr, external, nssa, intra-area-pfx, rtr-info-link, rtr-info-area, rtr-info-as

 

ls-id—
Specifies an LSA type specific field containing either a router ID or an IP address. It identifies the piece of the routing domain being described by the advertisement.
adv-rtr-id—
Specifies the router identifier of the router advertising the LSA.
area area-id—
Specifies a 32-bit integer uniquely identifying an area.
Values—
ip-address — a.b.c.d
area — 0 to 4294967295

 

16.247. lsn

lsn

Syntax 
[no] lsn
Context 
[Tree] (config>isa>wlan-gw-group>nat lsn)
Full Contexts 
configure isa wlan-gw-group nat lsn
Description 

This command enables Large Scale NAT (LSN).

The no form of this command disables LSN.

lsn

Syntax 
lsn router router-instance [b4 ipv6-address] [aftr ipv6-address] ip ip-address protocol {tcp|udp} [port port] [outside-ip ipv4-address] [outside-port port] [nat-policy nat-policy-name]
no lsn router router-instance [b4 ipv6-address] ip ip-address protocol {tcp|udp} port port [nat-policy nat-policy-name]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>nat>fwd lsn)
Full Contexts 
configure service nat port-forwarding lsn
Description 

This command creates NAT static port forwards for LSN44, Ds-Lite and NAT64. Static port forwards (SPF) are static mappings created so that certain applications on the inside (private side) can be reached from host that are on the outside of the NAT. SPF statically map the subscriber (inside IP address in LSN44, CPE IPv6 address/prefix in DS-Lite and IPv6 prefix in NAT64), inside port and protocol to an outside IPv4 address, port and the same protocol.

If only the inside router, the inside IPv4/v6 address/prefix and the protocol are configured as parameters in the SPF request, the remaining fields in the mapping (outside port and outside IPv4 address) will be selected automatically by the node and reported in CLI once the command execution is completed.

Specifying the outside IPv4 address in the SPF request, mandates that all other, otherwise optional, parameters be also specified in the request (inside port and outside port). This creates a fully specified SPF request. Fully specified SPF request can be used in multi-chassis NAT redundancy deployments where the SPF is manually replicated between the SROS nodes. In single chassis NAT deployments, fully specified SPF request is guaranteed to work only in the system with a single MS-ISA in it. Otherwise (multiple MS-ISAs in the system) a conflict may arise where two distinct inside IP addresses that may reside on separate MS-ISAs are requested to be mapped to the same outside IPv4 address. This will not be possible since the outside IPv4 address cannot be split across the MS-ISAs (each IP address, inside or outside, is tied to a single MS-ISA).

In non-fully specified SPF requests (missing the inside port and/or outside port and the outside IPv4 address within the SPF request), the outside IPv4 address selection will depend on the configuration of the outside port in the SPF request:

  1. If the outside port is not specified or is specified from the configured port-forwarding-range [1024..port-forwarding-range], then the outside IPv4 address will be the same as the outside IPv4 address in an existing dynamic mapping for the same subscriber. If the subscriber does not exist (no dynamic mappings exist at the time of SPF creation request), then the subscriber will be automatically created and an outside IPv4 address will be assigned. In case that the outside ports are not available from the outside IPv4 address of the corresponding dynamic mapping, then the SPF request will fail. In other words, the dynamic and static mappings (created in this manner) for the same subscriber must use the same outside IPv4 address.
  1. If the outside port from the well-known port range [0 – 1023] is requested, then the outside IPv4 address does not have to match the outside IPv4 address of an existing dynamic mapping for the same subscriber, but can instead be any outside IPv4 address.

If multiple NAT policies per inside routing context are used, then the NAT policy must be specified in the SPF creation request. This is needed so the SPF be created in the correct pool.

SPFs are disabled by default and they must be explicitly enabled by the port-limits forwarding command within the NAT policy.

Configured SPFs, unlike SPFs created via the tools commands, are preserved across reboots without having to configure persistency (config>system>persistence>nat-port-forwarding) since they are part of the configuration. When the pool is shutdown the SPFs will be deactivated. When the pool is enabled (no shutdown), the SPFs (as created by tools command or via configuration) will be activated.

To avoid possible persistency related conflicts, SPFs can only be created using one method on a given node: either as configuration (the CLI configure branch) or using the tools command. For example: if a first SPF entry is created via CLI tools commands, the node will prevent SPF creation via configuration (the CLI configure branch) and vice versa.

The no form of the command deletes NAT static port forwards for LSN44, Ds-Lite and NAT64.

Default 

none

Parameters 
router router-instance
This mandatory parameter specifies the inside routing instance; router name or service-id.
Values—
router-name, service-id

 

b4 ipv6-address
This optional parameter specifies the IPv6 address of the B4 element in DS-Lite.
Values—
<ipv6-address> : ipv6-address - x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x - [0..FFFF]H
d - [0..255]D

 

aftr ipv6-address
This optional parameter specifies IPv6 address of the AFTR element in DS-Lite.
Values—
<ip-address> : ipv4-address - a.b.c.d
ipv6-address - x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)
x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d
x - [0..FFFF]H
d - [0..255]D

 

protocol {tcp|udp}
This mandatory parameter specifies the protocol to use, either TCP or UDP.
port port
This optional parameter specifies a source port.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

outside-ip ipv4-address
This mandatory parameter specifies the outside IPv4 address. If the outside IPv4 address is specified, then all other optional parameters become mandatory.
outside-port port
This optional parameter specifies the outside port.
nat-policy policy-name
If multiple NAT policies are used inside the routing context, then the NAT policy should be specified in the SPF request so the SPF is created in the correct NAT pool. Otherwise, the default NAT policy from the inside routing context will be used.

16.248. lsp

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp lsp-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>gmpls lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure router gmpls lsp
Description 

This command creates a GMPLS LSP that is signaled dynamically by the router.

When the LSP is created, the egress router must be specified using the to command and a working-path must be specified.

GMPLS LSPs are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state.

The no form of this command deletes the GMPLS LSP. All configuration information associated with this GMPLS LSP is lost. The GMPLS LSP must be administratively shut down before it can be deleted.

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the identifier for the GMPLS LSP, up to 32 characters.

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp lsp-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>targ-session>tunneling lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp targ-session tunneling lsp
Description 

This command configures a specific LSP destined to this peer and to be used for tunneling of LDP FEC over RSVP. A maximum of 4 RSVP LSPs can be explicitly used for tunneling LDP FECs to the T-LDP peer.

It is not necessary to specify any RSVP LSP in this context unless there is a need to restrict the tunneling to selected LSPs. All RSVP LSPs with a to address matching that of the T-LDP peer are eligible by default. The user can also exclude specific LSP names by using the ldp-over-rsvp exclude command in the configure->router->mpls->lsp lsp-name context.

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp lsp-name sender sender-address
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>ingress-statistics lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls ingress-statistics lsp
Description 

This command configures statistics in the ingress data path of a terminating RSVP LSP at an egress LER. The LSP name must correspond to the name configured by the operator at the ingress LER. It must not contain the special character “:” which is used as a field separator by the ingress LER for encoding the LSP and path names into the RSVP session name field in the session_attribute object. The operator must execute the no shutdown for this command to effectively enable statistics.

The same set of counters is updated for packets received over any path of this LSP and over the lifetime of the LSP. In steady-state, the counters are updated for packets received over the active path of the LSP. The active path can be the primary path, one of the secondary paths, the FRR detour path, or the FRR bypass path when the tail-end node is also the MP.

When a hierarchy of LSPs is in use, statistics collection on the outermost label corresponding to the tunneling LSP and on the inner labels, corresponding to the tunneled LSPs are mutually exclusive. A consequence of this is that when the operator enables statistics collection on an RSVP LSP which is also used for tunneling LDP FECs with the LDP over RSVP feature, then statistics will be collected on the RSVP LSP only. There will be no statistics collected for an LDP FEC tunneled over this RSVP LSP and also egressing on the same node regardless if the operator enabled statistics collection on this FEC. When, the operator disables statistics collection on the RSVP LSP, then statistics collection, if enabled, will be performed on a tunneled LDP FEC.

The operator can enable statistics collection on a manual bypass terminating on the egress LER. However all LSPs which primary path is protected by the manual bypass will not collect statistics when they activate forwarding over the manual bypass. When, the operator disables statistics collection on the manual bypass LSP, then statistics collection on the protected LSP, if enabled, will continue when the bypass LSP is activated.

The no form of this command disables statistics for this RSVP LSP in the ingress data path and removes the accounting policy association from the LSP.

Parameters 
sender-address ip-address
Specifies a string of 15 characters representing the IP address of the ingress LER for the LSP.
lsp-name—
Specifies the LSP name, up to 64 characters in length, as configured at the ingress LER.

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp lsp-name [bypass-only |p2mp-lsp |mpls-tp src-tunnel-num |sr-te]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp
Description 

This command creates an LSP that is either signaled dynamically by the router, or a statically provisioned MPLS-TP LSP.

When the LSP is created, the egress router must be specified using the to command and at least one primary or secondary path must be specified for signaled LSPs, or at least one working path for MPLS-TP LSPs. All other statements under the LSP hierarchy are optional.

LSPs are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state.

The no form of this command deletes the LSP. All configuration information associated with this LSP is lost. The LSP must be administratively shutdown before it can be deleted. The LSP must also be unbound from all SDPs before it can be deleted.

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the name that identifies the LSP. The LSP name can be up to 64 characters long and must be unique.
bypass-only—
Defines an LSP as a manual bypass LSP exclusively. When a path message for a new LSP requests bypass protection, the PLR first checks if a manual bypass tunnel satisfying the path constraints exists. If one if found, the router selects it. If no manual bypass tunnel is found, the router dynamically signals a bypass LSP in the default behavior. The CLI for this feature includes a knob that provides the user with the option to disable dynamic bypass creation on a per node basis.
p2mp-lsp—
Defines an LSP as a point-to-multipoint LSP. The following parameters can be used with a P2MP LSP: adaptive, adspec, cspf, exclude, fast-reroute, from, hop-limit, include, metric, retry-limit, retry-timer, resignal-timer. The following parameters cannot be used with a P2MP LSP: primary, secondary, to, dest-global-id, dest-tunnel-number, working-tp-path, protect-tp-path.

This option is not supported on the 7450 ESS.

mpls-tp src-tunnel-num
Defines an LSP as an MPLS-TP LSP. The src-tunnel-num is a mandatory create time parameter for mpls-tp LSPs, and has to be assigned by the user based on the configured range of tunnel IDs. The following parameters can only be used with an MPLS-TP LSP: to, dest-global-id, dest-tunnel-number, working-tp-path, protect-tp-path. Other parameters defined for the above LSP types cannot be used.
sr-te—
Defines an LSP of type Segment Routing Traffic Engineering (SR-TE) LSP. The user can associate an empty path or a path with strict or loose explicit hops with the primary path of the SR-TE LSP. A hop which corresponds to an adjacency SID must be identified with its far-end host IP address (next-hop) on the subnet. If the local end host IP address is provided, this hop is ignored since this router can have multiple adjacencies (next-hops) on the same subnet. A hop which corresponds to a node SID is identified by the prefix address. The user is only allowed to configure a primary path for the SR-TE LSP.

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>mpls lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session mpls lsp
Description 

This command enables the context to define the type of label switched path and the identification of the LSP for which packets traverse. Only a single LSP can be configured per session. Once an LSP has been configured, other LSP types under this context is blocked.

The no form of this command deletes the configured LSP under the context, when there are no active tests are executing under this session.

lsp

Syntax 
lsp lsp-name
no lsp
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>mpls>lsp>mpls-tp lsp)
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>mpls>lsp>rsvp lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session mpls lsp mpls-tp-static lsp
configure oam-pm session mpls lsp rsvp lsp
Description 

This command specifies the MPLS LSP to be tested.

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the LSP name, up to 64 characters.

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp lsp-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>indirect>tunnel-next-hop>resolution-filter>rsvp-te lsp)
[Tree] (config>router>static-route-entry>indirect>tunnel-next-hop>resolution-filter>sr-te lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure router static-route-entry indirect tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter rsvp-te lsp
configure router static-route-entry indirect tunnel-next-hop resolution-filter sr-te lsp
Description 

This command restricts the search for a resolving LSP to a specific set of named LSPs. Only those LSPs named in the associated name list will be searched for a match to resolve the associated static route.

Parameters 
lsp-name
Specifies the name of the LSP to be searched for a valid resolving tunnel for the static route's next-hop.

lsp

Syntax 
[no] lsp lsp-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>sdp lsp)
Full Contexts 
configure service sdp lsp
Description 

This command creates associations between one or more label switched paths (LSPs) and an Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) Service Distribution Point (SDP). This command is implemented only on MPLS-type encapsulated SDPs.

In MPLS SDP configurations either one or more LSP names can be specified or LDP can be enabled. The SDP ldp and lsp commands are mutually exclusive except if the mixed-lsp-mode option is also enabled. If an LSP is specified on an MPLS SDP, then LDP cannot be enabled on the SDP. To enable LDP on the SDP when an LSP is already specified, the LSP must be removed from the configuration using the no lsp lsp-name command.

Alternatively, if LDP is already enabled on an MPLS SDP, then an LSP cannot be specified on the SDP. To specify an LSP on the SDP, the LDP must be disabled or the mixed-lsp-mode option is also enabled. The LSP must have already been created in the config>router>mpls context. with a valid far-end IP address. RSVP must be enabled.

If no LSP is associated with an MPLS SDP, the SDP cannot enter the operationally up state. The SDP can be administratively enabled (no shutdown) with no LSP associations. The lsp-name may be shutdown, causing the association with the SDP to be operationally down (the LSP will not be used by the SDP).

Up to 16 LSP names can be entered on a single command line.

The no form of this command deletes one or more LSP associations from an SDP. If the lsp-name does not exist as an association or as a configured LSP, no error is returned. An lsp-name must be removed from all SDP associations before the lsp-name can be deleted from the system. The SDP must be administratively disabled (shutdown) before the last lsp-name association with the SDP is deleted.

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the name of the LSP to associate with the SDP. An LSP name is case sensitive and is limited to 32 ASCII 7-bit printable characters with no spaces. If an exact match of lsp-name does not already exist as a defined LSP, an error message is generated. If the lsp-name does exist and the LSP to IP address matches the SDP far-end IP address, the association is created.

16.249. lsp-bfd

lsp-bfd

Syntax 
lsp-bfd prefix-list-name
no lsp-bfd prefix-list-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp lsp-bfd)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp lsp-bfd
Description 

This command enters the context to configure LSP BFD for a set of LDP LSPs with FECs matching those defined in the specified prefix list.

Up to 16 LSP BFD instances can be configured for LDP.

If a prefix corresponding to an LDP FEC appears in more than one prefix list, then the system will apply the LSP BFD configuration to the LSP only once. A prefix list may contain a longest match corresponding to one or more LDP FECs, in which case the BFD configuration is applied to all of those LDP LSPs.

The no form of the command removes LSP BFD. Specifying a prefix list name will remove LSP BFD for all LDP FECs that match the specified prefix list, except those LDP FECs that also match another LSP BFD prefix list.

Default 

no lsp-bfd

Parameters 
prefix-list-name—
Specifies the name of the prefix list configured using the config>router>policy-options>prefix-list name command, up to 32 characters maximum. The prefix list name can be specified by the lsp-bfd command prior to the prefix list being defined in the config>router>policy-options context.

lsp-bfd

Syntax 
lsp-bfd
Context 
[Tree] (config>router lsp-bfd)
Full Contexts 
configure router lsp-bfd
Description 

This command creates a context for the configuration of LSP BFD parameters.

16.250. lsp-egress-stats

lsp-egress-stats

Syntax 
lsp-egress-stats lsp lsp-name [interval seconds] [repeat repeat] [absolute |rate] [bits]
Context 
[Tree] (monitor>router>mpls lsp-egress-stats)
Full Contexts 
monitor router mpls lsp-egress-stats
Description 

This command displays egress statistics for LSP interfaces at the configured interval until the configured count is reached.

Default 

no lsp-egress-stats

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the LSP name, up to 64 characters.
repeat—
Specifies how many times the command is repeated.
Values—
1 to 999

 

Default—
10
seconds
Specifies the interval for each display, in seconds.
Values—
3 to 60

 

Default—
10
absolute—
Displays raw statistics, without processing. No calculations are performed on the delta or rate statistics.
rate—
Displays rate-per-second for each statistic instead of the delta.
bits—
Displays the output values in bits rather than in octets.
Output 

The following output is an example of LSP egress statistics information.

Sample Output
B:Dut-C-cpm2# monitor router mpls lsp-egress-stats lsp sample repeat 3 interval 10 
absolute 
===============================================================================
Monitor egress statistics for MPLS LSP "sample"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 0 sec (Base Statistics)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : 5                      
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 551                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 560918                 
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 551                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 560918                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 551                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 560918                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 551                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 560918                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 551                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 560918                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 551                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 560918                 
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 551                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 560918                 
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 551                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 560918                  OutProf Octets: 0 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 10 sec (Mode: Absolute)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : 5                      
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 580                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 590440                 
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 580                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 590440                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 580                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 590440                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 580                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 590440                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 580                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 590440                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 580                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 590440                 
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 580                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 590440                 
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 580                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 590440                  OutProf Octets: 0 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 20 sec (Mode: Absolute)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : 5                      
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 609                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 619962                 
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 609                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 619962                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 609                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 619962                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 609                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 619962                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 609                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 619962                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 609                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 619962                 
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 609                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 619962                 
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 609                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 619962                  OutProf Octets: 0 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 30 sec (Mode: Absolute)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : 5                      
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 638                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 649484                 
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 638                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 649484                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 638                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 649484                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 638                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 649484                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 638                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 649484                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 638                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 649484                 
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 638                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 649484                 
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 638                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 649484                  OutProf Octets: 0 
===============================================================================
B:Dut-C-cpm2# 

16.251. lsp-exp

lsp-exp

Syntax 
lsp-exp lsp-exp-value [fc fc-name] [priority {low | high}]
no lsp-exp lsp-exp-value
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>sap-ingress lsp-exp)
Full Contexts 
configure qos sap-ingress lsp-exp
Description 

This command explicitly sets the forwarding class or subclass enqueuing priority when a packet is marked with a MPLS EXP bits specified. Adding a lsp-exp rule on the policy forces packets that match the MPLS LSP EXP specified to override the forwarding class and enqueuing priority based on the parameters included in the lsp-exp rule. When the forwarding class is not specified in the rule, a matching packet preserves (or inherits) the existing forwarding class derived from earlier matches in the classification hierarchy. When the enqueuing priority is not specified in the rule, a matching packet preserves (or inherits) the existing enqueuing priority derived from earlier matches in the classification hierarchy.

The lsp-exp-value is derived from the MPLS LSP EXP bits of the top label.

Multiple commands can be entered to define the association of some or all eight LSP EX bit values to the forwarding class.

The no form of this command removes the explicit lsp-exp classification rule from the SAP ingress policy. Removing the rule on the policy immediately removes the rule on all ingress SAPs using the policy.

This command applies to Ethernet Layer 2 SAPs only.

Parameters 
lsp-exp-value —
This value is a required parameter that specifies the unique MPLS LSP EXP value that will match the lsp-exp rule. If the command is executed multiple times with the same lsp-exp-value, the previous forwarding class and enqueuing priority is completely overridden by the new parameters or defined to be inherited when a forwarding class or enqueuing priority parameter is missing.

A maximum of eight lsp-exp rules are allowed on a single policy.

Values—
0 to 7

 

fc fc-name
The value given for the fc-name parameter must be one of the predefined forwarding classes in the system. Specifying the fc-name is optional. When a packet matches the rule, the forwarding class is only overridden when the fc-name parameter is defined on the rule. If the packet matches and the forwarding class is not explicitly defined in the rule, the forwarding class is inherited based on previous rule matches.

The subclass-name parameter is optional and used with the fc-name parameter to define a pre-existing subclass. The fc-name and subclass-name parameters must be separated by a period (dot). If subclass-name does not exist in the context of fc -name, an error will occur.

Values—

fc:

class[.subclass]

class: be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

subclass: 29 characters max

 

priority —
The priority parameter is used to override the default enqueuing priority for all packets received on an ingress SAP using this policy that match this rule. Specifying the priority is optional. When a packet matches the rule, the enqueuing priority is only overridden when the priority parameter is defined on the rule. If the packet matches and priority is not explicitly defined in the rule, the enqueuing priority is inherited based on previous rule matches.
high —
The high parameter is used in conjunction with the priority parameter. Setting the enqueuing parameter to high for a packet increases the likelihood of enqueuing the packet when the ingress queue is congested. Ingress enqueuing priority only affects ingress SAP queuing. When the packet is placed in a buffer on the ingress queue, the significance of the enqueuing priority is lost.
low —
The low parameter is used in conjunction with the priority parameter. Setting the enqueuing parameter to low for a packet decreases the likelihood of enqueuing the packet when the ingress queue is congested. Ingress enqueuing priority only affects ingress SAP queuing. When the packet is placed in a buffer on the ingress queue, the significance of the enqueuing priority is lost.
Default—
no override

lsp-exp

Syntax 
lsp-exp lsp-exp-value fc fc-name profile {in |out}
no lsp-exp
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>network>ingress lsp-exp)
Full Contexts 
configure qos network ingress lsp-exp
Description 

This command creates a mapping between the LSP EXP bits of the network ingress traffic and the forwarding class.

Ingress traffic that matches the specified LSP EXP bits will be assigned to the corresponding forwarding class. Multiple commands can be entered to define the association of some or all eight LSP EXP bit values to the forwarding class. For undefined values, packets are assigned to the forwarding class specified under the default-action command.

The no form of this command removes the association of the LSP EXP bit value to the forwarding class. The default-action then applies to that LSP EXP bit pattern.

Default 

no lsp-exp

Parameters 
lsp-exp-value—
Specify the LSP EXP values to be associated with the forwarding class.
Values—
0 to 8 (Decimal representation of three EXP bit field)

 

fc fc-name
Enter this required parameter to specify the fc-name that the EXP bit pattern will be associated with.
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

profile {in |out}—
Enter this required parameter to indicate whether the LSP EXP value is the in-profile or out-of-profile value.
Values—
in, out

 

16.252. lsp-exp-in-profile

lsp-exp-in-profile

Syntax 
lsp-exp-in-profile lsp-exp-value
no lsp-exp-in-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>network>egress>fc lsp-exp-in-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure qos network egress fc lsp-exp-in-profile
Description 

This command specifies the in-profile LSP EXP value for the forwarding class. The EXP value will be used for all LSP labeled packets requiring marking that require marking at egress on this forwarding class queue, and that are in-profile. The inplus-profile traffic is marked with the same value as in-profile traffic.

When multiple EXP values are associated with the forwarding class at network egress, the last name entered will overwrite the previous value.

The no form of this command resets the configuration to the factory default in-profile EXP setting.

Default 

Policy-id 1:

Factory setting

Policy-id 2 to 65535:

Policy-id setting

Parameters 
lsp-exp-value—
The 3-bit LSP EXP bit value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 7

 

16.253. lsp-exp-out-profile

lsp-exp-out-profile

Syntax 
lsp-exp-out-profile lsp-exp-value
no lsp-exp-out-profile
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>network>egress>fc lsp-exp-out-profile)
Full Contexts 
configure qos network egress fc lsp-exp-out-profile
Description 

This command specifies the out-of-profile LSP EXP value for the forwarding class. The EXP value will be used for all LSP labeled packets that require marking at egress on this forwarding class queue, and that are out-of-profile. The exceed-profile traffic is marked with the same value as out-of-profile traffic.

When multiple EXP values are associated with the forwarding class at network egress, the last name entered will overwrite the previous value.

The no form of this command resets the configuration to the factory default out-of-profile EXP setting.

Default 

Policy-id 1:

Factory setting

Policy-id 2 to 65535:

Policy-id setting

Parameters 
mpls-exp-value—
The 3-bit MPLS EXP bit value, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 7

 

16.254. lsp-hold-timer

lsp-hold-timer

Syntax 
[no] lsp-hold-timer hold-time
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>gmpls>peer lsp-hold-timer)
Full Contexts 
configure router gmpls peer lsp-hold-timer
Description 

This command specifies the amount of time that the ingress node holds before programming its data plane and declaring a GMPLS LSP up. This occurs anytime the ingress UNI-C node brings up a GMPLS LSP path or reroutes a GMPLS LSP. The hold-time value should be configured to reflect the data path programming time for the optical technology used between the ingress and egress UNI-N nodes.

The no form of the command resets the configuration to the default value.

Default 

lsp-hold-timer 60

Parameters 
hold-timer—
Specifies the ingress node hold time, in seconds.
Values—
5 to 300

 

16.255. lsp-ingress-stats

lsp-ingress-stats

Syntax 
lsp-ingress-stats lsp lsp-name [interval seconds] [repeat repeat] [absolute |rate] ip-address [bits]
Context 
[Tree] (monitor>router>mpls lsp-ingress-stats)
Full Contexts 
monitor router mpls lsp-ingress-stats
Description 

This command displays ingress statistics for LSP interfaces at the configured interval until the configured count is reached.

Parameters 
lsp-name—
Specifies the LSP name up to 64 characters.
repeat—
Specifies how many times the command is repeated.
Values—
1 to 999

 

Default—
10
seconds
Specifies the interval for each display, in seconds.
Values—
3 to 60

 

Default—
10
absolute—
Displays raw statistics, without processing. No calculations are performed on the delta or rate statistics.
rate—
Displays rate-per-second for each statistic instead of the delta.
ip-address
Specifies the IP address.
Values—
a.b.c.d

 

bits—
Displays the output values in bits rather than in octets.
Output 

The following output is an example of LSP ingress statistics information.

Sample Output
B:Dut-C-cpm2# monitor router mpls lsp-ingress-stats lsp sample 192.0.2.1 repeat 3 
interval 10 absolute 
===============================================================================
Monitor ingress statistics for MPLS LSP "sample"
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 0 sec (Base Statistics)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
Sender        : 192.0.2.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : None                   
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 539                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 548702                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 539                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 548702                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 1078                    OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 1097404                 OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 539                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 548702                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 539                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 548702                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 539                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 548702                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 539                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 548702 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 10 sec (Mode: Absolute)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
Sender        : 192.0.2.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : None                   
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 568                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 578224                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 568                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 578224                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 1136                    OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 1156448                 OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 568                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 578224                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 568                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 578224                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 568                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 578224                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 568                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 578224 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 20 sec (Mode: Absolute)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
Sender        : 192.0.2.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : None                   
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 597                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 607746                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 597                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 607746                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 1194                    OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 1215492                 OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 597                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 607746                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 597                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 607746                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 597                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 607746                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 597                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 607746 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
At time t = 30 sec (Mode: Absolute)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP Name      : sample
Sender        : 192.0.2.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collect Stats : Enabled                 Accting Plcy. : None                   
Adm State     : Up                      PSB Match     : True                   
FC BE
InProf Pkts   : 627                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 638286                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 627                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 638286                 
FC AF
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC L1
InProf Pkts   : 1254                    OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 1276572                 OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H2
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 627                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 638286                 
FC EF
InProf Pkts   : 627                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 638286                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC H1
InProf Pkts   : 627                     OutProf Pkts  : 0                      
InProf Octets : 638286                  OutProf Octets: 0                      
FC NC
InProf Pkts   : 0                       OutProf Pkts  : 627                    
InProf Octets : 0                       OutProf Octets: 638286 
===============================================================================
B:Dut-C-cpm2# 

16.256. lsp-init-retry-timeout

lsp-init-retry-timeout

Syntax 
lsp-init-retry-timeout seconds
no lsp-init-retry-timeout
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>gmpls lsp-init-retry-timeout)
Full Contexts 
configure router gmpls lsp-init-retry-timeout
Description 

This command configures the initial GMPLS LSP path retry timer.

The new GMPLS LSP path initial retry timer is used instead of the retry-timer to abort the retry cycle when no RESV is received. The retry-timer exclusively governs the time between two retry cycles and to handle retrying of a GMPLS LSP path in a failure case with PATH errors or RESVTear.

The no form of this command returns the timer to the default value.

Default 

lsp-init-retry-timeout 30

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time (in seconds), between retry cycles.
Values—
10 to 600

 

lsp-init-retry-timeout

Syntax 
lsp-init-retry-timeout seconds
no lsp-init-retry-timeout
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls lsp-init-retry-timeout)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp-init-retry-timeout
Description 

This command configures the initial LSP path retry-timer.

The new LSP path initial retry-timer is used instead of the retry-timer to abort the retry cycle when no RESV is received. The retry-timer exclusively governs the time between two retry cycles and to handle retrying of an LSP path in a failure case with PATH errors or RESVTear.

The intent is that the user can now control how many refreshes of the pending PATH state can be performed before starting a new retry-cycle with a new LSP ID. This is all done without affecting the ability to react faster to failures of the LSP path, which will continue to be governed by the retry-timer.

The no form of this command returns the timer to the default value.

Default 

lsp-init-retry-timeout 30

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the value (in s), used as the fast retry timer for a secondary path.
Values—
10 to 600

 

Default—
30

16.257. lsp-lifetime

lsp-lifetime

Syntax 
lsp-lifetime seconds
no lsp-lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb lsp-lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb lsp-lifetime
Description 

This command sets the time, in seconds, SPB wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain. This is a control B-VPLS command.

Each LSP received is maintained in an LSP database until the lsp-lifetime expires unless the originating router refreshes the LSP. By default, each router refreshes its LSPs every 20 minutes (1200 seconds) so other routers will not age out the LSP.

The LSP refresh timer is derived from this formula: lsp-lifetime/2.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lsp-lifetime 1200 — LSPs originated by SPB should be valid for 1200 seconds (20 minutes).

Parameters 
seconds —
The time, in seconds, that SPB wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain.
Values—
350 to 65535

 

lsp-lifetime

Syntax 
lsp-lifetime seconds
no lsp-lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb lsp-lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb lsp-lifetime
Description 

This command sets the time, in seconds, the router wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain.

Each LSP received is maintained in an LSP database until the lsp-lifetime expires unless the originating router refreshes the LSP. By default, each router refreshes its LSPs every 20 minutes (1200 seconds) so other routers will not age out the LSP.

The LSP refresh timer is derived from this formula: lsp-lifetime/2.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lsp-lifetime 1200

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time, in seconds, that the router wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain
Values—
350 to 65535

 

lsp-lifetime

Syntax 
lsp-lifetime seconds
no lsp-lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis lsp-lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis lsp-lifetime
Description 

This command sets the time, in seconds, the router wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain.

Each LSP received is maintained in an LSP database until the lsp-lifetime expires unless the originating router refreshes the LSP. By default, each router refreshes its LSPs every 20 minutes (1200 seconds) so other routers will not age out the LSP.

The LSP refresh timer is derived from this formula: lsp-lifetime/2

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lsp-lifetime 1200 — LSPs originated by the router should be valid for 1200 seconds (20 minutes).

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time, in seconds, that the router wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain.
Values—
350 to 65535

 

lsp-lifetime

Syntax 
lsp-lifetime seconds
no lsp-lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis lsp-lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis lsp-lifetime
Description 

This command sets the time, in seconds, the router wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain.

Each LSP received is maintained in an LSP database until the lsp-lifetime expires unless the originating router refreshes the LSP. By default, each router refreshes its LSPs every 20 minutes (1200 seconds) so other routers will not age out the LSP.

The LSP refresh timer is derived from this formula: lsp-lifetime/2

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lsp-lifetime 1200

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the time, in seconds, that the router wants the LSPs it originates to be considered valid by other routers in the domain.
Values—
350 to 65535

 

16.258. lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime

lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime

Syntax 
lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime seconds
no lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime
Description 

This command configures the minimum value to which the remaining lifetime of the LSP is set. The value is a counter that decrements, in seconds, starting from the value in the received LSP (if not self-originated) or from lsp-lifetime seconds (if self-originated). When the remaining lifetime becomes zero, the contents of the LSP is purged. The remaining lifetime of an LSP is not changed when there is no lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime value configured.

The configured value must be greater than or equal to the lsp-lifetime value.

The no form of this command removes the seconds value from the configuration.

Default 

no lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the decrementing counter, in seconds. The configured value must be greater than or equal to the locally configured value of lsp-lifetime (MaxAge).
Values—
350 to 65535

 

lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime

Syntax 
lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime seconds
no lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime
Description 

This command configures the minimum value to which the remaining lifetime of the LSP is set. The value is a counter that decrements, in seconds, starting from the value in the received LSP (if not self-originated) or from lsp-lifetime seconds (if self-originated). When the remaining lifetime becomes zero, the contents of the LSP is purged. The remaining lifetime of an LSP is not changed when there is no lsp-minimum-remaining-lifetime value configured.

The configured value must be greater than or equal to the lsp-lifetime value.

The no form of this command removes the seconds value from the configuration.

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the decrementing counter, in seconds. The configured value must be greater than or equal to the locally configured value of lsp-lifetime (MaxAge).
Values—
350 to 65535

 

16.259. lsp-mtu-size

lsp-mtu-size

Syntax 
lsp-mtu-size size
no lsp-mtu-size
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis lsp-mtu-size)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>level lsp-mtu-size)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis level lsp-mtu-size
configure service vprn isis lsp-mtu-size
Description 

This command configures the LSP MTU size. If the size value is changed from the default using CLI or SNMP, then ISIS must be restarted for the change to take effect. This can be done by performing a shutdown command and then a no shutdown command in the config>router>isis context.

Note:

Using the exec command to execute a configuration file to change the LSP MTU size from its default value will automatically restart IS-IS for the change to take effect.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lsp-mtu-size 1492

Parameters 
size—
Specifies the LSP MTU size.
Values—
490 to 9778

 

lsp-mtu-size

Syntax 
lsp-mtu-size size
no lsp-mtu-size
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis lsp-mtu-size)
[Tree] (config>router>isis>level lsp-mtu-size)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis level lsp-mtu-size
configure router isis lsp-mtu-size
Description 

This command configures the LSP MTU size. If the size value is changed from the default using CLI or SNMP, then IS-IS must be restarted in order for the change to take effect. This can be done by performing a shutdown command and then a no shutdown command in the config>router>isis context.

Note:

Using the exec command to execute a configuration file to change the LSP MTU-size from its default value automatically restarts IS-IS for the change to take effect.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

lsp-mtu-size 1492

Parameters 
size—
Specifies the LSP MTU size.
Values—
490 to 9778

 

16.260. lsp-num

lsp-num

Syntax 
lsp-num lsp-num
no lsp-num
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>working-tp-path lsp-num)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>protect-tp-path lsp-num)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp protect-tp-path lsp-num
configure router mpls lsp working-tp-path lsp-num
Description 

This command configures the MPLS-TP LSP Number for the working TP path or the Protect TP Path.

Default 

lsp-num 1 (for a working path), lsp-num 2 (for a protect path)

Parameters 
lsp-num—
Specifies the LSP number.
Values—
1 to 65535

 

16.261. lsp-pacing-interval

lsp-pacing-interval

Syntax 
lsp-pacing-interval milli-seconds
no lsp-pacing-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>sap>spb lsp-pacing-interval)
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>spb lsp-pacing-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls sap spb lsp-pacing-interval
configure service vpls spoke-sdp spb lsp-pacing-interval
Description 

This command configures the interval during which LSPs are sent from the interface.

To avoid overwhelming neighbors that have less CPU processing power with LSPs, the pacing interval can be configured to limit how many LSPs are sent during an interval. LSPs may be sent in bursts during the interval up to the configured limit. If a value of 0 is configured, no LSPs are sent from the interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Note:

The IS-IS timer granularity is 100 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Default 

lsp-pacing-interval 100 — LSPs are sent in 100 millisecond intervals.

Parameters 
milli-seconds —
The interval in milliseconds during which IS-IS LSPs are sent from the interface, expressed as a decimal integer.

0 to 65535

lsp-pacing-interval

Syntax 
lsp-pacing-interval milliseconds
no lsp-pacing-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>if lsp-pacing-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis interface lsp-pacing-interval
Description 

This command configures the interval at which LSPs are sent from the interface.

To avoid overwhelming neighbors that have less CPU processing power with LSPs, the pacing interval can be configured to limit how many LSPs are sent at the interval. LSPs are sent in bursts at the interval up to the configured limit. If a value of 0 is configured, no LSPs are sent from the interface.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Note:

The IS-IS pacing interval is 100 milliseconds for values < 100 milliseconds, and 1 second for values ≥ 100 milliseconds. For example, a pacing interval of 2 milliseconds means that a maximum of 50 LSPs are sent in a burst at 100 millisecond intervals. The default pacing interval of 100 milliseconds means that a maximum of 10 LSPs are sent in a burst at 1 second intervals.

Default 

lsp-pacing-interval 100 — the pacing interval is 100 milliseconds.

Parameters 
milliseconds—
Specifies the pacing interval in milliseconds at which IS-IS LSPs are sent from the interface at each interval expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

lsp-pacing-interval

Syntax 
lsp-pacing-interval milliseconds
no lsp-pacing-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>interface lsp-pacing-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis interface lsp-pacing-interval
Description 

This command configures the interval at which LSPs are sent from the interface.

To avoid overwhelming neighbors that have less CPU processing power with LSPs, the pacing interval can be configured to limit how many LSPs are sent at the interval. LSPs are sent in bursts at the interval up to the configured limit. If a value of 0 is configured, no LSPs are sent from the interface. The interval applies to all LSPs: LSPs generated by the router, and LSPs received from other routers.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Note:

The IS-IS pacing interval is 100 milliseconds for values < 100 milliseconds, and 1 second for values ≥ 100 milliseconds. For example, a pacing interval of 2 milliseconds means that a maximum of 50 LSPs are sent in a burst at 100 millisecond intervals. The default pacing interval of 100 milliseconds means that a maximum of 10 LSPs are sent in a burst at 1 second intervals.

Default 

lsp-pacing-interval 100 — LSPs are sent in 100 millisecond intervals.

Parameters 
milli-seconds—
Specifies the interval in milliseconds during which IS-IS LSPs are sent from the interface expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
0 to 65535

 

16.262. lsp-ping

lsp-ping

Syntax 
lsp-ping lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-ping bgp-label prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping ldp prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping rsvp-te lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-ping sr-isis prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [igp-instance igp-instance] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping sr-ospf prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [igp-instance igp-instance] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping sr-ospf3 prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [igp-instance igp-instance] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping sr-policy color color-id endpoint ip-address [segment-list segment-list-id] [detail] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping sr-te lsp-name [path path-name] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-ping static lsp-name [assoc-channel {ipv4 |non-ip |none}] [dest-global-id global-id dest-node-id node-id] [force] [path-type {active |working |protect}]
NOTE: Options common to all lsp-ping cases: [detail] [fc fc-name [profile {in |out}]] [interval interval] [send-count send-count] [size octets] [src-ip-address ip-address] [timeout timeout] [ttl label-ttl]
Context 
[Tree] (oam lsp-ping)
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type lsp-ping)
Full Contexts 
configure saa test type lsp-ping
oam lsp-ping
Description 

This command performs in-band LSP connectivity tests.

This command performs an LSP ping using the protocol and data structures defined in the RFC 8029, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures.

The LSP ping operation is modeled after the IP ping utility which uses ICMP echo request and reply packets to determine IP connectivity.

In an LSP ping, the originating device creates an MPLS echo request packet for the LSP and path to be tested. The MPLS echo request packet is sent through the data plane and awaits an MPLS echo reply packet from the device terminating the LSP. The status of the LSP is displayed when the MPLS echo reply packet is received.

This command, when used with the static option, performs in-band on-demand LSP connectivity verification tests for static MPLS-TP LSPs. For other LSP types, the static option should be excluded and these are described elsewhere in this user guide.

The lsp-ping static command performs an LSP ping using the protocol and data structures defined in the RFC 8029, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures, as extended by RFC 6426, MPLS On-Demand Connectivity Verification and Route Tracing.

In MPLS-TP, the echo request and echo reply messages are always sent in-band over the LSP, either in a G-ACh channel or encapsulated as an IP packet below the LSP label.

The timestamp format to be sent, and to be expected when received in a PDU, is as configured by the config>test-oam>mpls-time-stamp-format command. If RFC 4379 (obsoleted by RFC 8029) is selected, then the timestamp is in seconds and microseconds since 1900, otherwise it is in seconds and microseconds since 1970.

Default 

The active LSP path

Values: Any path name associated with the LSP

Parameters 
lsp-name —
Specifies the name of the target RSVP-TE LSP, up to 64 characters.
rsvp-te lsp-name —
Specifies the name of the target RSVP-TE LSP, up to 64 characters.
Note:

The rsvp-te explicit target FEC type is not supported under the SAA context.

path-name—
Specifies the LSP path name, up to 32 characters, to which to send the LSP ping request.
Values—
Any path name associated with the LSP.

 

Default—
The active LSP path.
bgp-label prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target BGP IPv4 /32 label route or the target BGP IPv6 /128 label route.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

path-destination ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the path destination from the range 127/8. When the LDP FEC prefix is IPv6, the user must enter a 127/8 IPv4 mapped IPv6 address, that is, in the range ::ffff:127/104.

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

interface if-name—
Specifies the name of an IP interface, up to 32 characters, to send the MPLS echo request message to. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
next-hop ip-address
Specifies the next-hop address to send the MPLS echo request message to.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target LDP FEC.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

ldp prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target LDP FEC.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

sr-isis prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target node SID of the SR-ISIS tunnel.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

igp-instance—
Specifies the IGP instance.
Values—
isis-inst: 0 to 31
ospf3-inst: 0 to 31, 64 to 95
ospf-inst: 0 to 31

 

sr-ospf prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target node SID of the SR-OSPF tunnel.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

- a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

- x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x -

[0 to FFFF]H

d -

[0 to 255]D

 

sr-ospf3 prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target node SID of the SR-OSPF3 tunnel. Note that only IPv6 prefixes in OSPFv3 instance ID 0-31 are supported.
Values—

ipv6-prefix

- x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x -

[0 to FFFF]H

d -

[0 to 255]D

 

sr-policy color color-id endpoint ip-address segment-list segment-list-id
Specifies the name of the target IPv4 or IPv6 SR policy.
Note:

The sr-policy target FEC type is supported under the OAM context and under type-multi-line node in the SAA context.

       color color-id — Specifies the color ID.

              Values      0 to 4294967295

       endpoint ip-address — Specifies the endpoint address.

              Values

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

       segment-list segment-list-id — Specifies the segment list ID.

              Values      1 to 32

detail—
Displays detailed information.
sr-te lsp-name
Specifies the name of the target SR-TE LSP, up to 64 characters.
static—
Specifies the target FEC stack sub-type “Static LSP”.
assoc-channel {ipv4 |non-ip |none}—
Specifies the launched echo request’s usage of the Associated Channel (ACH) mechanism, when testing an MPLS-TP LSP.
Values—
ipv4 — Use an Associated Channel with IP encapsulation, as described in RFC 6426, Section 3.2.
non-ip — Do not use an Associated Channel, as described in RFC 6426, Section 3.1.
none — Use the Associated Channel mechanism described in RFC 6426, Section 3.3.

 

Default—
non-ip
global-id—
Specifies the MPLS-TP global ID for the far end node of the LSP under test. If this is not entered, then the dest-global-id is taken from the LSP context.
Values—
0 to 4294967295

 

Default—
0
node-id—
Specifies the MPLS-TP global ID for the far end node of the LSP under test. If this is not entered, then the dest-global-id is taken from the LSP context.
Values—
a.b.c.d, 1 to 4294967295

 

Default—
0
force—
Allows LSP ping to test a path that is operationally down, including cases where MPLS-TP BFD CC/V is enabled and has taken a path down. This parameter is only allowed in the OAM context; it is not allowed for a test configured as a part of an SAA.
Default—
disabled
path-type {active |working |protect}—
The LSP path to test.
Values—
active — The currently active path. If MPLS-TP linear protection is configured on the LSP, then this is the path that is selected by the MPLS-TP PSC protocol for sending user plane traffic. If MPLS-TP linear protection is not configured, then this is the working path.
working — The working path of the MPLS-TP LSP.
protect — The protect path of the MPLS-TP LSP.

 

Default—
active
fc-name—
Specifies the FC and profile parameters that are used to indicate the forwarding class and profile of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified fc and profile parameter values. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, The FC and profile parameter values are dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the FC and profile parameter values determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface. The ToS byte is not modified. Table 80 summarizes this behavior.

Table 80:  lsp-ping Request Packet and Behavior

CPM (sender node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos=1, fc1, profile1}
  2. fc1 and profile1 are as entered by user in OAM command or default values
  3. tos1 as per mapping of {fc1, profile1} to IP precedence in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Outgoing interface (sender node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet queued as {fc1, profile1}
  2. ToS field=tos1 not remarked
  3. EXP=exp1, as per mapping of {fc1, profile1} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (responder node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp1}
  2. exp1 mapped to {fc2, profile2} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

CPM (responder node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet{tos=1, fc2, profile2}

Outgoing interface (responder node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet queued as {fc2, profile2}
  2. ToS filed= tos1 not remarked (reply inband or out-of-band)
  3. EXP=exp2, if reply is inband, remarked as per mapping of {fc2, profile2} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (sender node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp2}
  2. exp2 mapped to {fc1, profile1} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

The LSP-EXP mappings on the receive network interface controls the mapping of the message reply at the originating router.

Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
profile {in |out}—
Specifies the profile state of the MPLS echo request packet.
Default—
out
interval—
Specifies the time, in seconds, used to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
send-count—
Specifies the number of messages to send, expressed as a decimal integer. The send-count parameter is used to override the default number of message requests sent. Each message request must either time out or receive a reply before the next message request is sent. The message interval value must be expired before the next message request is sent.
Values—
1 to 100

 

Default—
1
octets —
Specifies the MPLS echo request packet size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size.
Values—
1 to 9786

 

Default—
1
src-ip-address ip-address
Specifies the source IP address. This option is used when an OAM packet must be generated from a different address than the node’s system interface address. An example is when the OAM packet is sent over an LDP LSP and the LDP LSR-ID of the corresponding LDP session to the next-hop is set to an address other than the system interface address.
Values—

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

timeout—
Specifies number, in seconds, used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the last probe for a specific test. Upon the expiration of the time out, the test is marked complete and no more packets are processed for any of those request probes.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
5
label-ttl —
Specifies the TTL value for the MPLS label, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
255
Output 

Sample Output

This sample output is for a LDP IPv4 and IPv6 prefix FECs.

A:Dut-C# oam lsp-ping prefix 4.4.4.4/32 detail
LSP-PING 4.4.4.4/32: 80 bytes MPLS payload
Seq=1, send from intf dut1_to_dut3, reply from 4.4.4.4
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=5.23ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
 
---- LSP 4.4.4.4/32 PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
round-trip min = 5.23ms, avg = 5.23ms, max = 5.23ms, stddev = 0.000ms
 
===============================================================================
LDP LSR ID: 1.1.1.1
===============================================================================
Legend: U - Label In Use,  N - Label Not In Use, W - Label Withdrawn
        WP - Label Withdraw Pending, BU - Alternate For Fast Re-Route
===============================================================================
 
 
LDP Prefix Bindings
===============================================================================
Prefix              IngLbl       EgrLbl     EgrIntf/         EgrNextHop
   Peer                                     LspId
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.4.4.4/32          131069N      131067     1/1/1            1.3.1.2
   3.3.3.3
4.4.4.4/32          131069U      131064       --               --
   6.6.6.6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No. of Prefix Bindings: 2
===============================================================================
A:Dut-C#
 
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping prefix fc00::a14:106/128 
 
LSP-PING fc00::a14:106/128: 116 bytes MPLS payload
 
Seq=1, send from intf A_to_B, reply from fc00::a14:106
 
udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=7.16ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
 
 
 
---- LSP fc00::a14:106/128 PING Statistics ----
 
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
 
round-trip min = 7.16ms, avg = 7.16ms, max = 7.16ms, stddev = 0.000ms
 
*A:Dut-A#
lsp-ping over SR-ISIS
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping sr-isis prefix 10.20.1.6/32 igp-instance 0 detail
LSP-PING 10.20.1.6/32: 80 bytes MPLS payload
Seq=1, send from intf int_to_B, reply from 10.20.1.6
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=1220324ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP 10.20.1.6/32 PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
round-trip min = 1220324ms, avg = 1220324ms, max = 1220324ms, stddev = 0.000ms
lsp-ping with SR-TE
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping sr-te "srteABCEDF" detail
LSP-PING srteABCEDF: 96 bytes MPLS payload
Seq=1, send from intf int_to_B, reply from 10.20.1.6
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=1220325ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP srteABCEDF PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
round-trip min = 1220325ms, avg = 1220325ms, max = 1220325ms, stddev = 0.000ms
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping sr-te "srteABCE_loose" detail
LSP-PING srteABCE_loose: 80 bytes MPLS payload
Seq=1, send from intf int_to_B, reply from 10.20.1.5
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=1220324ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP srteABCE_loose PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
round-trip min = 1220324ms, avg = 1220324ms, max = 1220324ms, stddev = 0.000ms
*A:Dut-F# oam lsp-ping sr-te "srteFECBA_eth" detail 
LSP-PING srteFECBA_eth: 116 bytes MPLS payload
Seq=1, send from intf int_to_E, reply from fc00::a14:101
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=1220326ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP srteFECBA_eth PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss
round-trip min = 1220326ms, avg = 1220326ms, max = 1220326ms, stddev = 0.000ms
lsp-ping with SR-Policy
*A:Dut-A#
# ipv4 sr-policy lsp-ping
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping sr-policy color 200 endpoint 10.20.1.6 LSP-PING color 200 endpoint 10.20.1.6: 76 bytes MPLS payload Seq=1, send from intf int_to_C, reply from 10.20.1.6
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=1220325ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP color 200 endpoint 10.20.1.6 PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss round-trip min = 1220325ms, avg = 1220325ms, max = 1220325ms, stddev = 0.000ms
 
# ipv6 sr-policy lsp-ping
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping sr-policy color 200 endpoint fc00::a14:106 LSP-PING color 200 endpoint fc00::a14:106: 76 bytes MPLS payload Seq=1, send from intf int_to_C, reply from 10.20.1.6
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=1220324ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP color 200 endpoint fc00::a14:106 PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss round-trip min = 1220324ms, avg = 1220324ms, max = 1220324ms, stddev = 0.000ms
lsp-ping with sr-ospf3
# sr-ospf3 lsp-ping
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-ping sr-ospf3 prefix fc00::a14:106/128 LSP-PING fc00::a14:106/128: 116 bytes MPLS payload Seq=1, send from intf int_to_B, reply from fc00::a14:106
       udp-data-len=32 ttl=255 rtt=3.17ms rc=3 (EgressRtr)
---- LSP fc00::a14:106/128 PING Statistics ----
1 packets sent, 1 packets received, 0.00% packet loss round-trip min = 3.17ms, avg = 3.17ms, max = 3.17ms, stddev = 0.000ms *A:Dut-A#

lsp-ping

Syntax 
lsp-ping
Context 
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type-multi-line lsp-ping)
Full Contexts 
configure saa test type-multi-line lsp-ping
Description 

This command creates the context to configure the lsp-ping OAM probe type.

16.263. lsp-ping-interval

lsp-ping-interval

Syntax 
lsp-ping-interval seconds
no lsp-ping-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ldp>lsp-bfd lsp-ping-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure router ldp lsp-bfd lsp-ping-interval
Description 

This command configures the interval between periodic LSP ping messages for LSPs on which bfd-enable is configured. The LSP ping messages are used to bootstrap and maintain the LSP BFD session.

Configuring an interval of 0 seconds disables periodic LSP ping. An LSP ping message containing a bootstrap TLV will only be sent when the BFD session is first initialized.

In scaled environments, LSP BFD sessions should use longer intervals to reduce congestion and common resource loading. Unless required, the interval should not be set lower than 300 s.

The no form of this command restores the default interval.

Default 

lsp-ping-interval 60

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the interval between periodic LSP ping messages, in seconds.
Values—
0, 60 to 300

 

lsp-ping-interval

Syntax 
lsp-ping-interval seconds
no lsp-ping-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>bfd lsp-ping-interval)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>primary>bfd lsp-ping-interval)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp>secondary>bfd lsp-ping-interval)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template>bfd lsp-ping-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp bfd lsp-ping-interval
configure router mpls lsp primary bfd lsp-ping-interval
configure router mpls lsp secondary bfd lsp-ping-interval
configure router mpls lsp-template bfd lsp-ping-interval
Description 

This command configures the interval for the periodic LSP ping for RSVP LSPs on which bfd-enable has been configured. This interval is used to bootstrap and maintain the LSP BFD session. A value of 0 disables periodic LSP Ping, such that an LSP Ping containing a bootstrap TLV is only sent when the BFD session is first initialized.

In scaled environments, LSP BFD sessions should use longer timers to reduce the chance of congestion and loading of common resources. Unless required, the lsp-ping-interval should not be set lower than 300 seconds.

The no form of this command reverts to the default value.

Default 

no lsp-ping-interval

Parameters 
seconds—
Sets the periodic LSP Ping interval in seconds.
Values—
0, 60 to 300

 

Default—
60

16.264. lsp-ping-trace

lsp-ping-trace

Syntax 
lsp-ping-trace [{tx |rx |both}] [{raw |detail}]
no lsp-ping-trace
Context 
[Tree] (debug>oam lsp-ping-trace)
Full Contexts 
debug oam lsp-ping-trace
Description 

This command enables debugging for lsp-ping.

Parameters 
tx |rx |both—
Specifies to enable LSP ping debugging for TX, RX, or both RX and TX for the for debug direction.
raw |detail —
Displays output for the for debug mode.

16.265. lsp-refresh-interval

lsp-refresh-interval

Syntax 
lsp-refresh-interval [seconds] [half-lifetime [enable |disable]
no lsp-refresh-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb lsp-refresh-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb lsp-refresh-interval
Description 

This command configures the LSP refresh timer interval. When configuring the LSP refresh interval, the value that is specified for lsp-lifetime must also be considered. The LSP refresh interval cannot be greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime.

The no form of this command reverts to the default (600 seconds), unless this value is greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime. For example, if the LSP lifetime is 400, then the no lsp-refresh-interval command will be rejected.

Default 

lsp-refresh-interval 600 half-lifetime enable

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the refresh interval.
Values—
150 to 65535

 

half-lifetime—
Sets the refresh interval to always be half the lsp-lifetime value. When this parameter is set to enable, the configured refresh interval is ignored.
Values—
enable, disable

 

lsp-refresh-interval

Syntax 
lsp-refresh-interval [seconds] [half-lifetime [enable |disable]
no lsp-refresh-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb lsp-refresh-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb lsp-refresh-interval
Description 

This command configures the LSP refresh timer interval. When configuring the LSP refresh interval, the value that is specified for lsp-lifetime must also be considered. The LSP refresh interval cannot be greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime.

The no form of this command reverts to the default (600 seconds), unless this value is greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime. For example, if the LSP lifetime is 400, then the no lsp-refresh-interval command will be rejected.

Default 

lsp-refresh-interval 600 half-lifetime enable

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the refresh interval.
Values—
150 to 65535

 

half-lifetime—
Sets the refresh interval to always be half the lsp-lifetime value. When this parameter is set to enable, the configured refresh interval is ignored.
Values—
enable, disable

 

lsp-refresh-interval

Syntax 
lsp-refresh-interval [seconds] [half-lifetime {enable |disable}]
no lsp-refresh-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis lsp-refresh-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis lsp-refresh-interval
Description 

This command configures the IS-IS LSP refresh timer interval for the VPRN instance. When configuring the LSP refresh interval, the value that is specified for lsp-lifetime must also be considered. The LSP refresh interval cannot be greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime.

The no form of this command reverts to the default (600 seconds), unless this value is greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime. For example, if the LSP lifetime is 400, then the no lsp-refresh-interval command will be rejected.

Default 

lsp-refresh-interval 600 half-lifetime enable

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the refresh interval.
Values—
150 to 65535

 

half-lifetime—
Sets the refresh interval to always be half the lsp-lifetime value. When this parameter is set to enable, the configured refresh interval is ignored.
Values—
enable, disable

 

lsp-refresh-interval

Syntax 
lsp-refresh-interval [seconds] [half-lifetime {enable |disable}
no lsp-refresh-interval
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis lsp-refresh-interval)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis lsp-refresh-interval
Description 

This command configures the IS-IS LSP refresh timer interval. When configuring the LSP refresh interval, the value that is specified for lsp-lifetime must also be considered. The LSP refresh interval cannot be greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime.

The no form of this command reverts to the default (600 seconds), unless this value is greater than 90% of the LSP lifetime. For example, if the LSP lifetime is 400, then the no lsp-refresh-interval command will be rejected.

Default 

lsp-refresh-interval 600 half-lifetime enable

Parameters 
seconds—
Specifies the refresh interval.
Values—
150 to 65535

 

half-lifetime—
Sets the refresh interval to always be half the lsp-lifetime value. When this parameter is set to enable, the configured refresh interval is ignored.
Values—
enable, disable

 

16.266. lsp-self-ping

lsp-self-ping

Syntax 
[no] lsp-self-ping
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls lsp-self-ping)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp-self-ping
Description 

This command enters the context for the configuration of LSP Self-ping parameters.

LSP Self-ping checks that the datapath of an RSVP LSP has been programmed by all LSRs along its path before switching the traffic to it. If enabled, LSP Self-ping packets are sent periodically at a configurable interval following the receipt of the RESV message for an RSVP LSP path following an MBB or other event where the active path changes while the previous active path stayed up. The router will not switch traffic to the new path until an LSP Self-ping reply is received from the far-end LER.

When configured under the MPLS context, LSP Self-ping is enabled for all RSVP LSPs, unless it is explicitly disabled for a given LSP.

The no form of this command disables the system check for LSP Self-ping.

Default 

no lsp-self-ping

lsp-self-ping

Syntax 
lsp-self-ping {enable |disable |inherit}
no lsp-self-ping
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp lsp-self-ping)
[Tree] (config>router>mpls>lsp-template lsp-self-ping)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp lsp-self-ping
configure router mpls lsp-template lsp-self-ping
Description 

This command enables LSP Self-ping on a given RSVP-TE LSP or LSP template. If set to disable, then LSP Self-ping is disabled irrespective of the setting of lsp-self-ping>rsvp-te under the mpls context. By default, each LSP and LSP template inherits this value.

The no form of this command reverts to the default.

Default 

lsp-self-ping inherit

Parameters 
enable—
Enables LSP Self-ping on this RSVP LSP or RSVP LSPs (one-hop-p2p or mesh-p2p) using this LSP template.
disable—
Disables LSP Self-ping on this RSVP LSP or RSVP LSPs using this LSP template.
inherit—
Inherits the value configured under config>router>mpls>lsp-self-ping>rsvp-te.

16.267. lsp-setup

lsp-setup

Syntax 
[no] lsp-setup
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>gmpls>event lsp-setup)
Full Contexts 
debug router gmpls event lsp-setup
Description 

This command enables and disables debugging for GMPLS LSP Setup events.

lsp-setup

Syntax 
lsp-setup [detail]
no lsp-setup
Context 
[Tree] (debug>router>mpls>event lsp-setup)
Full Contexts 
debug router mpls event lsp-setup
Description 

This command debugs LSP setup events.

The no form of the command disables the debugging.

Parameters 
detail—
Displays detailed information about LSP setup events.

16.268. lsp-template

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template p2mp-lsp-template-name
no lsp-template
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>provider-tunnel>inclusive>rsvp lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls provider-tunnel inclusive rsvp lsp-template
Description 

This command specifies the template name of the RSVP P2MP LSP instance to be used by the leaf node or the root-and-leaf node that participates in BGP-AD VPLS. The P2MP LSP is referred to as the Inclusive Provider Multicast Service Interface (I-PMSI).

After the user performs a no shutdown under the context of the inclusive node and the delay timer expires, BUM packets will be forwarded over an automatically signaled instance of the RSVP P2MP LSP specified in the LSP template.

The no version of this command removes the P2MP LSP template from the I-PMSI configuration.

Parameters 
p2mp-lsp-template-name—
Specifies the name of the P2MP LSP template up to 32 characters in length.

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template
no lsp-template
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive>rsvp lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn mvpn provider-tunnel inclusive rsvp lsp-template
Description 

This command specifies the use of automatically created P2MP LSP as the provider tunnel. The P2MP LSP will be signaled using the parameters specified in the template, such as bandwidth constraints, and so on.

Default 

no lsp-template

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template name
no lsp-template
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>selective>multistream-spmsi lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn mvpn provider-tunnel selective multistream-spmsi lsp-template
Description 

This command creates a RSVP-TE LSP template for S-PMSI. Multi-stream S-PMSIs can share a single template or can each use their own template.

Parameters 
name—
Specifies the LSP template name, up to 32 characters.

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template lsp-template
no lsp-template
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>inclusive lsp-template)
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>mvpn>pt>selective>rsvp lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn mvpn pt inclusive lsp-template
configure service vprn mvpn provider-tunnel selective rsvp lsp-template
Description 

This command specifies the use of automatically created P2MP LSP as the inclusive or selective provider tunnel. The P2MP LSP will be signaled using the parameters specified in the template, such as bandwidth constraints, and so on

Default 

no lsp-template

Parameters 
lsp-template—
Specifies the LSP template name, up to 32 characters.

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template template-name [mesh-p2p |mesh-p2p-srte |one-hop-p2p |one-hop-p2p-srte |p2mp |pce-init-p2p-srte template-id {default |template-id}]
no lsp-template template-name
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>mpls lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure router mpls lsp-template
Description 

This command creates a template that can be referenced by a client application where dynamic LSP creation is required. The LSP template type (p2mp, one-hop-p2p, mesh-p2p, one-hop-p2p-srte, mesh-p2p-srte or pce-init-p2p-srte) is mandatory.

The no form of this command deletes the LSP template. An LSP template cannot be deleted if a client application is using it.

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies the name of the LSP template, up to 32 characters. An LSP template name and LSP name must not be the same.
mesh-p2p |mesh-p2p-srte |one-hop-p2p |one-hop-p2p-srte |p2mp |pce-init-p2p-srte —
Identifies the type of LSP this template will signal.

The p2mp option is supported on the 7750 SR, 7950 XRS, and with VPLS only on the 7450 ESS.

default
Sets the template to be the default LSP template for PCE-initiated SR-TE LSPs.
template-id—
Specifies the value that is signaled in the PCE to identify the LSP template.

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template lsp-template
no lsp-template
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>gtm>provider-tunnel>inclusive>rsvp lsp-template)
[Tree] (config>router>gtm>provider-tunnel>selective>rsvp lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure router gtm provider-tunnel inclusive rsvp lsp-template
configure router gtm provider-tunnel selective rsvp lsp-template
Description 

This command specifies the use of automatically created P2MP LSP as the provider tunnel. The P2MP LSP will be signaled using the parameters specified in the template, such as bandwidth constraints.

The no form of this command removes the lsp-template name from this configuration.

Default 

no lsp-template

Parameters 
lsp-template —
Specifies the name of the LSP template, up to 32 characters.

lsp-template

Syntax 
lsp-template template-name
no lsp-template
Context 
[Tree] (config>oam-pm>session>mpls>lsp>rsvp-auto lsp-template)
Full Contexts 
configure oam-pm session mpls lsp rsvp-auto lsp-template
Description 

This command specifies the LSP template used to identify the LSP for testing.

One of three mandatory configuration statements that are required to identify automatically created RSVP LSPs, created using config>router>mpls>lsp-template. The config>router>mpls>auto-lsp>lsp-template links three distinct functions.

The lsp-template template-name must match the name of config>router>mpls>lsp-template used to dynamically create the RSVP LSP. This is a lose reference and does not impede the manipulation of the config>router>mpls>lsp-template. The required identifiers are from, lsp-template and to, all under this node.

The no form of this command deletes the template-name reference from the configuration.

Parameters 
template-name—
Specifies the name of the LSP template, up to 32 characters.

16.269. lsp-trace

lsp-trace

Syntax 
lsp-trace lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-trace bgp-label prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace ldp prefix ip-prefix/length [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace prefix ip-prefix/length [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace rsvp-te lsp-name [path path-name]
lsp-trace sr-isis prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [igp-instance igp-instance] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace sr-ospf prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [igp-instance igp-instance] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace sr-ospf3 prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length [igp-instance igp-instance] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace sr-policy color color-id endpoint ip-address [segment-list segment-list-id] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace sr-te lsp-name [path path-name] [path-destination ip-address [{interface if-name |next-hop ip-address}]]
lsp-trace static lsp-name [assoc-channel {ipv4 |non-ip |none}] [path-type {active |working |protect}]
 
NOTE: Options common to all lsp-trace cases: [detail] [downstream-map-tlv downstream-map-tlv] [fc fc-name [profile {in |out}]] [interval interval] [max-fail no-response-count] [max-ttl max-label-ttl] [min-ttl min-label-ttl] [probe-count probes-per-hop] [size octets] [src-ip-address ip-address] [timeout timeout]
Context 
[Tree] (oam lsp-trace)
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type lsp-trace)
Full Contexts 
configure saa test type lsp-trace
oam lsp-trace
Description 

This command performs an LSP traceroute using the protocol and data structures defined in IETF RFC 8029.

The LSP trace operation is modeled after the IP traceroute utility which uses ICMP echo request and reply packets with increasing TTL values to determine the hop-by-hop route to a destination IP.

In an LSP trace, the originating device creates an MPLS echo request packet for the LSP to be tested with increasing values of the TTL in the outermost label. The MPLS echo request packet is sent through the data plane and awaits a TTL exceeded response or the MPLS echo reply packet from the device terminating the LSP. The devices that reply to the MPLS echo request packets with the TTL exceeded and the MPLS echo reply are displayed.

The downstream mapping TLV is used in lsp-trace to provide a mechanism for the sender and responder nodes to exchange and validate interface and label stack information for each downstream hop in the path of the LDP FEC an RSVP LSP, or a BGP IPv4 label route.

Two downstream mapping TLVs are supported. The original Downstream Mapping (DSMAP) TLV defined in RFC 4379 (obsoleted by RFC 8029) and the new Downstream Detailed Mapping (DDMAP) TLV defined in RFC 6424 AND RFC 8029. More details are provided in the DDMAP TLV sub-section below.

In addition, when the responder node has multiple equal cost next hops for an LDP FEC, a BGP label IPv4 prefix, an SR-ISIS node SID, an SR-OSPF node SID, or an SR-TE LSP, it replies in the Downstream Mapping TLV with the downstream information for each outgoing interface which is part of the ECMP next-hop set for the prefix. The downstream mapping TLV can further be used to exercise a specific path of the ECMP set using the path-destination option.

This command, when used with the static option, performs in-band on-demand LSP traceroute tests for static MPLS-TP LSPs. For other LSP types, the static option should be excluded and these are described elsewhere in this user guide.

The lsp-trace static command performs an LSP trace using the protocol and data structures defined in the RFC 8029, Detecting Multi-Protocol Label Switched (MPLS) Data Plane Failures, as extended by RFC 6426, MPLS On-Demand Connectivity Verification and Route Tracing.

In MPLS-TP, the echo request and echo reply messages are always sent in-band over the LSP, either in a G-ACh channel or encapsulated as an IP packet below the LSP label.

The timestamp format to be sent, and to be expected when received in a PDU, is as configured by the config>test-oam>mpls-time-stamp-format command. If RFC 4379 (obsoleted by RFC 8029) is selected, then the timestamp is in seconds and microseconds since 1900, otherwise it is in seconds and microseconds since 1970.

Parameters 
lsp-name
Specifies the name of the target RSVP-TE LSP, up to 64 characters.
rsvp-te lsp-name —
Specifies the name of the target RSVP-TE LSP, up to 64 characters.
Note:

The rsvp-te explicit target FEC type is not supported under the SAA context.

path-name—
Specifies the LSP path name along which to send the LSP trace request.
Values—
Any path name associated with the LSP.

 

Default—
The active LSP path.
bgp-label prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target BGP IPv4 /32 label route or the target IPv6 /128 label route.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

path-destination ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the path destination from the range 127/8. When the LDP FEC prefix is IPv6, the user must enter a 127/8 IPv4 mapped IPv6 address, that is, in the range ::ffff:127/104.
if-name—
Specifies the name of an IP interface, up 32 characters, to send the MPLS echo request to. The name must already exist in the config>router>interface context.
next-hop ip-address
Specifies the next-hop to send the MPLS echo request message to.
Values—

ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

ipv6-address: x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x: [0 to FFFF]H

d: [0 to 255]D

 

prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target LDP FEC.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

- a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

- x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x -

[0 to FFFF]H

d -

[0 to 255]D

 

ldp prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target LDP FEC.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

 

sr-ospf prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target node SID of the SR-OSPF tunnel.
Values—

<ipv4-prefix>/32 | <ipv6-prefix>/128

ipv4-prefix

- a.b.c.d

ipv6-prefix

- x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x -

[0 to FFFF]H

d -

[0 to 255]D

 

sr-ospf3 prefix ip-prefix/prefix-length
Specifies the address prefix and subnet mask of the target node SID of the SR-OSPF3 tunnel. Note that only IPv6 prefixes in OSPFv3 instance ID 0-31 are supported.
Values—

ipv6-prefix

- x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x -

[0 to FFFF]H

d -

[0 to 255]D

 

sr-policy color color-id endpoint ip-address segment-list segment-list-id
Specifies the name of the target IPv4 or IPv6 SR policy.
Note:

The sr-policy target FEC type is supported under the OAM context and under type-multi-line node in the SAA context.

       color color-id — Specifies the color ID.

              Values      0 to 4294967295

       endpoint ip-address — Specifies the endpoint address.

              Values

ipv4-address:

a.b.c.d

ipv6-address:

x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x:

[0 to FFFF]H

d:

[0 to 255]D

       segment-list segment-list-id — Specifies the segment list ID.

              Values      1 to 32

detail—
Displays detailed information.
sr-te lsp-name
Specifies the name of the target SR-TE LSP, up to 64 characters.
static—
Specifies to select the target FEC Stack sub-type 'Static LSP'.
assoc-channel {ipv4 |non-ip |none}—
Specifies the launched echo request’s usage of the Associated Channel (ACH) mechanism, when testing an MPLS-TP LSP.
Values—
ipv4 — Use the Associated Channel mechanism with IP encapsulation, as described in RFC 6426, Section 3.2.
non-ip — Do not use an Associated Channel, as described in RFC 6426, Section 3.1.
none — Use the Associated Channel mechanism described in RFC 6426, Section 3.3.

 

path-type {active |working |protect}—
Specifies the LSP path to test.
Values—
active — Specifies the currently active path. If MPLS-TP linear protection is configured on the LSP, then this is the path that is selected by the MPLS-TP PSC protocol for sending user plane traffic. If MPLS-TP linear protection is not configured, then this is the working path.
working — Specifies the working path of the MPLS-TP LSP.
protect — Specifies the protect path of the MPLS-TP LSP.

 

Default—
active
downstream-map-tlv—
Specifies which format of the downstream mapping TLV to use in the LSP trace packet. The DSMAP TLV is the original format in RFC 4379 (obsoleted by RFC 8029). The DDMAP is the new enhanced format specified in RFC 6424 and RFC 8029. The user can also choose not to include the downstream mapping TLV by entering the value none. When lsp-trace is used on a MPLS-TP LSP (static option), it can only be executed if the control-channel is set to none. In addition, the DSMAP/DDMAP TLV is only included in the echo request message if the egress interface is either a numbered IP interface, or an unnumbered IP interface. The TLV is not included if the egress interface is of type unnumbered-mpls-tp.
Values—
ddmap: Sends a detailed downstream mapping TLV.
dsmap: Sends a downstream mapping TLV.
none: No mapping TLV is sent.

 

Default—
Inherited from global configuration of downstream mapping TLV in option mpls-echo-request-downstream-map {dsmap | ddmap}.
fc-name—
Specifies the FC and profile parameters are used to indicate the forwarding class and profile of the MPLS echo request packet.

When an MPLS echo request packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the specified FC and profile parameter values. The marking of the packet EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface.

When the MPLS echo request packet is received on the responding node, The FC and profile parameter values are dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings of the incoming interface.

When an MPLS echo reply packet is generated in CPM and is forwarded to the outgoing interface, the packet is queued in the egress network queue corresponding to the fc and profile parameter values determined by the classification of the echo request packet, which is being replied to, at the incoming interface. The marking of the packet's EXP is dictated by the LSP-EXP mappings on the outgoing interface. The ToS byte is not modified. Table 81 summarizes this behavior.

Table 81:  lsp-trace Request Packet and Behavior

CPM (sender node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos=1, fc1, profile1}
  2. fc1 and profile1 are as entered by user in OAM command or default values
  3. tos1 as per mapping of {fc1, profile1} to IP precedence in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Outgoing interface (sender node)

Echo request packet:

  1. pkt queued as {fc1, profile1}
  2. ToS field=tos1 not remarked
  3. EXP=exp1, as per mapping of {fc1, profile1} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (responder node)

Echo request packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp1}
  2. exp1 mapped to {fc2, profile2} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface

CPM (responder node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos=1, fc2, profile2}

Outgoing interface (responder node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. pkt queued as {fc2, profile2}
  2. ToS filed= tos1 not remarked (reply inband or out-of-band)
  3. EXP=exp2, if reply is inband, remarked as per mapping of {fc2, profile2} to EXP in network egress QoS policy of outgoing interface

Incoming interface (sender node)

Echo reply packet:

  1. packet {tos1, exp2}
  2. exp2 mapped to {fc1, profile1} as per classification in network QoS policy of incoming interface
Values—
be, l2, af, l1, h2, ef, h1, nc

 

Default—
be
profile {in |out}—
Specifies the profile state of the MPLS echo request packet.
Default—
out
interval—
Specifies the number of seconds to override the default request message send interval and defines the minimum amount of time that must expire before the next message request is sent.

If the interval is set to 1 second, and the timeout value is set to 10 seconds, then the maximum time between message requests is 10 seconds and the minimum is 1 second. This depends upon the receipt of a message reply corresponding to the outstanding message request.

Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
no-response-count—
Specifies the maximum number of consecutive MPLS echo requests, expressed as a decimal integer that do not receive a reply before the trace operation fails for a given TTL.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
5
max-label-ttl—
Specifies the maximum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LDP treetrace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
30
min-label-ttl—
Specifies the minimum TTL value in the MPLS label for the LSP trace test, expressed as a decimal integer.
Values—
1 to 255

 

Default—
1
probes-per-hop—
Specifies the probes per hop.
Values—
1 to 10

 

Default—
1
octets—
Specifies the size in octets, expressed as a decimal integer, of the MPLS echo request packet, including the IP header but not the label stack. The request payload is padded with zeros to the specified size. Note that an OAM command is not failed if the user entered a size lower than the minimum required to build the packet for the echo request message. The payload is automatically padded to meet the minimum size.
Values—
1 to 9786

 

Default—
1
src-ip-address ip-address
Specifies the source IP address. This option is used when an OAM packet must be generated from a different address than the node’s system interface address. An example is when the OAM packet is sent over an LDP LSP and the LDP LSR-ID of the corresponding LDP session to the next-hop is set to an address other than the system interface address.
Values—

ipv4-address: a.b.c.d

ipv6-address: x:x:x:x:x:x:x:x (eight 16-bit pieces)

x:x:x:x:x:x:d.d.d.d

x - [0 to FFFF]H

d - [0 to 255]D

 

timeout—
Specifies the time, in seconds, used to override the default timeout value and is the amount of time that the router waits for a message reply after sending the message request. Upon the expiration of the message time out, the requesting router assumes that the message response is not received. A request timeout message is displayed by the CLI for each message request sent that expires. Any response received after the request times out is silently discarded.
Values—
1 to 60

 

Default—
3
Output 

Sample Output
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap path-
destination 127.0.0.1 detail lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/
32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 152 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.44ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=4.65ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=7.63ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 *A:Dut-A# 
 
 
*A:Dut-C# oam lsp-trace "p_1" detail
lsp-trace to p_1: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 116 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.46ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr 10.20.1.4 ifaddr 3 iftype 'ipv4Unnumbered' MRU=1500 label=131071 
proto=4(RSVP-TE)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=3.76ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr 10.20.1.6 ifaddr 3 iftype 'ipv4Unnumbered' MRU=1500 label=131071 
proto=4(RSVP-TE)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=5.68ms rc=3(EgressRtr)
*A:Dut-C#
lsp-trace over a numbered IP interface
A:Dut-C#
A:Dut-C# oam lsp-trace prefix 5.5.5.5/32 detail
lsp-trace to 5.5.5.5/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 104 byte packets
1  6.6.6.6  rtt=2.45ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel)
     DS 1: ipaddr=5.6.5.1 ifaddr=5.6.5.1 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1564 label=131071 
proto=3(LDP)
2  5.5.5.5  rtt=4.77ms rc=3(EgressRtr)
A:Dut-C#
lsp-trace over an unnumbered IP interface
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 downstream-map-tlv ddmap path-
destination 127.0.0.1 detail lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/
32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 152 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=3.44ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131070 protocol=3(LDP)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=4.65ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=127.0.0.1 ifaddr=0 iftype=ipv4Unnumbered MRU=1500 
           label[1]=131071 protocol=3(LDP)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=7.63ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 *A:Dut-A# 
 
*A:Dut-A# oam ldp-treetrace prefix 10.20.1.6/32 
 
ldp-treetrace for Prefix 10.20.1.6/32:
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.1.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
         127.0.0.1, ttl =   3 dst =      127.2.0.255 rc = EgressRtr status = Done
    Hops:         127.0.0.1         127.0.0.1
 
ldp-treetrace discovery state: Done
ldp-treetrace discovery status: ' OK '
Total number of discovered paths: 2
Total number of failed traces: 0
 
lsp-trace of a LDP IPv6 prefix FEC
 
 
 
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix fc00::a14:106/128 path-destination ::ffff:127.0.0.1 
 
lsp-trace to fc00::a14:106/128: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 224 byte packets
 
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1.61ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
 
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=3.51ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
 
3  fc00::a14:104  rtt=4.65ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
 
4  fc00::a14:106  rtt=7.02ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
 
 
 
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace prefix fc00::a14:106/128 path-destination ::ffff:127.0.0.2 
 
lsp-trace to fc00::a14:106/128: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 224 byte packets
 
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1.90ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
 
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=3.10ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
 
3  fc00::a14:105  rtt=4.61ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
 
4  fc00::a14:106  rtt=6.45ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
lsp-trace over SR-ISIS
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-isis prefix 10.20.1.6/32 igp-instance 0 detail
lsp-trace to 10.20.1.6/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 108 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.4.4 ifaddr=10.10.4.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26406 protocol=6(ISIS)
2  10.20.1.4  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.9.6 ifaddr=10.10.9.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26606 protocol=6(ISIS)
3  10.20.1.6  rtt=1220324ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1
*A:Dut-E# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.2/32 detail downstream-map-tlv ddmap 
lsp-trace to 10.20.1.2/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 108 byte packets
1  10.20.1.3  rtt=3.25ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.3.2 ifaddr=10.10.3.2 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=26202 protocol=6(ISIS)
           fecchange[1]=POP  fectype=LDP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.2 remotepeer=0.0.0.0 (Unknown)
           fecchange[2]=PUSH fectype=SR Ipv4 Prefix prefix=10.20.1.2 remotepeer=10.10.3.2 
2  10.20.1.2  rtt=4.32ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
*A:Dut-E#
*A:Dut-B# oam lsp-trace prefix 10.20.1.5/32 detail downstream-map-tlv ddmap sr-isis 
lsp-trace to 10.20.1.5/32: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 108 byte packets
1  10.20.1.3  rtt=2.72ms rc=15(LabelSwitchedWithFecChange) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.11.5.5 ifaddr=10.11.5.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=262143 protocol=3(LDP)
           fecchange[1]=POP  fectype=SR Ipv4 Prefix prefix=10.20.1.5 remotepeer=0.0.0.0 (Unknown)
           fecchange[2]=PUSH fectype=LDP IPv4 prefix=10.20.1.5 remotepeer=10.11.5.5 
2  10.20.1.5  rtt=4.43ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1
lsp-trace over SR Policy
# ipv4 sr-policy lsp-trace
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-policy color 2 endpoint 10.20.1.6 downstream-map-tlv ddmap path-destination 127.1.1.1 detail lsp-trace to color 2 endpoint 10.20.1.6: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 188 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=4
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=3 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.3.3 ifaddr=10.10.3.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28303 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28305 protocol=0(Unknown)
           label[3]=28506 protocol=0(Unknown)
     DS 2: ipaddr=10.10.12.3 ifaddr=10.10.12.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28303 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28305 protocol=0(Unknown)
           label[3]=28506 protocol=0(Unknown)
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=1220324ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.5.5 ifaddr=10.10.5.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28505 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28506 protocol=0(Unknown)
     DS 2: ipaddr=10.10.11.5 ifaddr=10.10.11.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28505 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28506 protocol=0(Unknown)
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=1220325ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.10.6 ifaddr=10.10.10.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28606 protocol=6(ISIS)
4  10.20.1.6  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 
 
 
# ipv6 sr-policy lsp-trace
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-policy color 500 endpoint fc00::a14:106 lsp-trace to color 500 endpoint fc00::a14:106: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 204 byte packets
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=4
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=3
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3 ^C *A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-policy color 500 endpoint fc00::a14:106 downstream-map-tlv ddmap path-destination ::ffff:127.1.1.1 detail lsp-trace to color 500 endpoint fc00::a14:106: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 260 byte packets
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=4
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=3 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c617:1ff:fe01:2 ifaddr=fe80::c617:1ff:fe01:2 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28363 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28365 protocol=0(Unknown)
           label[3]=28566 protocol=0(Unknown)
     DS 2: ipaddr=fe80::c415:ffff:fe00:141 ifaddr=fe80::c415:ffff:fe00:141 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28363 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28365 protocol=0(Unknown)
           label[3]=28566 protocol=0(Unknown)
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=1220324ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c61e:1ff:fe01:1 ifaddr=fe80::c61e:1ff:fe01:1 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28565 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28566 protocol=0(Unknown)
     DS 2: ipaddr=fe80::c61e:1ff:fe01:5 ifaddr=fe80::c61e:1ff:fe01:5 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28565 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28566 protocol=0(Unknown)
3  fc00::a14:105  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
3  fc00::a14:105  rtt=1220325ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c420:1ff:fe01:2 ifaddr=fe80::c420:1ff:fe01:2 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28666 protocol=6(ISIS)
4  fc00::a14:106  rtt=1220326ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1 *A:Dut-A#
lsp-trace over SR-TE
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-te "srteABCEDF" downstream-map-tlv ddmap detail
lsp-trace to srteABCEDF: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 252 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=5
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220322ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=4
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.33.3 ifaddr=10.10.33.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1520
           label[1]=3 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=262135 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[3]=262134 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[4]=262137 protocol=6(ISIS)
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=4
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=3
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.5.5 ifaddr=10.10.5.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=3 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=262134 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[3]=262137 protocol=6(ISIS)
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=1220325ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.11.4 ifaddr=10.10.11.4 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=3 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=262137 protocol=6(ISIS)
4  10.20.1.4  rtt=1220324ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
4  10.20.1.4  rtt=1220325ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.9.6 ifaddr=10.10.9.6 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=3 protocol=6(ISIS)
5  10.20.1.6  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-te "srteABCE_loose" downstream-map-tlv ddmap detail
lsp-trace to srteABCE_loose: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 140 byte packets
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3
1  10.20.1.2  rtt=1220322ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.3.3 ifaddr=10.10.3.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26303 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=26305 protocol=6(ISIS)
     DS 2: ipaddr=10.10.12.3 ifaddr=10.10.12.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26303 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=26305 protocol=6(ISIS)
     DS 3: ipaddr=10.10.33.3 ifaddr=10.10.33.3 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26303 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=26305 protocol=6(ISIS)
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2
2  10.20.1.3  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1
     DS 1: ipaddr=10.10.5.5 ifaddr=10.10.5.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26505 protocol=6(ISIS)
     DS 2: ipaddr=10.10.11.5 ifaddr=10.10.11.5 iftype=ipv4Numbered MRU=1496
           label[1]=26505 protocol=6(ISIS)
3  10.20.1.5  rtt=1220324ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1
*A:Dut-F# oam lsp-trace sr-te "srteFECBA_eth" path-destination ::ffff:127.1.1.1 detail 
lsp-trace to srteFECBA_eth: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 336 byte packets
1  fc00::a14:105  rtt=1220323ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=4 
1  fc00::a14:105  rtt=1220323ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=3 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c618:2ff:fe01:1 ifaddr=fe80::c618:2ff:fe01:1 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28363 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=74032 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[3]=28261 protocol=6(ISIS)
     DS 2: ipaddr=fe80::c618:2ff:fe01:2 ifaddr=fe80::c618:2ff:fe01:2 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28363 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=74032 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[3]=28261 protocol=6(ISIS)
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=1220324ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=3 
2  fc00::a14:103  rtt=1220324ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=2 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c613:1ff:fe01:3 ifaddr=fe80::c613:1ff:fe01:3 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=3 protocol=6(ISIS)
           label[2]=28261 protocol=6(ISIS)
3  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=2 
3  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1220325ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c0ea:1ff:fe01:1 ifaddr=fe80::c0ea:1ff:fe01:1 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=28161 protocol=6(ISIS)
4  fc00::a14:101  rtt=1220325ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1
lsp-trace with sr-ospf3
# sr-ospf3 lsp-trace
*A:Dut-A# oam lsp-trace sr-ospf3 prefix fc00::a14:106/128 detail lsp-trace to fc00::a14:106/128: 0 hops min, 0 hops max, 164 byte packets
1  fc00::a14:102  rtt=1.33ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c61c:1ff:fe01:1 ifaddr=fe80::c61c:1ff:fe01:1 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=29466 protocol=5(OSPF)
2  fc00::a14:104  rtt=2.27ms rc=8(DSRtrMatchLabel) rsc=1 
     DS 1: ipaddr=fe80::c420:1ff:fe01:1 ifaddr=fe80::c420:1ff:fe01:1 iftype=ipv6Numbered MRU=1496 
           label[1]=29666 protocol=5(OSPF)
3  fc00::a14:106  rtt=2.50ms rc=3(EgressRtr) rsc=1

lsp-trace

Syntax 
lsp-trace
Context 
[Tree] (config>saa>test>type-multi-line lsp-trace)
Full Contexts 
configure saa test type-multi-line lsp-trace
Description 

This command creates the context to perform an LSP traceroute using the protocol and data structures defined in IETF RFC 4379 (obsoleted by RFC 8029).

16.270. lsp-wait

lsp-wait

Syntax 
lsp-wait lsp-wait [lsp-initial-wait lsp-initial-wait] [lsp-second-wait lsp-second-wait]
no lsp-wait
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb>timers lsp-wait)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb timers lsp-wait
Description 

This command is used to customize LSP generation throttling. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second and subsequent LSPs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSPs are generated at increasing intervals of the second lsp-wait timer until a maximum value is reached.

Note:

The IS-IS timer granularity is 100 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Parameters 
lsp-wait—
Specifies the maximum interval in milliseconds between two consecutive occurrences of an LSP being generated.
Values—
10 to 120000

 

Default—
5000
lsp-initial-wait—
Specifies the initial LSP generation delay in milliseconds. Values < 100 ms are internally rounded down to 0, so that there is no added initial LSP generation delay.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
10
lsp-second-wait—
Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and second LSP generation.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
1000

lsp-wait

Syntax 
lsp-wait lsp-wait [lsp-initial-wait lsp-initial-wait] [lsp-second-wait lsp-second-wait]
no lsp-wait
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vpls>spb>timers lsp-wait)
Full Contexts 
configure service vpls spb timers lsp-wait
Description 

This command is used to customize LSP generation throttling. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second and subsequent LSPs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSPs are generated at increasing intervals of the second lsp-wait timer until a maximum value is reached.

Note:

The IS-IS timer granularity is 100 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Parameters 
lsp-wait —
Specifies the maximum interval in milliseconds between two consecutive occurrences of an LSP being generated.
Values—
10 to 120000

 

Default—
5000
initial-wait —
Specifies the initial LSP generation delay in milliseconds. Values < 100 ms are internally rounded down to 0, so that there is no added initial LSP generation delay.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
10
second-wait —
Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and second LSP generation.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
1000

lsp-wait

Syntax 
lsp-wait lsp-wait [lsp-initial-wait initial-wait] [lsp-second-wait second-wait]
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>isis>timers lsp-wait)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn isis timers lsp-wait
Description 

This command is used to customize LSP generation throttling. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second, and subsequent LSPs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSPs are generated at increasing intervals of the second lsp-wait timer until a maximum value is reached.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is < 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is ≥ 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Parameters 
lsp-wait —
Specifies the maximum interval, in milliseconds, between two consecutive occurrences of an LSP being generated.
Values—
10 to 120000

 

Default—
5000
initial-wait —
Specifies the initial LSP generation delay, in milliseconds. Values less than 100 ms are internally rounded down to 0, so that there is no added initial LSP generation delay.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
10
second-wait —
Specifies the hold time, in milliseconds, between the first and second LSP generation.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

Default—
1000

lsp-wait

Syntax 
lsp-wait lsp-wait [lsp-initial-wait initial-wait] [lsp-second-wait second-wait]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>isis>timers lsp-wait)
Full Contexts 
configure router isis timers lsp-wait
Description 

This command customizes LSP generation throttling. Timers that determine when to generate the first, second and subsequent LSPs can be controlled with this command. Subsequent LSPs are generated at increasing intervals of the second lsp-wait timer until a maximum value is reached.

Note:

The timer granularity is 10 ms if the value is less than 500 ms, and 100 ms if the value is greater than or equal to 500 ms. Timer values are rounded down to the nearest granularity, for example a configured value of 550 ms is internally rounded down to 500 ms.

Default 

lsp-wait 5000 lsp-initial-wait 10 lsp-second-wait 1000

Parameters 
lsp-max-wait —
Specifies the maximum interval in milliseconds between two consecutive occurrences of an LSP being generated.
Values—
10 to 120000

 

initial-wait —
Specifies the initial LSP generation delay in milliseconds. Values less than 100 ms are internally rounded down to 0, so that there is no added initial LSP generation delay.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

second-wait —
Specifies the hold time in milliseconds between the first and second LSP generation.
Values—
10 to 100000

 

16.271. lsr-label-route

lsr-label-route

Syntax 
lsr-label-route [{none |all}]
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>ttl-propagate lsr-label-route)
Full Contexts 
configure router ttl-propagate lsr-label-route
Description 

This command configures the TTL propagation for transit packets at a router acting as an LSR for a BGP label route.

When an LSR swaps the BGP label for a ipv4 prefix packet, therefore acting as a ABR, ASBR, or data-path Route-Reflector (RR) in the base routing instance, or swaps the BGP label for a vpn-ipv4 or vpn-ipv6 prefix packet, therefore acting as an inter-AS Option B VPRN ASBR or VPRN data path Route-Reflector (RR), the all value of this command enables TTL propagation of the decremented TTL of the swapped BGP label into all outgoing LDP or RSVP transport labels.

When an LSR swaps a label or stitches a label, it always writes the decremented TTL value into the outgoing swapped or stitched label. What this feature controls is whether this decremented TTL value is also propagated to the transport label stack pushed on top of the swapped or stitched label.

The none value reverts to the default mode which disables TTL propagation. This changes the existing default behavior which propagates the TTL to the transport label stack. When a customer upgrades, the new default becomes in effect. This command does not have a no version.

This feature also controls the TTL propagation at an LDP-BGP stitching LSR in the LDP to BGP stitching direction. It also controls the TTL propagation in Carrier Supporting Carrier (CsC) VPRN at both the CsC CE and CsC PE.

SROS does not support ASBR or data path RR functionality for labeled IPv6 routes in the global routing instance (6PE). As such the CLI command of this feature has no impact on prefix packets forwarded in this context.

Default 

lsr-label-route none

Parameters 
none—
Specifies that the TTL of the swapped label is not propagated into the transport label stack.
all—
Specifies that the TTL of the swapped label is propagated into all labels of the transport label stack.

16.272. lsr-load-balancing

lsr-load-balancing

Syntax 
lsr-load-balancing hashing-algorithm
no lsr-load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>service>vprn>nw-if>load-balancing lsr-load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure service vprn network-interface load-balancing lsr-load-balancing
Description 

This command specifies whether the IP header is used in the LAG and ECMP LSR hashing algorithm. This is the per interface setting.

Default 

no lsr-load-balancing

Parameters 
lbl-only—
Only the label is used in the hashing algorithm.
lbl-ip —
The IP header is included in the hashing algorithm.
ip-only—
The IP header is used exclusively in the hashing algorithm.
eth-encap-ip—
The hash algorithm parses down the label stack and once it hits the bottom, the stack assumes Ethernet II non-tagged/dot1q or qinq header follows. At the expected Ethertype offset location, algorithm checks whether the value present is IPv4/v6 (0x0800 or 0x86DD). If the check passes, the hash algorithm checks the first nibble at the expected IP header location for IPv4/IPv6 (0x0100/0x0110). If the secondary check passes, the hash is performed using IP SA/DA fields in the expected IP header; otherwise (if any of the checks failed) label-stack hash is performed.

lsr-load-balancing

Syntax 
lsr-load-balancing {lbl-only |lbl-ip |ip-only |eth-encap-ip |lbl-ip-l4-teid}
no lsr-load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>router>if>load-balancing lsr-load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure router interface load-balancing lsr-load-balancing
Description 

This command specifies whether the IP header is used in the LAG and ECMP LSR hashing algorithm. This is the per interface setting.

Default 

no lsr-load-balancing

Parameters 
lbl-only—
Specifies that only the label is used in the hashing algorithm
lbl-ip —
Specifies that only the IP header is included in the hashing algorithm.
ip-only—
Specifies that only the IP header is used exclusively in the hashing algorithm
eth-encap-ip—
Specifies that the hash algorithm parses down the label stack and once it hits the bottom, the stack assumes Ethernet II non-tagged/dot1q or qinq header follows. At the expected Ethertype offset location, algorithm checks whether the value present is IPv4/v6 (0x0800 or0x86DD). If the check passes, the hash algorithm checks the first nibble at the expected IP header location for IPv4/IPv6 (0x0100/0x0110). If the secondary check passes, the hash is performed using IP SA/DA fields in the expected IP header; otherwise (any of the check failed) label-stack hash is performed.
lbl-ip-l4-teid—
Specifies that this hashing algorithm hashes based on label, IP header, Layer 4 header and GTP header (TEID) in order. The algorithm uses all the supported headers that are found in the header fragment of incoming traffic.

lsr-load-balancing

Syntax 
lsr-load-balancing hashing-algorithm
no lsr-load-balancing
Context 
[Tree] (config>system>load-balancing lsr-load-balancing)
Full Contexts 
configure system load-balancing lsr-load-balancing
Description 

This command configures system-wide LSR load balancing. Hashing can be enabled on the label stack and/or IP header at an LSR for spraying labeled IP packets over multiple equal cost paths and/or over multiple links of a LAG group.

The LSR hash routine operates on the label stack and the IP header if a packet is IPv4. An LSR will consider a packet to be IPv4 if the first nibble following the bottom of the label stack is 4. The hash on label and IPv4 and IPv6 headers can be enabled or disabled at the system level or incoming network IP interface level.

Default 

no lsr-load-balancing

Parameters 
lbl-only—
Specifies that only the label is used in the hashing algorithm
lbl-ip —
Specifies that the IP header is included in the hashing algorithm
ip-only—
Specifies that the IP header is used exclusively in the hashing algorithm
eth-encap-ip—
Specifies that the hash algorithm parses down the label stack and once it hits the bottom, the stack assumes Ethernet II non-tagged/dot1q or qinq header follows. At the expected Ethertype offset location, the algorithm checks whether the value present is IPv4/v6 (0x0800 or 0x86DD). If the check passes, the hash algorithm checks the first nibble at the expected IP header location for IPv4/IPv6 (0x0100/0x0110). If the secondary check passes, the hash is performed using IP SA/DA fields in the expected IP header; if any of the checks fail, the label-stack hash is performed.
lbl-ip-l4-teid—
Specifies that this hashing algorithm hashes based on label, IP header, Layer 4 header and GTP header (TEID) in order. The algorithm uses all the supported headers that are found in the header fragment of incoming traffic.

16.273. lub-init-min-pir

lub-init-min-pir

Syntax 
[no] lub-init-min-pir
Context 
[Tree] (config>qos>adv-config-policy>child-control>bandwidth-distribution lub-init-min-pir)
Full Contexts 
configure qos adv-config-policy child-control bandwidth-distribution lub-init-min-pir
Description 

This command is used to initialize new queues associated with a LUB context to use a minimum PIR similar to the effect of the limit-pir-zero-drain command. When a queue is initially created in a LUB context, it defaults to a zero value PIR until H-QoS has an opportunity to configure an offered rate based operational PIR. Enabling this command forces a minimum rate operational PIR to be applied to the queue for use by enqueued packets prior to an H-QoS iteration.

The no form of this command reverts to default behavior.